WinCC V8.

1 Installation /
Release Notes 1

WinCC/WebNavigator 2

WinCC/DataMonitor 3
SIMATIC HMI
WinCC/WebUX 4
WinCC V8.1
WinCC Basic Options
(WebNavigator, DataMonitor,
WebUX)
System Manual

Printout of the online help

09/2024
A5E54073177-AA
Legal information
Warning notice system
This manual contains notices you have to observe in order to ensure your personal safety, as well as to prevent
damage to property. The notices referring to your personal safety are highlighted in the manual by a safety alert
symbol, notices referring only to property damage have no safety alert symbol. These notices shown below are
graded according to the degree of danger.

DANGER
indicates that death or severe personal injury will result if proper precautions are not taken.

WARNING
indicates that death or severe personal injury may result if proper precautions are not taken.

CAUTION
indicates that minor personal injury can result if proper precautions are not taken.

NOTICE
indicates that property damage can result if proper precautions are not taken.
If more than one degree of danger is present, the warning notice representing the highest degree of danger will
be used. A notice warning of injury to persons with a safety alert symbol may also include a warning relating to
property damage.
Qualified Personnel
The product/system described in this documentation may be operated only by personnel qualified for the specific
task in accordance with the relevant documentation, in particular its warning notices and safety instructions.
Qualified personnel are those who, based on their training and experience, are capable of identifying risks and
avoiding potential hazards when working with these products/systems.
Proper use of Siemens products
Note the following:

WARNING
Siemens products may only be used for the applications described in the catalog and in the relevant technical
documentation. If products and components from other manufacturers are used, these must be recommended or
approved by Siemens. Proper transport, storage, installation, assembly, commissioning, operation and maintenance
are required to ensure that the products operate safely and without any problems. The permissible ambient
conditions must be complied with. The information in the relevant documentation must be observed.

Trademarks
All names identified by ® are registered trademarks of Siemens Aktiengesellschaft. The remaining trademarks in
this publication may be trademarks whose use by third parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of
the owner.
Disclaimer of Liability
We have reviewed the contents of this publication to ensure consistency with the hardware and software
described. Since variance cannot be precluded entirely, we cannot guarantee full consistency. However, the
information in this publication is reviewed regularly and any necessary corrections are included in subsequent
editions.

Siemens Aktiengesellschaft A5E54073177-AA Copyright © Siemens 2024.

Digital Industries Ⓟ 11/2024 Subject to change All rights reserved
Postfach 48 48
90026 NÜRNBERG
GERMANY
Table of contents

1 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes ................................................................................................ 9

1.1 WinCC Installation Notes ...................................................................................................... 9
1.1.1 WinCC installation instructions ............................................................................................. 9
1.1.2 Scope of delivery ................................................................................................................. 9
1.1.3 SIMATIC WinCC: Product compatibility and supported functions .......................................... 11
1.1.4 Licenses and Licensing ....................................................................................................... 12
1.1.5 Activating and testing ASIA licenses ................................................................................... 15
1.1.6 WinCC installation requirements ........................................................................................ 18
1.1.6.1 WinCC Installation Requirements........................................................................................ 18
1.1.6.2 Hardware requirements for installing WinCC....................................................................... 19
1.1.6.3 Software requirements for installing WinCC........................................................................ 21
1.1.6.4 Microsoft SQL Server for WinCC.......................................................................................... 25
1.1.6.5 Notes on Data and System Security .................................................................................... 27
1.1.6.6 Access rights in the operating system ................................................................................. 31
1.1.6.7 How to Adapt the Windows Security Policies....................................................................... 37
1.1.7 Installing WinCC................................................................................................................. 37
1.1.7.1 Installing WinCC................................................................................................................. 37
1.1.7.2 How to install WinCC.......................................................................................................... 38
1.1.7.3 How to Install Supplementary Components Later ............................................................... 46
1.1.7.4 How to Install Supplementary Languages ........................................................................... 47
1.1.7.5 Configure automatic installation of WinCC.......................................................................... 47
1.1.8 Uninstalling WinCC ............................................................................................................ 50
1.1.9 Upgrading WinCC............................................................................................................... 52
1.1.9.1 Upgrading WinCC............................................................................................................... 52
1.1.9.2 How to Perform an Upgrade Installation ............................................................................. 53
1.1.10 Overview: Notes on operation............................................................................................ 55
1.2 WinCC Release Notes ......................................................................................................... 57
1.2.1 Release Notes .................................................................................................................... 57
1.2.2 Notes on operation ............................................................................................................ 57
1.2.2.1 Notes on operation ............................................................................................................ 57
1.2.2.2 Information on the Microsoft Windows operating system ................................................... 59
1.2.2.3 Information on the database system .................................................................................. 64
1.2.2.4 Information on network technology and UPS...................................................................... 65
1.2.3 Notes on WinCC ................................................................................................................. 70
1.2.3.1 General information on WinCC and configurations.............................................................. 70
1.2.3.2 Information on WinCC CS ................................................................................................... 75
1.2.3.3 Information on WinCC runtime........................................................................................... 77
1.2.3.4 Information on Smart tools ................................................................................................ 79
1.2.3.5 Information on process communication ............................................................................. 80
1.2.3.6 Remote access and Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) ............................................................ 83
1.2.3.7 Ports and protocols ............................................................................................................ 86
1.2.4 Notes on WinCC Redundancy ............................................................................................. 88
1.2.5 Notes on Process Control Options ....................................................................................... 89
1.3 WinCC/Connectivity Pack Installation Notes ........................................................................ 92
1.3.1 Connectivity Pack licensing ................................................................................................ 92

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 3
Table of contents

1.3.2 Installation of the Connectivity Pack Server ........................................................................ 92

1.3.3 Installation of the Connectivity Pack Client ......................................................................... 94
1.4 WinCC/Connectivity Pack Release Notes .............................................................................. 95
1.4.1 Information on the Connectivity Pack ................................................................................. 95
1.5 WinCC/DataMonitor Installation Notes ................................................................................ 96
1.5.1 Requirements of installing DataMonitor.............................................................................. 96
1.5.2 User rights for installing the DataMonitor client.................................................................. 98
1.5.3 Installing DataMonitor ....................................................................................................... 99
1.5.4 DataMonitor licensing...................................................................................................... 102
1.5.5 Setting up a secure connection over HTTPS ...................................................................... 104
1.6 WinCC/DataMonitor Release Notes ................................................................................... 106
1.6.1 Notes about DataMonitor................................................................................................. 106
1.7 WinCC/WebNavigator Installation Notes............................................................................ 109
1.7.1 General information on the WebNavigator installation...................................................... 109
1.7.2 WebNavigator installation requirements ........................................................................... 109
1.7.2.1 Hardware and software requirements for WebNavigator ................................................... 109
1.7.2.2 Licensing WebNavigator................................................................................................... 112
1.7.2.3 Requirements for the Use of Terminal Services.................................................................. 114
1.7.3 Installing a WebNavigator server ...................................................................................... 115
1.7.3.1 Overview: Installing the WebNavigator server................................................................... 115
1.7.3.2 Installing the WebNavigator server ................................................................................... 116
1.7.3.3 Setting up a secure connection over HTTPS ...................................................................... 117
1.7.4 Installing the WebNavigator client .................................................................................... 119
1.7.4.1 Installing the WebNavigator client .................................................................................... 119
1.7.4.2 User rights and user groups for WebNavigator clients........................................................ 122
1.7.4.3 Settings in the web browser (WebNavigator client) ........................................................... 124
1.7.4.4 Installation from the DVD (WebNavigator client) ............................................................... 125
1.7.4.5 Installation via the Intranet/Internet (WebNavigator client) ............................................... 125
1.7.5 Installing the WebNavigator diagnostics client .................................................................. 127
1.7.6 WebNavigator Demo Project............................................................................................. 128
1.7.7 Uninstalling the WebNavigator ......................................................................................... 128
1.8 WinCC/WebNavigator Release Notes ................................................................................. 130
1.8.1 General information about WebNavigator......................................................................... 130
1.8.2 Notes on WebNavigator installation.................................................................................. 133
1.8.3 General notes on WebNavigator client .............................................................................. 135
1.8.4 Notes on Internet Explorer for WebNavigator .................................................................... 138
1.9 WinCC/WebUX ................................................................................................................. 140
1.9.1 WebUX licensing .............................................................................................................. 140
1.9.2 Installation of WebUX ...................................................................................................... 142
1.9.3 Configuring the WebUX website ....................................................................................... 144
1.9.4 Communication: SSL certificate for HTTPS connections ..................................................... 145
1.10 Service and Support......................................................................................................... 148
1.10.1 Warnings ......................................................................................................................... 148
1.10.2 GDPR - General Data Protection Regulations...................................................................... 150
1.10.3 Customer support ............................................................................................................ 152
1.10.4 Support request ............................................................................................................... 154
2 WinCC/WebNavigator......................................................................................................................... 157
2.1 WinCC/WebNavigator Getting Started ............................................................................... 157

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

4 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 Table of contents

2.1.1 First Web Project .............................................................................................................. 157

2.1.2 Configuring the WinCC project ......................................................................................... 159
2.1.2.1 Publishing process pictures .............................................................................................. 159
2.1.2.2 Administering the users for WebNavigator Client .............................................................. 164
2.1.3 Configuring the WebNavigator Server ............................................................................... 166
2.1.3.1 Starting the demo project ................................................................................................ 166
2.1.3.2 Configuring the WebNavigator web page.......................................................................... 166
2.1.3.3 Configuring the firewall .................................................................................................... 170
2.1.3.4 Checking the activated web page ..................................................................................... 172
2.1.4 Operating the WinCC project ............................................................................................ 173
2.1.4.1 Operating the WinCC project with the web browser .......................................................... 173
2.1.4.2 Operating the WinCC project using WinCCViewerRT.......................................................... 175
2.1.5 Creating a new process picture and displaying it on the client ........................................... 181
2.1.5.1 Creating a new process picture......................................................................................... 181
2.1.5.2 Configuring a new process picture for the web ................................................................. 184
2.1.5.3 Displaying the process picture on the WebNavigator Client ............................................... 185
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation .............................................................................. 187
2.2.1 Function overview ........................................................................................................... 187
2.2.2 Possible applications of WinCC/WebNavigator ................................................................... 188
2.2.2.1 WebNavigator Server on the WinCC Server ....................................................................... 188
2.2.2.2 Separation of the WinCC and WebNavigator servers.......................................................... 189
2.2.2.3 Dedicated Web Server ...................................................................................................... 191
2.2.2.4 WinCCViewerRT ............................................................................................................... 193
2.2.2.5 WebNavigator Diagnostics Client ...................................................................................... 193
2.2.2.6 Terminal services and WebNavigator ................................................................................ 194
2.2.3 Configuring the WebNavigator system .............................................................................. 195
2.2.3.1 Overview of the configuration steps ................................................................................. 195
2.2.3.2 Configuring the WinCC project ......................................................................................... 196
2.2.3.3 Configuring the WebNavigator Server ............................................................................... 215
2.2.3.4 Differences to the WinCC Basic System ............................................................................. 232
2.2.4 Operating the WinCC project ............................................................................................ 236
2.2.4.1 General properties of the WebNavigator Client ................................................................. 236
2.2.4.2 Process pictures on the WebNavigator Client..................................................................... 239
2.2.4.3 Operating the WinCC project with the web browser .......................................................... 241
2.2.4.4 Operating the WinCC project using WinCCViewerRT.......................................................... 248
2.2.4.5 Using the "Hardcopy" function.......................................................................................... 254
2.2.4.6 Diagnosis of the Connections with "Status.html"............................................................... 257
2.2.5 Installation of the WinCC Plug-In Builder........................................................................... 260
2.2.5.1 Overview of the WinCC Plug-In Builder ............................................................................. 260
2.2.5.2 How to publish a plug-in .................................................................................................. 262
2.2.6 Configuring terminal services for WebNavigator................................................................ 264
2.2.6.1 Communication Using Terminal Services .......................................................................... 264
2.2.6.2 Terminal Services Setup ................................................................................................... 264
2.2.6.3 Activating terminal services on the Windows Server ......................................................... 265
2.2.6.4 Creating users for access to the Terminal Server................................................................ 266
2.2.6.5 Starting the Terminal Server on the Terminal Client .......................................................... 266
2.2.7 Appendix ......................................................................................................................... 267
2.2.7.1 Troubleshooting............................................................................................................... 267
2.2.7.2 Functions......................................................................................................................... 270
3 WinCC/DataMonitor ........................................................................................................................... 283
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started ................................................................................. 283

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 5
Table of contents

3.1.1 DataMonitor .................................................................................................................... 283

3.1.2 Preparations .................................................................................................................... 284
3.1.3 Configuring the DataMonitor system ................................................................................ 285
3.1.3.1 Defining users in Windows ............................................................................................... 285
3.1.3.2 Administering users for DataMonitor ................................................................................ 287
3.1.3.3 Configuring the DataMonitor web page ............................................................................ 289
3.1.3.4 Configuring the firewall .................................................................................................... 292
3.1.3.5 How to publish WinCC process pictures using WinCC Web Publishing Wizard ..................... 294
3.1.4 Working with the DataMonitor client ................................................................................ 300
3.1.4.1 Configuring security settings in Internet Explorer .............................................................. 300
3.1.4.2 DataMonitor start page on the DataMonitor client ............................................................ 302
3.1.5 Working with WinCCViewerRT .......................................................................................... 304
3.1.5.1 Configuring WinCCViewerRT............................................................................................. 304
3.1.5.2 Displaying pictures........................................................................................................... 309
3.1.6 Use of DataMonitor.......................................................................................................... 310
3.1.6.1 Create connection and set up language ............................................................................ 310
3.1.6.2 Displaying process values and messages via "Trends and Alarms" ...................................... 312
3.1.6.3 Displaying process values in an Excel workbook ................................................................ 319
3.1.6.4 Outputting data using "Reports" ....................................................................................... 340
3.1.6.5 Creating Webcenter pages in "Webcenter" ........................................................................ 349
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation................................................................................. 360
3.2.1 Basic principles ................................................................................................................ 360
3.2.1.1 DataMonitor .................................................................................................................... 360
3.2.1.2 WinCCViewerRT ............................................................................................................... 361
3.2.1.3 Web center ...................................................................................................................... 361
3.2.1.4 Overview of Web Parts ..................................................................................................... 362
3.2.1.5 Trends and Alarms ........................................................................................................... 363
3.2.1.6 Excel workbook................................................................................................................ 364
3.2.1.7 Reports............................................................................................................................ 365
3.2.2 Configuring the DataMonitor system ................................................................................ 366
3.2.2.1 Overview of the configuration steps ................................................................................. 366
3.2.2.2 Configure the WinCC project............................................................................................. 367
3.2.2.3 Configuring the DataMonitor system ................................................................................ 380
3.2.2.4 Working with the DataMonitor client ................................................................................ 389
3.2.3 Working with WinCCViewerRT .......................................................................................... 392
3.2.3.1 Configuring WinCCViewerRT............................................................................................. 392
3.2.3.2 Displaying pictures........................................................................................................... 397
3.2.4 Working with the Webcenter ............................................................................................ 398
3.2.4.1 Administration................................................................................................................. 398
3.2.4.2 Creating static process pictures for the Webcenter ............................................................ 414
3.2.4.3 Creating layout template for Webcenter pages.................................................................. 416
3.2.4.4 Creating Webcenter page ................................................................................................. 418
3.2.4.5 Inserting web parts to the Webcenter page ...................................................................... 421
3.2.4.6 Configuring web parts within Webcenter pages ............................................................... 424
3.2.4.7 Deleting Webcenter pages and layout templates............................................................... 426
3.2.5 Working with trends and alarms ....................................................................................... 428
3.2.5.1 Displaying process values in a table .................................................................................. 428
3.2.5.2 Displaying process values in a diagram ............................................................................. 429
3.2.5.3 Displaying messages in the alarm table ............................................................................ 431
3.2.5.4 Alarm Log Column Names................................................................................................ 433
3.2.5.5 Displaying the hit list of messages .................................................................................... 435
3.2.5.6 Displaying statistics function for process values ................................................................ 437

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

6 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 Table of contents

3.2.6 Working with Excel Workbook .......................................................................................... 438

3.2.6.1 Configuring the Excel workbook ....................................................................................... 438
3.2.6.2 Displaying process data in an Excel workbook................................................................... 457
3.2.6.3 Alarm Attributes .............................................................................................................. 459
3.2.6.4 VBA Functions of the Excel Workbook............................................................................... 460
3.2.7 Working with reports ....................................................................................................... 461
3.2.7.1 Making an Excel workbook available as template .............................................................. 461
3.2.7.2 Making an Excel workbook available as a report tool......................................................... 463
3.2.7.3 Making Settings for Reports ............................................................................................. 464
3.2.7.4 Displaying a report with an Excel Workbook...................................................................... 466
3.2.7.5 Creating a report with a print job...................................................................................... 469
4 WinCC/WebUX.................................................................................................................................... 473
4.1 WebUX - Overview ........................................................................................................... 473
4.2 WebUX licensing .............................................................................................................. 476
4.3 Communication: SSL certificate for HTTPS connections ..................................................... 479
4.4 Installation of WebUX ...................................................................................................... 481
4.5 Configuring the WebUX web page .................................................................................... 484
4.5.1 WinCC Web Configurator .................................................................................................. 484
4.5.2 Creating a new default web page ..................................................................................... 485
4.5.3 Creating a virtual folder ................................................................................................... 487
4.6 Functions supported in WebUX ........................................................................................ 489
4.6.1 Functions supported in WebUX ........................................................................................ 489
4.6.2 Supported functions: Graphic objects ............................................................................... 490
4.6.3 Supported functions: WinCC Controls ............................................................................... 492
4.6.4 Supported functions: Dynamization ................................................................................. 495
4.7 Configuring a WinCC project for WebUX............................................................................ 498
4.8 How to use WebUX .......................................................................................................... 502
4.9 Appendix ......................................................................................................................... 504
4.9.1 Dynamics dialog Restrictions on expressions / formulas..................................................... 504
Index .................................................................................................................................................. 505

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 7
Table of contents

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

8 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes 1
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

1.1.1 WinCC installation instructions

Contents
This documentation contains important information on the scope of delivery, as well as on the
installation and operation of WinCC.
The information contained here takes precedence over the information contained in the
manual and online help.

1.1.2 Scope of delivery

Components supplied
WinCC V8.1 is available as a basic package or upgrade package and as a download package "OSD"
(Online Software Delivery).

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 9
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

You will receive the following components:

Components 1) 2) Basic / Upgrade / Download Package

WinCC V8.1 DVD: X
• WinCC V8.1
• WinCC/WebUX
• WinCC/WebNavigator
• WinCC/DataMonitor
• WinCC/Connectivity Pack
• WinCC/Connectivity Station
• Microsoft SQL Server 2022 for WinCC V8.1
• SIMATIC Logon V2.0 3) 4)
• Automation License Manager V6.2 Update 2
• AS-OS-Engineering V10.0
Additional Content DVD: X
• SQL Server Management Studio
• Visual C++ Redistributable for Visual Studio:
2005 / 2008 / 2010 / 2012
• WinCC V8.1 – Printable online help
(PDF files)
Required licenses X
Certificate of License X

1) Refer to the software requirements in the installation and release notes.

2) If you use the "SIMATIC S7-1200, S7-1500 Channel" with more than 10 connections, you need a
SIMATIC NET license, e.g. "SIMATIC NET - SOFTNET-IE S7 Power Pack V19".
3) If you install SIMATIC Logon, a computer restart may be necessary.
4) Use at least SIMATIC Logon V2.0.

Note
Printing installation notes
The installation notes for the respective products are also provided as a PDF file.
You can find the installation and release notes on the WinCC DVD in the "Install_and_Release-
Notes" folder.
You need at least Adobe Acrobat Reader V5.0. You can download the Adobe Acrobat Reader free
of charge from the following URL:
• http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat

Communication drivers
The communication drivers included in the package do not need an additional license:
• Allen Bradley - Ethernet IP
• Mitsubishi Ethernet

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

10 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

• Modbus TCPIP
• Omron Ethernet-IP
• OPC
• OPC UA WinCC Channel 1)
• PROFIBUS DP
• SIMATIC 505 TCPIP
• SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4
• SIMATIC S5 Profibus FDL
• SIMATIC S5 Programmers Port AS511
• SIMATIC S5 Serial 3964R
• SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite (SIMATIC S7-400)
• SIMATIC S7-1200, S7-1500 Channel
• SIMATIC TI Ethernet Layer 4
• SIMATIC TI Serial
• Simotion
• SinumerikNC (SINUMERIK, SIMATIC S7-300)
• System Info
• WinCC Unified Channel 1)
• Alarm Channel (Alarm Logging)
1) You need a Connectivity Pack license for the WinCC OPC UA server.
2) You need a Connectivity Pack license for the "WinCC Unified Channel". In WinCC Unified,
the station requires a Unified Collaboration license.

See also
Information on WinCC CS (Page 75)
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat (http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat)

1.1.3 SIMATIC WinCC: Product compatibility and supported functions

To use the software with other SIMATIC products you must ensure that the product versions
match and support the required functions.
• You determine the version compatibility with the compatibility tool.
• Note the additional information on the individual products and functions.

WinCC versions in distributed systems

The same WinCC version must be installed on all WinCC stations used in the WinCC system.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 11
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

These include, for example:

• WinCC servers, redundant servers, archive servers, file servers
• WinCC clients with their own project, WinCC clients without their own project
• PCs on which WinCC options are installed, e.g. WebNavigator server, WebNavigator client,
WinCC/Audit, WinCC/Calendar Options
Mixed configurations with different WinCC versions on servers, clients or PCs with WinCC
options are not released.
Always install WinCC updates on all PCs in the WinCC system. If different update versions
are installed on the clients or servers, no configuration changes are possible in the WinCC
project, for example.

SIMATIC Process Historian

Check which functionality is supported by the SIMATIC Process Historian version that is used in
each case.
For more information, refer to the documentation for the SIMATIC Process Historian.

Installing PH-Ready / IS-Ready

You install "PH-Ready" and "IS-Ready" from the "Process Historian / Information Server" DVD.

Compatibility tool
With the compatibility tool, Industry Online Support gives you a function you can use to put
together a compatible selection of software products or to check existing configurations for
compatibility.
In entry 64847781 you can access the compatibility tool and find additional information on
how to use the tool:
• SiePortal: Compatibility tool for automation and drives (https://
support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/64847781)

1.1.4 Licenses and Licensing

Introduction
The WinCC software is protected, and can only be used in its full measure with a valid license.
Each installed software and option used requires a valid license for unrestricted operation of
WinCC. The licenses for optional packages must be ordered separately.
You will receive the necessary license keys for installing the licenses as follows:
• As storage medium with license keys
• Via the internet (online software delivery)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

12 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

When you install a license, it is transferred to a local drive and checked out on the storage
medium so that WinCC can use this license.

Note
Microsoft Corporation: License agreement
The licensee is still required to confirm that the software (SW) contains licensed software by
Microsoft Corporation or its subsidiaries.
The licensee hereby agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the appended license
agreement between Microsoft SQL Server and end user, and to fulfill the same.

Notes on license conditions

Observe the enclosed license conditions, which are also displayed during installation.
You need V8.1 licenses for WinCC V8.1.
The SIMATIC WinCC software is copy-protected against unlicensed use.
More information on licenses and license types:
• "Activating and testing ASIA licenses (Page 15)"
• WinCC Information System:
– "Licensing > Overview of the licensing"
– "Licensing > Basic license types and license types in WinCC"
Installed licenses are required to enable proper operation of WinCC. If WinCC is installed
without licenses, the program will switch to demo mode at start-up.

Note
Process mode only with a valid license
It is not allowed to run WinCC in process mode without a valid license.

Cumulating licenses
The cumulation of more than one license per component subject to license is only possible for
the following licenses or licenses for the following options:
• WinCC Archive licenses
• WinCC/DataMonitor
• WinCC/WebNavigator
• WinCC/WebUX
• WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge
• WinCC/PerformanceMonitor
• SIMATIC Information Server
Other licenses cannot be cumulated.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 13
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

Demo mode
If a license is missing for one or multiple components, WinCC will run in demo mode.
WinCC also switches to demo mode when the maximum authorized number of process tags
or archive tags is exceeded in a project.
To exit WinCC demo mode, install the required licenses.

Behavior in Runtime
In demo mode, you can use the WinCC software fully for a maximum of one hour. After this
period, the operation of WinCC violates the license agreements.
After one hour, the WinCC Explorer and the editors will be closed.
In Runtime, the system will request the acquisition of a valid license. This dialog will appear
every 10 minutes.
Details on the demo mode in the WinCC Information System:
• "Licensing > WinCC in the Demo Mode"

Microsoft SQL Server 2022

A license is necessary to use the Microsoft SQL Server database. This license is readily available
if WinCC is licensed and properly installed.
The SQL Server licensed with the WinCC installation may only be used in conjunction with
WinCC.
Its use for other purposes requires an additional license. These may include:
• Use for internal databases
• Use in third-party applications
• Use of SQL access mechanisms that are not available via WinCC

Uninstalling
After uninstalling WinCC, you must also uninstall the "WinCC" Microsoft SQL Server instance:
Under "Control Panel" > "Software", select the "Microsoft SQL Server 2022" entry to uninstall.

Installing licenses
You can use the Automation License Manager to install licenses.
Licenses can be installed during installation of WinCC or at a later time. You can find
the Automation License Manager in the Microsoft Windows Start menu in the "Siemens
Automation" program group. After-the-fact installation of a license will take effect upon
restart of your computer.
The following requirements must be met for installing licenses:
• The storage medium containing the licenses must not be write-protected.
• You can install the RC licenses on a license server for the configuration. You do not have to
install the licenses on the local drive.
• Licenses may only be installed on an uncompressed drive.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

14 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

Note
Uninstalling WinCC: Licenses remain installed
After uninstalling WinCC, the licenses remain installed on the system.

Note
Installing licenses before WinCC starts
Install all required licenses before you start WinCC.
If one of the required licenses is missing, WinCC switches to demo mode when the program
starts.

See also
Activating and testing ASIA licenses (Page 15)

1.1.5 Activating and testing ASIA licenses

Overview
The license keys for WinCC Runtime and WinCC RC (Runtime and Configuration) are provided on
the supplied license storage medium "License Key USB Hardlock".
The licensed ASIA version is executable in parallel to the European version by switching to
Unicode.
The "License Key USB Hardlock" (dongle) checks the following conditions:
• WinCC GUI language
• Runtime language
• The Text Library contains an Asian language.
• Asian characters are used in the WinCC project.
• Operating system settings

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 15
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

You can find more information about installing the license under "Licenses and licensing".

Note
It is not allowed to run WinCC in process mode without a valid license.
Installed Languages
A newly created project receives all installed WinCC languages as project languages.
Delete configuration languages
If you do not have a license for an ASIA version and delete the Asian project languages in the text
library, the WinCC project continues to run in demo mode.
To disable Demo mode, close the WinCC project. When reopened it is recognized that the WinCC
project no longer requires licenses for an ASIA version.

Testing the validity of the licenses

If you start a correctly licensed WinCC version without a connected dongle, the following error
message appears:

The same error message appears after a few minutes if you disconnect the dongle from the
computer with a correctly licensed WinCC version.
If this error message does not appear, a non-licensed WinCC version is installed.
No right of usage for WinCC is available in this case. Uninstall this WinCC version and obtain a
legally licensed version of WinCC V8.
If necessary, contact WinCC Support and provide the serial number of your software version:
• http://www.automation.siemens.com/partner/index.asp (http://
www.automation.siemens.com/partner/index.asp)
You can find the serial number on the "Certificate of License" (CoL).

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

16 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

Working with the "License Key USB Hardlock"

Please note the following:
• Do not edit data on the "License Key USB Hardlock".
The actions not allowed include:
– Rename data
– Delete data
– Copy data to the "License Key USB Hardlock"
• Do not format the "License Key USB Hardlock".
• Do not remove the "License Key USB Hardlock" from the PC while WinCC is running.

NOTICE
Do not remove the "License Key USB Hardlock" dongle
If you remove the dongle from the computer, an error message is generated and WinCC
switches to Demo mode.
If you re-connect the dongle to the computer, the error message disappears and Demo mode
is disabled. WinCC works once again in licensed mode.

See also
Licenses and Licensing (Page 12)
http://www.automation.siemens.com/partner/index.asp (http://
www.automation.siemens.com/partner/index.asp)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 17
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

1.1.6 WinCC installation requirements

1.1.6.1 WinCC Installation Requirements

Introduction
You will need special hardware and software for the installation of WinCC. The requirements are
described in the chapters "Hardware Requirements for Installation" and "Software Requirements
for Installation".

Note
Microsoft Windows operating system: Avoid changes in system
Microsoft Windows settings deviating from default can have an effect on operation of WinCC.
Observe this note particularly for the following changes:
- Change of processes and services in Control Panel.
- Changes in Microsoft Windows Task Manager.
- Changes in Microsoft Windows registry.
- Changes in Microsoft Windows security policies.

The first check if certain conditions are met is already executed during the installation of
WinCC. The following conditions are checked:
• Operating system
• User rights
• Graphic Resolution
• Internet Explorer
• MS Message Queuing
• Due Complete Restart (Cold Restart)

Error Messages
If one these conditions is not met, the WinCC installation will be aborted and an error message
will be displayed. For details about the error messages displayed see the table below.

Error Message Explanation

To execute installation properly, restart the com‐ The software installed on your computer requires a restart.
puter Before WinCC can be installed, the computer should be restarted once.
This application requires VGA or any higher reso‐ Check the settings of the connected monitor and upgrade the graphic card,
lution if necessary.
You do not have administrator rights. Log on as Administrator rights are required for the installation.
administrator. Log in to Microsoft Windows again as a user with administrator rights.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

18 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

Error Message Explanation

Setup has detected that unInstallShield is active. Close unInstallShield.
Please close unInstallShield and restart Setup. This message may also indicate that you are lacking administrator rights for
this installation. In this case, log on to Microsoft Windows again as a user
with administrator rights.
The Microsoft Message Queuing services are not Install the Microsoft Message Queuing services. To do this, you will need
installed. the Microsoft Windows installation CD.

See also
Defining Access Rights in the Operating System (Page 31)
How to Adapt the Windows Security Policies (Page 37)
Notes on Data and System Security (Page 27)
Software requirements for installing WinCC (Page 21)
Hardware requirements for installing WinCC (Page 19)
Microsoft SQL Server for WinCC (Page 25)

1.1.6.2 Hardware requirements for installing WinCC

Introduction
Certain hardware configuration conditions must be fulfilled for installation.

Hardware requirements
WinCC supports all common IBM/AT-compatible PC platforms.
To work efficiently with WinCC, select a system with the recommended specifications.

Note
Unless noted to the contrary, the same requirements as for servers are applicable to single-user
systems.

Minimum Recommended
CPU Microsoft Windows 10 / Mi‐ Dual-core CPU Multi-core CPU
crosoft Windows 11 (64- Client/single-user system 2.5 GHz Client: 2.7 GHz
bit)
Single-user system: 2.7 GHz
Microsoft Windows Serv‐ Dual-core CPU Multi-core CPU
er 2019 / Microsoft Win‐ Client/single-user system server: 2.5 GHz Single-user system/server: 3.5 GHz
dows Server 2022

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 19
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

Minimum Recommended
Work memory Microsoft Windows 10 / Mi‐ Client: 2 GB 8 GB
crosoft Windows 11 (64- Single-user system: 4 GB
bit)
Microsoft Windows Serv‐ 4 GB 16 GB
er 2019 / Microsoft Win‐
dows Server 2022
Free disc space Installation: Installation:
on the hard • Client: 1.5 GB • Client: > 1.5 GB
drive
• Server: > 1.5 GB • Server: 2 GB
- For installing
WinCC Working with WinCC: Working with WinCC:
- For working • Client: 1.5 GB • Client: > 1.5 GB
with WinCC 1) 2) • Server: 2 GB • Server: 10 GB
Archive databases may require ad‐
ditional disc space.
Virtual work The size of the swap file depends on the memory configuration of the PC.
memory 3) Recommended setting:
• "Swap file is managed automatically"
Color depth/ 256 Highest (32-bit)
color quality
Resolution 800 * 600 1920 * 1080 (full HD)

1) Depending on project size as well as size of archives and packages.

2) WinCC projects should not be stored on compressed drives or directories.
3) Virtual work memory: Check the applicable Microsoft requirements for the Microsoft
Windows edition you are using.
The recommended value in the "Size of swap file for a specific drive" area is a guide for the
"Total size of swap file for all drives". Enter the recommended value in both the "Start size"
field and the "Maximum size" field.
More information: "SiePortal: Settings for the virtual work memory (FAQ entry 20440472)
(http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/20440472)".

Note
In the case of online configuration, the recommended requirements constitute the minimum
requirement.

Virtualization
The following virtualization systems have been tested:
• Microsoft Hyper-V 2019 / 2022
• VMware ESXi 7.0 / 8.0 Update 2

Requirement
The performance data of the virtual computers must meet the minimum requirements for
WinCC clients.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

20 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

You can find more information on virtualized environments with WinCC in the following FAQ:
• SiePortal: Virtualization (FAQ entry 49368181) (http://
support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/49368181)

See also
Defining Access Rights in the Operating System (Page 31)
Notes on Data and System Security (Page 27)
Software requirements for installing WinCC (Page 21)

1.1.6.3 Software requirements for installing WinCC

Introduction
Certain requirements concerning operating system and software configuration must be met for
the installation.

Note
WinCC in a domain or workgroup
WinCC is enabled for operation within a domain or workgroup.
Note however that domain group policies and restrictions in the domains may prevent
installation. In this case, remove the computer from the domain before installing Microsoft
Message Queuing, Microsoft SQL Server and WinCC. Log on to the computer concerned locally
with administrator rights. Carry out the installation. Following successful installation, the WinCC
computer can be registered in the domain again. If the domain-group policies and domain
restrictions do not impair the installation, the computer must not be removed from the domain
during installation.
Note however that domain group policies and restrictions in the domain may also hinder
operation. If these restrictions cannot be overcome, operate the WinCC computer in a work
group. If necessary, contact the domain administrator.

Operating systems

Operating system languages

WinCC is released for the following operating system languages only:
• German
• English
• French
• Italian
• Spanish
• Chinese (Simplified, PR China)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 21
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

• Chinese (Traditional, Taiwan)

• Japanese
• Korean
• Multilingual operating system (MUI version)

Configurations
When using more than one server, all servers must be operated with a uniform operating
system:
Microsoft Windows Server 2019 or 2022, uniformly Standard or Datacenter edition in each
case.

Single-user systems and clients

Operating system Configuration Comments

Microsoft Win‐ Pro Standard installation
dows 10 1) Enterprise 64-bit
If you are using SIMATIC NET, please refer to the information in
the SIMATIC NET "Readme" file.
Microsoft Win‐ Enterprise LTSC (Long-Term Servicing Standard installation
dows 10 1) Channel) 64-bit
If you are using SIMATIC NET, please refer to the information in
the SIMATIC NET "Readme" file.
Microsoft Win‐ Pro Standard installation
dows 11 1) Enterprise 64-bit
If you are using SIMATIC NET, please refer to the information in
the SIMATIC NET "Readme" file.

1) The currently released build versions of Windows 10 or Windows 11 are listed in the compatibility tool.
You can also run single-user systems and clients in WinCC multi-user systems on Microsoft
Windows Server 2019 / 2022.

WinCC server

Operating system Configuration Comments

Microsoft Windows Server Standard 64-bit
2019 Datacenter
Microsoft Windows Server Standard 64-bit
2022 Datacenter

WinCC server with up to three WinCC clients

It is also possible to operate a WinCC Runtime server on Microsoft Windows 10 or Microsoft
Windows 11 if you are not running more than three clients.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

22 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

WinCC ServiceMode is not released for this configuration.

Note
Only enable the terminal server for WinCC/WebNavigator
WinCC is not suitable for use on a Microsoft terminal server.
You can use the Microsoft terminal server only in connection with the WinCC Web client. Note
the installation instructions of the WinCC/WebNavigator.

Virus scanner
You can find information on the use of virus scanners as well as approved virus scanner
versions in the WinCC Release Notes under "Notes on operation (Page 57)".

Microsoft Windows Patches / Updates: Compatibility with SIMATIC products

Note the latest information on compatibility of SIMATIC products with Microsoft patches and
updates:
• SiePortal: FAQ 18752994 (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/18752994)

Microsoft Windows computer name

Do not change the computer name

Do not change the Windows computer name after installing WinCC installation.

Illegal characters
The following characters are not permitted in the computer name:
• .,;:!?"'^´`~_
• +=/\¦@*#$%&§°
• ()[]{}<>
• Space character
Note the following:
• Only uppercase relevant
• The first character must be a letter.

Microsoft Message Queuing services

WinCC requires Microsoft Message Queuing services.
During the WinCC installation, the corresponding services are installed and configured.

Internet Explorer - requirements

You can find the browser requirements for WinCC options in the respective installation notes for
the option.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 23
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

You need Microsoft Internet Explorer to open the WinCC online help. Recommended versions:
• Microsoft Internet Explorer V11.0 (32-bit)
If you wish to fully use WinCC's HTML Help, you must permit the use of JavaScript under
"Internet Options" in Internet Explorer.

Note
Do not disable Internet Explorer.

Operation with multiple network adapters

When a server is used with several network adapters, read the notes in the WinCC Information
System under "Configurations > Distributed Systems > System behavior in Runtime > Special
features of communication using a server with several network adapters".

Adapting security policies

The operating system must permit the installation of unsigned drivers and files.
Detailed information is available in the section "Adapting Security Policies under Windows".

Note
Operating system update
An update of the operating system is not permitted if WinCC is started.
Start the computer again after updating the operating system.

Checking the "Path" environment variable

Before starting WinCC, you should check the entries in the "Path" environment variable.
A few programs insert paths containing quotation marks in the environment variable. These
paths can prevent WinCC from starting or limit its functionality. The paths with quotation
marks can also interfere with the software of other manufacturers.
1. To open the "System properties" dialog, search for "Advanced system settings" in the
Windows search window.
2. In the "Advanced" tab, click the "Environment variables" button.
3. Display the value of the "Path" system tag.
If the "Path" system variable contains paths with quotation marks, reorder the entries so that
these paths are called last.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

24 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

Microsoft Internet Information Service (IIS)

During the WinCC installation, the Microsoft Internet Information Service (IIS) is installed for the
of the following components or options:
• WinCC/DataMonitor
• WinCC/WebNavigator
• WinCC/WebUX

See also
Notes on Data and System Security (Page 27)
Defining Access Rights in the Operating System (Page 31)
Installing WinCC (Page 37)
How to Adapt the Windows Security Policies (Page 37)
Hardware requirements for installing WinCC (Page 19)
Microsoft SQL Server for WinCC (Page 25)
Notes on operation (Page 57)
SiePortal: FAQ 18752994 (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/18752994)

1.1.6.4 Microsoft SQL Server for WinCC

WinCC requires Microsoft SQL Server 2022 in the 64-bit version:
• Microsoft SQL Server 2022 64-bit Standard Edition
• Microsoft SQL Server 2022 64-bit Express Edition
SQL Server is included automatically in the WinCC installation.

Microsoft SQL Server 2022

Licensing
Read the information on licensing Microsoft SQL Server under "Licenses and licensing".

User rights
Appropriate user rights must be set up to access the Microsoft SQL Server data. For more
information, refer to the section "Specifying access rights in the operating system (Page 31)".

Encrypted connection
To increase security, use encrypted communication.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 25
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

You can find information on this in the following Microsoft entries:

• Internet: "Server network configuration" (https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/database-
engine/configure-windows/server-network-configuration?view=sql-server-ver15)
• Internet: "Configure SQL Server Database Engine for encrypting connections" (https://
docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/database-engine/configure-windows/configure-sql-server-
encryption?view=sql-server-ver15)

Regional Settings: Disable "Unicode UTF-8" beta setting

To avoid conflicts when accessing the SQL server, disable the following option in the
"Regional Settings" dialog:
• "Beta: Use Unicode UTF-8 for worldwide language support"

WinCC/Connectivity Pack
When you install WinCC/Connectivity Pack, the required connectivity components are
installed along with the Microsoft SQL Server.

SQL server instance "WinCC"

During installation, a new "WinCC" instance with the required settings is created with Microsoft
SQL Server.
This instance is always installed in English. The language in which existing SQL server
instances have been installed has no effect on this. Existing instances are not affected by
the Service Pack.

"WinCC" instance after removing WinCC

When WinCC is removed, the "WinCC" SQL server instance remains installed and must be
removed manually for licensing reasons.

Installation of Microsoft SQL Server Express

Microsoft SQL Server Express is installed in the following cases:
• Installation of "WinCC client"
• Installation of the WinCC V8 demo version

Requirement for the installation of Microsoft SQL Server Express

The Microsoft Windows user name of the user performing the installation must not contain
any space characters.

SQL Server Management Studio (SSMS)

The SQL Server Management Studio is no longer part of the SQL Server installation.
If you want to install SQL Server Management Studio, use the provided "Additional Content"
DVD.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

26 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

SQL Server port number

You can manually configure the port number for the Microsoft SQL Server communication.
You can find more information in the following Microsoft article:
• Internet: "Configure a Server to Listen on a Specific TCP Port" (https://docs.microsoft.com/en-
us/sql/database-engine/configure-windows/configure-a-server-to-listen-on-a-specific-tcp-
port?view=sql-server-ver15)

See also
Defining Access Rights in the Operating System (Page 31)
Software requirements for installing WinCC (Page 21)
Notes on Data and System Security (Page 27)
Ports and protocols (Page 86)
Internet: "Server network configuration" (https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/database-
engine/configure-windows/server-network-configuration?view=sql-server-ver15)
Access rights in the operating system (Page 31)
Internet: "Configure a Server to Listen on a Specific TCP
Port" (https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/database-engine/configure-windows/configure-a-
server-to-listen-on-a-specific-tcp-port?view=sql-server-ver15)
Internet: "Configure SQL Server Database Engine for encrypting
connections" (https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/database-engine/configure-windows/
configure-sql-server-encryption?view=sql-server-ver15)

1.1.6.5 Notes on Data and System Security

Introduction
System security when using WinCC can be increased by implementing simple measures.
You can find additional information in the "WinCC Release Notes > Notes on Operation >
Information on the Microsoft Windows operating system (Page 59)".
You can find information on the remote access under "WinCC Release Notes > Notes on
WinCC > Remote access and Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) (Page 83)".
Information on write access for WinCC project folders can be found under "Access rights in
the operating system > Defining Access Rights in the Operating System (Page 31)".

Activating WinCC remote communication

On WinCC systems, remote communication is disabled by default in the "SIMATIC Shell" dialog
after the installation.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 27
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

For the following scenarios, you must activate the remote communication of the PCs
involved:
• Client-server communication
• Redundant system
• WinCC option "WebNavigator"
If the WebNavigator client is not running on the same PC as the WebNavigator server, remote
communication must be enabled.
To enable remote access, proceed as follows:
1. Open the communication settings using the context menu of SIMATIC Shell in Microsoft
Windows Explorer.
2. Select the "Remote Communication" option.
3. Configure the encrypted communication in the network: Select the PSK key and the port.
4. Select the network adapter and, if required, the Multicast settings.

Firewall settings
To limit the incoming rule for the CCAgent or CCEServer, you can change the parameter "Remote
address" from "Any" to "Local subnet".
You can edit the firewall rules in the "Windows Firewall with Advanced Security" dialog.

Preventing Access to the Operating System Layer in Runtime

If the Microsoft Windows Selection dialog is opened in an activated WinCC project, access to the
Microsoft Windows operating system is possible using this function. A Microsoft Windows
Selection dialog opens,for example, when data is imported or files are selected.
Protect the corresponding function by executing a Permission Check via the User
Administrator to prevent unauthorized access to the operating system.

Preventing access to the Microsoft Windows toolbar

You can use the computer properties to prevent the Microsoft Windows taskbar from being
displayed in runtime.
• Activate the "Disable keys" option under "Parameters" in the "Properties - Computer" area of
the "Computer" editor.
This disables all shortcut keys for operating system access.
• Deactivate the "Automatically hide the taskbar" setting in Microsoft Windows.

Disabling shortcut keys

If you would like to disable shortcut keys, you must adapt the group policies in the operating
system management.
A detailed description of this can be found in the FAQ with entry ID "44027453" in the
SIMATIC Customer Online Support:
• SiePortal: WinCC FAQ 44027453 (http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/
44027453)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

28 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

Shortcut key <Ctrl+Esc>

If you disable the <Ctrl+Esc> shortcut key, the following shortcut keys are also disabled in
runtime:

Shortcut keys Function

<Windows key+U> System utility program manager
Press <Shift> five times Locking function
Press <Shift right> for eight seconds Impact delay
<Alt left+Shift left+Num> Keyboard mouse
<Alt left+Shift left+Print> High contrast

Note
Microsoft Windows Control Panel
These functions can be configured using the Microsoft Windows Control Panel.
If the functions are activated in the Control Panel before activating WinCC Runtime, they are no
longer locked in runtime.

Suppressing Microsoft Windows notifications and alarms in Runtime (kiosk mode)

To prevent the display of Windows notifications and Windows alarms on a PC in Runtime, follow
these steps:
1. Enter "Notifications and actions" in the search field of the Windows taskbar.
The settings for Microsoft Windows notifications and actions open.
2. Click "Notification wizard settings".
3. Enable the following settings in the notification wizard:
– Enable the "Only alarms" option.
– Under "Automatic rules", disable the "When I'm using an app in full-screen mode/Alarms
only" option.

Disabling the Plug&Play services

If the Plug&Play service is enabled, an operating system message may occur in WinCC Runtime
when scanning for drivers.
This allows access to the operating system.
Disable the "Plug&Play" service in the Microsoft Windows Services Manager. Activate the
service only if you actually need access, for example, to a chip card reader.

Microsoft Windows event display: User administration

You can also find changes in the user administration via the User Administrator or the WinCC
UserAdminControl as an entry in Microsoft Windows event display.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 29
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

Integrity check of the installed WinCC files

With the integrity check tool, you can determine whether the files of your WinCC installation are
unchanged and correspond to the delivery state.
The hash value and file signatures are checked, for example.
You can find the "SieSoftIntCheck.exe" tool in the following path:
• <Installation path>\WinCC\SmartTools\SiemensSoftwareIntegrityCheck
Open the tool in the Microsoft Windows window "Command prompt" (CMD).
The WinCC installation files are checked and the result is written into a log file.

Parameters
To display a list of available parameters, enter the following command:
• SieSoftIntCheck.exe -?
You can set the following parameters, for example:
• Storage location of the log files "SieSoftIntCheck_YYYY-MM-DD-hh-mm-ss_result.csv" and
"SieSoftIntCheck_YYYY-MM-DD-hh-mm-ss_logfile.txt"
• Display of the hash and signature information
• Exception of files with low priority.

Checklist for technical implementation

You can find more information on configuring your system in the following document in the
"Industry Online Support":
• WinCC Systems: Checklist for Technical Implementation

See also
Information on the Microsoft Windows operating system (Page 59)
Microsoft SQL Server for WinCC (Page 25)
Ports and protocols (Page 86)
Hardware requirements for installing WinCC (Page 19)
Software requirements for installing WinCC (Page 21)
Defining Access Rights in the Operating System (Page 31)
How to Adapt the Windows Security Policies (Page 37)
How to install WinCC (Page 38)
Notes on operation (Page 57)
Remote access and Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) (Page 83)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

30 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

SiePortal: WinCC FAQs (http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/

10805583/133000)
SiePortal: WinCC FAQ 44027453 (http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/
44027453)

1.1.6.6 Access rights in the operating system

Defining Access Rights in the Operating System

Introduction
To support you in protecting your system, WinCC offers a structured user administration:
• Protect your system against unauthorized access.
• Assign each user the required rights.
In order to work with WinCC, certain folders can be enabled for access via the network. For
security reasons, you should only assign access rights to these folders to authorized users.
You manage access rights via the Microsoft Windows Standard user groups and user groups
created by WinCC.

Access rights specified in WinCC

Following WinCC installation, WinCC automatically establishes the following local groups in
Microsoft Windows User and Group Administration:
• "SIMATIC HMI"
All users must be members of the "SIMATIC HMI" user group. These members can create local
projects, and can process, start, and access these projects remotely. Access to the WinCC
database is limited to the minimum rights necessary (read/write). By default, the user who
carries out the WinCC installation and the local administrator are members of this group.
Additional members must be added manually by an administrator.
• "SIMATIC HMI Viewer"
These members have read access only to configuration and runtime data in the WinCC
database. This group is primarily used for accounts for Web publication services, e.g. IIS
(Internet Information Services) account for operation of WinCC WebNavigator.
• Access to folder "<Installation Directory>/WinCC/aplib"
Following installation, the directory "Installation Directory/WinCC/aplib" named "SCRIPTFCT"
is unlocked for the "SIMATIC HMI" user group. This directory contains central libraries for
project script functions.
• "RTIL Tracing User"
The user group is created during the installation of WinCC.
Users in this user group can connect the WinCC project to WinCC Unified via the
WinCC Unified channel.

WinCC folder share

With access via folder shares, the folders of a WinCC project are generally read-only.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 31
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

Access to the WinCC project folders and project data from the network via Microsoft Windows
is read-only.

Release project folder for write access

The "SIMATIC HMI" user group needs full access to the project folders of a server in the
following cases:
• Access via scripts or open interfaces, e.g. when using WinCC/ODK
• Access via multiuser engineering
• Access of clients with own project
• Integrated projects (SIMATIC Manager)
To enable full access to the WinCC project folders, disable the following option in the
"Properties - Project" area of the "Computer" editor:
• Project directory is only shared for write-protected access.
Make sure that full access is restricted to the necessary user groups or users.
You can change the option while runtime is activated.
The change is applied immediately.

User groups and user rights

The following overview contains the tasks of the different user groups with the access rights and
instructions required to assign these access rights.

WinCC Installation
• Task: WinCC Installation
• Role: Configuration engineer, Administrator
• Authorization: Microsoft Windows Administrator rights
• Procedure:
Prior to installation, ensure that you have local administrator rights on the computer.
• Explanation:
You need local administrator rights to install WinCC.

Preparation for operation

• Task: Access to WinCC
• Role: Configuration engineer, Administrator
• Authorization: Power user rights, Administrator rights

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

32 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

• Procedure:
After installation, set up the administrative settings as administrator or power user.
• Explanation:
Power user rights are the minimum requirements for administrative settings, e.g. the
authorization of file rights or printer driver settings.
To delete a WinCC project completely, you must have power user rights, at a minimum.

Local user rights when operating WinCC

• Task: Operator input in Runtime, configuration
• Role: WinCC user (operator, configuration engineer)
• Authorization:
– Microsoft Windows "User" group
– "SIMATIC HMI" user group
• Procedure:
Add the user to the "SIMATIC HMI" user group and, at a minimum, to the Microsoft Windows
"User" user group.
• Explanation:
In order to operate WinCC or for remote access to a WinCC project on the client and server,
the user must be a member of the "SIMATIC HMI" user group.

Access to distributed systems

• Task: Access to distributed systems
• Role: WinCC user (operator, configuration engineer)
• Authorization: Uniform user groups on all computers
• Procedure:
Enter the WinCC users on all computers in the same group.
Assign the same password to all the users.
• Explanation:
For access to distributed systems, the same user groups must be created on clients and
servers.

Access rights for local projects

• Task: Access to projects which were created as follows:
– Manual copy
– Duplicate
– Retrieving
– Migration
• Role: WinCC user (operator, configuration engineer)
• Authorization: SIMATIC HMI, SIMATIC HMI Viewer

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 33
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

• Procedure:
Assign full access rights to the project folder for the "SIMATIC HMI" group.
To do so, open the project following its creation once as administrator or power user.
Alternatively, you can specify access rights in the Microsoft Windows Computer
Management.
Even if you want to copy projects with the Project Duplicator you will need the appropriate
authorizations. You will either have to grant access to the used folders or duplicate them as
main user.
• Explanation:
When a local project is newly created, the members of user groups "SIMATIC HMI" and
"SIMATIC HMI Viewer" automatically receive the necessary access rights to the project
directory.
However, when projects are copied, logged, or migrated, the local authorizations are not
transferred but must be reassigned.

Access rights to system information

• Task: Access to system information via the "System Info" WinCC channel
• Role: Operator
• Authorization: System monitor users
• Procedure:
Include all those users in the "System monitor users" Microsoft Windows group who require
the following system information from the "System Info" WinCC channel:
– CPU load
– Status of the export file
• Explanation:
Users with Microsoft Windows standard user rights do not have access to certain system
information.

See also
Notes on Data and System Security (Page 27)
How to Adapt the Windows Security Policies (Page 37)
How to install WinCC (Page 38)
WinCC Installation Requirements (Page 18)
Installing WinCC (Page 37)
Software requirements for installing WinCC (Page 21)

Including users in the "SIMATIC HMI" user group

Introduction
Include those local users in the "SIMATIC HMI" group whose login permits access to WinCC.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

34 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

You must first create local users to do so.

Users of a domain may be directly included in the user group "SIMATIC HMI".

WinCC/WebNavigator: Users of the Web client

When you install the WebNavigator client on the WinCC PC, you must also include the users
of the Web client in the user group "SIMATIC HMI" or "SIMATIC HMI VIEWER".

Procedure
1. Open the workstation administration under Microsoft Windows.
2. Select the "Local users and groups > Users" entry in the navigation window.
The data window displays all local users.
3. In the context menu, select the "New User" dialog.
Create a user account for each user who is to have access to WinCC.
4. In the navigation window, select the "Local Users and Groups > Groups" entry.
The data window displays all groups.
Select the group "SIMATIC HMI".
5. Using the shortcut menu, open the "Add Member" dialog and include those users as
members of the "SIMATIC HMI" user group.

Including domain-global user group in the "SIMATIC HMI" user group

Introduction
During operation of a domain, an additional domain-global user group may be created and
included as a member of the "SIMATIC HMI" user group.

Application example
You can find a detailed application example in the Internet under Entry ID 78346833:
• SiePortal: "Installation and operation of WinCC in a Microsoft domain environment" (https://
support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/78346833)

Requirements
• The domain administrator creates a domain-global user group.
• Within the domain, the domain administrator includes those users in the domain whose
login permits access to WinCC.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 35
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

Procedure
1. Open the workstation administration under Microsoft Windows.
2. In the navigation window, select the "Local Users and Groups > Groups" entry.
The data window displays all groups.
Select the group "SIMATIC HMI".
3. Using the pop-up menu, open the "Add Member" dialog and include domain-global user
group as members of the "SIMATIC HMI" user group.

See also
SiePortal: "Installation and operation of WinCC in a Microsoft domain environment" (https://
support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/78346833)

Release existing project for "SIMATIC HMI" user group

Introduction
You must first remove the existing share of the project directory if the user group "SIMATIC HMI"
has to access an existing user group.
The project is then released again while opening WinCC Explorer.

Procedure
1. Open the workstation administration under Microsoft Windows.
2. In the navigation window, select the entry "Shared Folders > Shares".
The data window displays all unlocked directories.
3. Select the respective project directory and remove the share by using the "Cancel Share"
context menu.
4. If you now open the project in WinCC, the project directory is automatically unlocked for the
"SIMATIC HMI" user group, and all members of the user group are granted access to the
project directory.

Note
The enable name of the directory shared by WinCC must not be modified.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

36 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

1.1.6.7 How to Adapt the Windows Security Policies

Introduction
Before you install WinCC, you must check the operating system settings:
• The system must permit the installation of unsigned drivers and files.

Procedure
1. To open the Microsoft Windows entry field, select the entry "Run" in the "Windows System"
program group.
2. Enter "gpedit.msc" in the input box.
The "Local Group Policy Editor" dialog box opens.
3. In the left section of the window under "Policy for local computer", select "Computer
Configuration > Administrative Templates > System > Device Installation > Device Installation
Restrictions".
4. Check the settings of the security policies below:
– "Display a custom message when installation is prevented by policy (balloon text)"
– "Display a custom message when installation is prevented by policy (balloon title)"
"Not configured" must be set for the policy.

See also
Notes on Data and System Security (Page 27)
Defining Access Rights in the Operating System (Page 31)
Software requirements for installing WinCC (Page 21)
WinCC Installation Requirements (Page 18)

1.1.7 Installing WinCC

1.1.7.1 Installing WinCC

Introduction
This section describes the installation of WinCC.
During the WinCC installation, MS Message Queuing and Microsoft Internet Information
Service (IIS) are installed and configured if necessary.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 37
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

Installation of a WinCC file server

If a WinCC server is set up which is to be used for project data archiving only, only the WinCC file
server needs to be installed. You can find more information in the WinCC Information System,
in the section "Configurations > Fileserver".

Note
Usage only with administrator rights
If you want to use the Fileserver, you need administrator rights.
Fileserver installation requirements
WinCC V8 and WinCC Fileserver V8 cannot be installed at the same time on one computer.

Installation of WinCC Options

The WinCC DVD contains the following options:
• WinCC/Connectivity Pack / Connectivity Station
• WinCC/DataMonitor
• WinCC/WebNavigator
• WinCC/WebUX
These options require their own licenses.
If you purchase a WinCC option at a later date, you will receive the necessary licenses on a
license data carrier.
An installation DVD is not supplied. Use the WinCC DVD for installation.

See also
Upgrading WinCC (Page 52)
How to Install Supplementary Components Later (Page 46)
How to install WinCC (Page 38)
Hardware requirements for installing WinCC (Page 19)
WinCC Installation Requirements (Page 18)
Software requirements for installing WinCC (Page 21)

1.1.7.2 How to install WinCC

Introduction
This section describes how to install and run WinCC.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

38 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

The already installed components are displayed during setup. The following icons are used:

Icon Meaning
Current version of program is installed.

Program is being updated.

Program setup conditions are not met. Click the icon for details.

Program can be selected.

Program selected for installation.

Program cannot be selected (due to program interdependencies).

Program selected for installation (cannot be deselected).

Scope of installation

Installing WinCC options

You can install the desired options during the installation of WinCC itself.
For some options, the documentation only becomes available when the corresponding
option package is installed.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 39
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

Package installation
The following components are installed with the selected program package:

WinCC WinCC installation

The package installs the WinCC server with the following components:
• WinCC Runtime
• WinCC CS (incl. Basic Process Control)
• SQL server
• OPC server
• OPC UA server
• OPC UA client
• SmartTools
• WinCC Unified Collaboration
• Automation License Manager
WinCC incl. WebUX
• Additionally installs WinCC/WebUX
WinCC client WinCC client installation:
When you install the "WinCC client" program package, you need an "RT
client" or "RC client" client license.
• WinCC Runtime
• WinCC CS (incl. Basic Process Control)
• SQL Express
• OPC server
• OPC UA server
• OPC UA client
• SmartTools
• WinCC Unified Collaboration
• Automation License Manager
WinCC client incl. WebServer
• Additionally installs the WebNavigator server
WebNavigator WebNavigator server
• WinCC server with the components of the program package "WinCC
installation"
• WebNavigator server
To install further WebNavigator components, activate the component in
the "Programs" view, e.g. "Web Plugin Builder" for the installation of the
"WinCC Plug-In Builder".
WebNavigator client
• Only installs the WebNavigator client

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

40 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

DataMonitor DataMonitor server

If no WebNavigator server is installed yet, it is also installed with the
package.
• WinCC server with the components of the program package "WinCC
installation"
• WebNavigator server
• DataMonitor server
• DataMonitor client
To install further DataMonitor components, activate the components in
the "Programs" view, e.g. for the installation of "Excel Workbook" and
"Excel Workbook Wizard".
DataMonitor client
• Only installs the DataMonitor client
ConnectivityPack ConnectivityPack server
• WinCC server with the components of the program package "WinCC
installation"
• ConnectivityPack server
To install further Connectivity Pack components, activate the compo‐
nents in the "Programs" view, for example for the installation of the
"Connectivity Station".
ConnectivityPack client
• ConnectivityPack client
• SQL Connectivity Components

Custom installation
Select individual components for installation.
The following components are typical examples of additional installations which are not
installed with program packages:
• WinCC:
– WinCC File server (WinCC file server/SQL server)
• WebNavigator:
– Diagnostics client
– WinCC Remote Publisher
• Options:
– SIMATIC Logon
– AS-OS Engineering

Supplementary installation
You can install or uninstall components and languages at a later stage.
The required disc space depends upon the installed components. An estimated value is
shown in the status bar.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 41
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

More information:
• "How to Install Supplementary Components Later (Page 46)"
• "How to Install Supplementary Languages (Page 47)".

WinCC remote communication

Remote access is disabled by default after installation.
If you use a redundant system or a client-server system, for example, enable the remote
communication in the SIMATIC Shell settings.
More information:
• "Notes on Data and System Security (Page 27)"

Requirements
• Make sure that no other setup is running on the PC at the same time, for example, a Microsoft
Windows update.
• You need local administrator rights to install WinCC.
Information on the user rights required for operating WinCC:
– "AUTOHOTSPOT"
• The computer name may only contain permissible characters.
• The security policies must be modified under Microsoft Windows.
• No manually created SQL server instance with the name "WinCC" may be installed.
• Microsoft Message Queuing is installed and configured during WinCC installation.
• The storage medium with the licenses must not yet be connected to the installation PC.
You can transfer the licenses during WinCC installation.
Alternatively, you can install the licenses before installing WinCC using the Automation
License Manager.
WinCC is released for the following operating system languages:
• German, English, French, Italian, Spanish
• Chinese (simplified, PRC), Chinese (traditional, Taiwan), Japanese, Korean
• Multilingual operating system

Note
Unfulfilled requirements
An error message is output if you run WinCC Setup without administrator rights, or if other setup
conditions are not met.
You can find more information on error messages here: "WinCC Installation Requirements
(Page 18)".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

42 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

Procedure
1. Start the WinCC product DVD.
– The DVD starts automatically if Autorun is enabled in the operating system.
– If the Autorun function is not activated, start the Setup.exe program on the DVD.
Alternatively, start the downloaded setup.
2. Follow the on-screen instructions.
Read and confirm the License Agreement and the Open Source License Agreement.
3. Select "Install" as the setup type.
4. Select the languages you want to install.
You can also install other languages at a later time.
5. Select the desired type of installation:
– For Package installation, select the "WinCC installation" or "WinCC incl. WebUX" program
package.
If you also want to install WinCC options, select the corresponding program packages.
Select "WinCC client installation" or "WinCC client incl. WebServer" if you only want to
install the WinCC client.
– If you use the user-defined installation, select the desired installation scope.
The components to be installed are shown in the "Description" field in each case.
If necessary, change the installation path using the "Browse" button.
6. Check the list of components to be installed in the "Programs" view.
– If required, activate additional components.
– Click on "Help" for a description of the displayed icons.
– When you click on the listed components, information on the installation status of the
components may be shown.
– The content field on the right contains details on the selected component and, at the
bottom, the required disc space.
– You can open the associated documentation for some components with the "Readme"
button.
– The "Storage space" button will show you the available storage space on your PC.
7. Read and confirm the license agreement for the Microsoft SQL Server.
8. Before the installation, the security settings that are adapted for WinCC are displayed in the
"System settings" dialog. The firewall is configured automatically.
Confirm the changes to the system settings.
Use the "Save as" button to save the list of changes as a text file "Secon.RTF" in the selected
target folder.
9. Start the installation.
You can track the status of the installation in the displayed dialog.
Select "Cancel" to cancel the installation of the current component.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 43
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

10.You can transfer the product license keys after installing the components.
To do so, click on "Transfer license key".
Select "Next" if you have already transferred the license keys or want to install them at a later
time.
Note
Transferring licenses
License keys are not transferred automatically.
Transfer the missing license keys during or after installation with the Automation License
Manager.

11.Restart the PC to conclude the installation.

Automatic migration
When you open a project that was created with a previous version of the currently installed
WinCC version, the configuration and Runtime data is automatically migrated.
You can convert the pictures and libraries with the Project Migrator or manually via WinCC
Explorer.
You can find detailed information on migration in the WinCC Information System:
• "Getting started > Migration"

Entries in the "Siemens Automation" program group

After installing WinCC, you will find new entries in the "Siemens Automation" program group.
• Starting WinCC Explorer:
– WinCC Explorer
• Editors and tools for working with WinCC:
– Autostart
– Channel Diagnosis
– Cross Reference Assistant
– Dynamic Wizard Editor
– Project Duplicator
– Project Migrator
– WinCC Certificate Manager
– WinCC Documentation Viewer
– WinCC TAG Simulator

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

44 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

• WinCC documentation:
– Documentation > Manuals
To open the WinCC Online Help and the installed WinCC options, select the "WinCC
Information System" link in the language folder.
Print versions of the WinCC Information System:
– PDF files in the installation path under "WinCC > Documents"
• License management:
– Automation License Manager
– License Analysis
• Security Controller for displaying the customized security settings:
– Security Controller
• Overview of the installed SIMATIC software and components:
– Inst. Software
• Editors and tools for working with the supplied WinCC options:
– PdlPad
– PublishingWizard
– Web Navigator Plug-In Builder
– WinCC Archive Connector
– WinCC DataMonitor Configurator Export
– WinCC Web Configuration Center
– WinCCViewerRT
The entries depend on the installed options.

See also
Upgrading WinCC (Page 52)
Notes on Data and System Security (Page 27)
Defining Access Rights in the Operating System (Page 31)
How to Adapt the Windows Security Policies (Page 37)
How to Install Supplementary Components Later (Page 46)
WinCC Installation Requirements (Page 18)
Hardware requirements for installing WinCC (Page 19)
Software requirements for installing WinCC (Page 21)
Installing WinCC (Page 37)
How to Install Supplementary Languages (Page 47)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 45
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

1.1.7.3 How to Install Supplementary Components Later

Introduction
Once you have installed WinCC, you can then install further components or options at a later
date.

Installation of WinCC Options

The WinCC DVD contains the following WinCC Options:
• WinCC/Connectivity Pack / Connectivity Station
• WinCC/DataMonitor
• WinCC/WebNavigator
• WinCC/WebUX
These options require their own licenses.
If you purchase a WinCC option at a later date, you will receive the necessary licenses on a
license data carrier. An installation DVD is not supplied.
Use the WinCC DVD for installation.

Procedure
1. Start the WinCC product DVD.
If the Autorun function is not activated, start the program Setup.exe on the DVD.
2. Specify whether you wish to install individual components or options. The already installed
components will be displayed.
3. Follow the on-screen instructions.

Installation path of SmartTools

Run the SmartTools setup from the following path on your WinCC DVD:
• "Instdata\Smarttools\Setup\Setup.exe"

See also
WinCC Installation Requirements (Page 18)
How to install WinCC (Page 38)
Upgrading WinCC (Page 52)
How to Install Supplementary Languages (Page 47)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

46 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

1.1.7.4 How to Install Supplementary Languages

Introduction
Once you have installed WinCC, you can later install additional languages.

Procedure
1. Open the "Programs and functions" or "Programs and features" entry in the control panel.
2. Select "SIMATIC WinCC Runtime <Version>" and click the "Change" button.
The WinCC Setup program opens.
3. Select your desired languages.
4. When prompted, insert the WinCC product DVD in the DVD drive.
If the home page of the DVD is opened via the Autorun function, close the window with "Exit".
5. Follow the instructions on the screen.
6. If you have installed WinCC CS, select "SIMATIC WinCC Configuration <Version>" and click the
"Change" button.
Repeat steps 3 to 5 for WinCC CS.
Repeat this procedure for any additionally installed components and options.

See also
How to Install Supplementary Components Later (Page 46)
How to install WinCC (Page 38)

1.1.7.5 Configure automatic installation of WinCC

The "Central installation" function

Configuring automatic installation

To install WinCC on multiple PCs, use a central installation.

Central setup storage: Note the path length

When you store the setup at a central location and launch it from a network drive, use the
shortest possible folder names.
The path length of the drive name, file folder and setup files may be no longer than 255
characters.

Record function
The Record function supports multiple installation on different computers with identical options.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 47
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

During setup, the Record function records the settings and creates a "Ra_Auto.ini" installation
file which supports you during installation.
While in the past you had to navigate through all setup dialogs for each installation, all you
have to do now is start setup with the "Ra_Auto.ini" control file.

Conditions for using the record function

• Central installation is only possible for the respective setup version that is available at the
time.
A central installation of WinCC has no effect on the subsequent installation of updates or
options.
• The "Expert mode" scope of installation cannot be used for automatic installation.
In Expert mode, the installation dialog is opened for each product even when you have saved
the installation settings with the Record function.

Overview of the procedure

The following steps are required for a central installation:
1. Call the Record function and create the "Ra_Auto.ini" control file.
2. Start central installation.

WinCC/WebNavigator: Installation without user interaction

For a central installation on a web client start the setup via the following command line:
• Installation with default settings:
msiexec /i C:\TEMP\WebnavigatorClient.msi /quiet /log
C:\temp\installWebNav.log
• Installation with reduced user interface:
msiexec /i C:\TEMP\WebnavigatorClient.msi /qb /log
C:\temp\installWebNav.log
More information:
• Installing the WebNavigator client (Page 119)

Calling the Record function of the central installation

You use the Record function to create the "Ra_Auto.ini" control file which includes all information
for the central installation.

Dependency on operating system

Run the central installation for each operating system version separately.
The control file can only be executed on PCs on which the same operating system version
is running. During installation of WinCC, Microsoft updates are installed, for example, which
depend on the installed operating system.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

48 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

Scope of installation for automatic installation

The "Expert mode" scope of installation cannot be used for automatic installation.
Select one of the other available installation methods, e.g. "Standard" or "WinCC Client".

Requirement
• You need administrator rights on your PC.

Procedure
1. To open the Microsoft Windows entry field, select the entry "Run" in the "Windows System"
program group.
2. Enter the following command line:
– <Path for the installation data>\setup.exe /record
Select the DVD drive or a central PC to which the installation data were copied as path for the
installation files.
Setup is started.
3. Select the desired language and click "OK".
The "Record function" dialog is displayed.
4. Activate the Record function.
5. Select the path in which you want to create the "Ra_Auto.ini" control file and confirm with
"Next".
6. Select the required components and settings for the installation.
Once you have made the settings, the message "Recording completed" is displayed.

Result
The control file "Ra_Auto.ini" is created and saved in the selected path.
The same setup version must be used for central installation and for creation of the
"Ra_Auto.ini" file.

Start central installation

For central installation on the PC of your WinCC system, start an automatic installation.
The settings of the "Ra_Auto.ini" control file are applied in the process.

Requirement
• You have created the "Ra_Auto.ini" file using the Record function.
The file "Ra_Auto.ini" must be created with the existing setup version.
• The same operating system version is installed on the PC.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 49
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

Procedure
1. If required, copy the setup to a central server or PC.
2. Copy the file "Ra_Auto.ini" to the folder "C:\Windows" on the PC to be installed.
3. Start central installation by calling automatic installation:
– <Path for the installation data>\setup.exe /silent
You may receive a message when the central installation was completed successfully.
Note
If an error or inconsistency occurs during installation, you will receive messages that require
your acknowledgement.

4. Repeat this process for each required computer.

Alternative procedure
If the file "Ra_Auto.ini" is not located in the "C:\Windows" folder, start central installation with the
following call:
• <Path for the installation data>\setup.exe /silent=<storage
path>\Ra_Auto.ini

1.1.8 Uninstalling WinCC

Introduction
On your computer, you can remove WinCC completely or simply remove individual components.
You cannot remove individual languages.
You can execute the removal via the WinCC product DVD or vial the control panel of the
operating system.

Procedure: Uninstalling via the WinCC Product DVD

1. Start the WinCC product DVD.
The DVD starts automatically if Autorun is enabled in the operating system.
If the Autorun function is not activated, start the Setup.exe program on the DVD.
2. Follow the on-screen instructions.
3. Select "Remove" as the setup type.
4. Select the components that you want to remove.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

50 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

Alternative procedure: Uninstalling via the Control Panel

1. Open the "Uninstall or change a program" dialog in the Microsoft Windows Control Panel.
2. Select the desired entry.
The installed WinCC components always start with "SIMATIC WinCC".
3. Choose the "Uninstall" or "Change" option from the shortcut menu.
Remove any WinCC options that may have been installed before you remove the WinCC
version.

Microsoft SQL Server

After uninstalling WinCC, you must uninstall the Microsoft SQL Server instance "WinCC":
In the "Uninstall or change programs" dialog, select the entry "Microsoft SQL Server
<Version>" to uninstall.
The use of Microsoft SQL Server is only permitted if you have a valid license.

Automation License Manager / MS Update

When WinCC is removed, the following programs remain installed, as they may be needed by
other SIMATIC products:
• Automation License Manager
• MS Update V1.0 SP1
If, after removing WinCC, you want to install an earlier version of WinCC, you need to remove
both of these programs:
Select the respective entry for removal in the "Uninstall or change a program" dialog.

Removal when the WebNavigator client is installed

If you remove WinCC from a computer on which the WebNavigator client is installed, you must
then reinstall the WebNavigator client.

Changing the settings in the Microsoft Windows Event Viewer

When WinCC is installed, the WinCC Setup program changes the settings of the Event Viewer.
• Maximum Log Size (System Log/User Log):
1028 KB
• Log Continuation (System Log/User Log):
"Overwrite events"
(Default setting: Overwrite events that are older than 7 days)
After removing WinCC, these settings are not reset.
You can modify these settings in the Microsoft Windows Event Viewer yourself.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 51
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

1.1.9 Upgrading WinCC

1.1.9.1 Upgrading WinCC

Introduction
As of version WinCC V7.4 SP1, you can upgrade to the current WinCC version V8.x by means of
an upgrade installation. Make sure that the latest WinCC updates for the respective WinCC
version have been installed.
Proceed as described in "Upgrading an installation" section.

Note
Restart PC before installing the update
Restart the PC before starting the update installation.
Requirements for the upgrade
If you are upgrading WinCC versions prior to V7.0 SP3, observe the operating system
requirements and hardware requirements.
More information on migration of WinCC versions V4 or higher is available under the following
URL (entry ID=44029132):
• SiePortal: FAQ Migration V4 > V7 (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/de/en/view/
44029132)

Information on migrating projects

WinCC projects > WinCC V7.4 SP1

No migration is required for projects created with WinCC as of V7.4 SP1. You only have to
convert the project data.
To convert the project data select the menu command "Tools > Convert Project Data" in the
WinCC Explorer.

WinCC projects < WinCC V7.4 SP1

When you open a project of a previous < V7.4 SP1 version with the current WinCC version,
you will be prompted to migrate the project. However, you may also use WinCC Project
Migrator to migrate several WinCC projects in a single step.
You still have to make some project settings after migration.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

52 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

For more information about migrating projects see the "Migration" section.

Note
WinCC user no longer needs to be a member of the "SQLServerMSSQLUser$<COMPUTER
NAME>$WINCC" user group
When you migrate projects created prior to WinCC V7.2, you remove the WinCC users from this
group.
In WinCC projects prior to V7.2, you will find the user group under the name
"SQLServer2005MSSQLUser$<COMPUTER NAME>$WINCC".

Notes on licensing
Licenses from previous WinCC versions must be upgraded to the current version.
You can update the licensing retroactively. Detailed information is available in the WinCC
Information System under the topic "Licensing".

See also
How to Perform an Upgrade Installation (Page 53)
SiePortal: FAQ Migration V4 > V7 (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/de/en/view/
44029132)

1.1.9.2 How to Perform an Upgrade Installation

Introduction
If you currently have WinCC V7.4 SP1 or higher installed on your system, you can perform an
upgrade installation. Make sure that the latest WinCC updates for the respective WinCC version
have been installed.
Before beginning an upgrade installation, the transfer of existing projects must be prepared.

Requirement
The hardware configuration of previous versions is sufficient in most cases to install an upgrade
to the current WinCC version V8.x.
However, performance is reduced if the amount of data is increased too much.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 53
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

If it is expected that the data volume will increase, upgrade the hardware in good time.

Note
Requirements for the upgrade
If you are upgrading WinCC versions prior to V7.0 SP3, observe the operating system
requirements and hardware requirements.
More information on migration of WinCC versions V4 or higher is available under the following
URL (entry ID=44029132):
• SiePortal: FAQ Migration V4 > V7 (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/de/en/view/
44029132)

Upgrade preparation

Note
Backing up a WinCC project
Make a backup copy of your project before upgrading WinCC.
Restart PC before installing the update
Restart the PC before starting the update installation.
Additional steps and adjusting settings
Also read the notes in the WinCC Information System under "Migration".

Check the special characters

Before performing an upgrade installation of WinCC, check the existing projects with regard
to special characters used in the archive names, archive tag names, trend names, trend
window names, column names and table window names.
You will find a table with the permitted special characters in the section "Working with WinCC
> Working with Projects > References".
It is possible that you must use Tag Logging in WinCC V6.2 SP3 or V7.0 to remove certain
special characters from the names.

NOTICE
Transferring archives with impermissible special characters
When transferring archives, if they contain impermissible special characters, the runtime
archive may be lost.

Modified standard functions (ANSI-C)

If modified standard functions (ANSI-C) are used, make backup copies of the functions prior
to the upgrade installation.
During the WinCC installation process, these functions are overwritten by the standard
functions supplied.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

54 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

Procedure
1. Prepare existing WinCC projects for migration.
Check the used names for impermissible special characters.
2. Install the current WinCC version.
Proceed as described in the section "How to install WinCC".
You will need the storage medium that contains the licenses for the current WinCC version.
Upgraded licenses of previous WinCC versions will be lost.
3. Migrate your existing WinCC projects.
Note the corresponding "First Information > Migration" section in the WinCC Information
System.

See also
How to install WinCC (Page 38)
WinCC Installation Requirements (Page 18)
Installing WinCC (Page 37)
SiePortal: FAQ Migration V4 > V7 (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/de/en/view/
44029132)

1.1.10 Overview: Notes on operation

Introduction
For trouble-free operation and optimal performance of WinCC, observe the notes on operation
under Microsoft Windows and the notes on configuration.
You can find this information in the following sections of the WinCC Information System:
• "Release Notes > Notes on operation (Page 57)"
This section includes information on compatibility and on use of virus scanners.
• "Release Notes > Notes on WinCC > Remote access and Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP)
(Page 83)"
The section contains information about remote communication.
• "Working with WinCC > Working with Projects > Making Settings for Runtime > Effect of
External Applications at Runtime"
This section contains information on applications that can affect system resources.
• "Working with WinCC > Working with Projects > Making Settings for Runtime > System
diagnostics with performance tags"
The section contains information on system tags with which, for example, the time behavior
during reading or writing of tags is analyzed.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 55
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.1 WinCC Installation Notes

• "Working with WinCC > Configuration recommendations"

The section contains information on the high-performance configuration of process pictures
and on the optimal dynamization of picture objects and controls.
• "Configurations > Multi-User Systems > Quantity structures and performance"
The notes on configuration in this section apply to all project types.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

56 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.2 WinCC Release Notes

1.2 WinCC Release Notes

1.2.1 Release Notes

Content
These Release Notes contain important information.
The information in these Release Notes has priority over that in the manuals and online help
with regard to legal validity.
Please read these Release Notes carefully since it contains information which may prove
helpful.

1.2.2 Notes on operation

1.2.2.1 Notes on operation

General information

Avoiding loads from external applications

If several programs are run simultaneously on the same computer, the computer may be
exposed to high load levels.
To ensure trouble-free WinCC operations do not run any other applications that can lead
to a resource crunch on the PC. Therefore, close any unnecessary programs before starting
WinCC. More information is available in the section "Working with Projects > Making Runtime
Settings > Impact of External Applications on Runtime".

System diagnostics with performance tags

You can analyze the time behavior, e.g. during reading and writing of data, with the system
tags of the "Performance" tag group.

Feedback and user data statistics (telemetry)

WinCC collects and processes license information and statistical usage and diagnostic data
like quantity structures or the frequency of use of specific functions in order to keep
WinCC safe and up to date, to detect and diagnose problems and to implement product
improvements.
The anonymized usage and diagnostic data is initially saved on your local computer in
readable form where you can view it.
Storage path:
• ...\ProgramData\Siemens\Automation\TelemetryConnector\EventPersistence

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 57
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.2 WinCC Release Notes

The usage and diagnostic data is then also transferred to Siemens via a secure
communication channel for the above-mentioned purposes.
You can deactivate this function via the project settings at any time.

Compatibility
You can find information on compatibility on the Internet in FAQ No. 64847781:
• SiePortal: FAQ 64847781 (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/64847781)
• Compatibility tool for automation and drive technology: (https://
support.industry.siemens.com/kompatool/index.html?lang=en)

Using virus scanners

The following virus scanners have been approved for use as of WinCC V8.1:
• Symantec Endpoint Protection V14.3 RU9 (Norton Antivirus)
• McAfee Endpoint Protection Suite V10.7
• Trellix Endpoint Security 10.7 (McAfee)
• Trellix Application Control 8.4 (McAfee)
• TXOne StellarProtect 3.0
• Windows Defender (version contained in the operating system)
You can find updated information on the approved virus scanners in the compatibility tool
under "More products > Virus scanners".

Fundamental principle
The use of a virus scanner should not hamper the runtime process in a plant.

Rules for local virus scanners (virus scan clients)

• Integrated firewall of the virus scanners
The used local Windows Firewall is configured in WinCC V8.x using SIMATIC Security Control.
You may not install or activate the integrated Firewall of the virus scanners.
• Manual scan
You are not permitted to run a manual scan in Runtime. Run this scan at regular intervals on
all system PCs, for example, during a maintenance interval.
• Automatic scan
With an automatic scan it is sufficient to scan the incoming data traffic.
• Time-controlled scan
You are not permitted to run the time-controlled scan in Runtime.
• Pattern update
The pattern update of virus scan clients (system PCs being checked for viruses) is done by the
higher-level virus scan server (the system PC that centrally manages the virus scan clients).
• Dialogs
To avoid interfering with the process mode, no dialog messages should be displayed on the
virus scan clients.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

58 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.2 WinCC Release Notes

• Drives
Only the local drives are scanned to prevent overlapping scans on network drives.
• You can deactivate email scan except on the WinCC engineering station that receives email.
Accept all other default settings.

What does this ensure?

The incoming data traffic is checked for viruses. The effect on process mode is kept to a
minimum.

Note
When using a virus scanner, make sure that the computer has sufficient system resources.

Screen savers
Using a screen saver costs processor time and can lead to a system overload. Screen savers that
do not release portions of the work memory no longer needed continually reduce the usable
work memory.
The Microsoft Windows "Logon screen saver" can be used.

See also
Software requirements for installing WinCC (Page 21)
SiePortal: FAQ 64847781 (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/64847781)
Compatibility tool for automation and drive technology: (https://
support.industry.siemens.com/kompatool/index.html?lang=en)

1.2.2.2 Information on the Microsoft Windows operating system

Microsoft security updates and patches

Make sure that all current patches and security updates from Microsoft are installed on your
computer.
For more information, refer to the FAQs in the SIMATIC Customer Online Support:
• SiePortal: FAQ 18752994 (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/18752994)
• SiePortal: FAQ search (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/products?
search=microsoft&dtp=Faq&mfn=ps&o=DefaultRankingDesc&pnid=14866&lc=en-WW)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 59
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.2 WinCC Release Notes

General information

WinCC interface and 64-bit operating system

The public interface of WinCC offer no native 64-bit support. This primarily affects ODK, VBS and
the WinCC OLEDB provider.
To use the WinCC interfaces under a 64-bit operating system, the following applies:
• You cannot launch VB scripts simply with a double-click.
You must explicitly use the 32-bit version under "syswow64\wscript.exe".
• .NET applications that use the WinCC API must be explicitly compiled as 32-bit applications.
With "x86" and not with "AnyCPU".
• C++ applications cannot be compiled as 64-bit applications.

Preventing access to Microsoft Windows in runtime

Displaying the online help in runtime

If you wish to ensure that operators have no access to the operating system level of a plant,
deactivate online help in all controls. This prevents the Microsoft Windows selection dialog
from opening.
For this purpose, deactivate the "Help available in Runtime" option under "Options" in the
"Properties - Project" area of the "Computer" editor.

Displaying the Microsoft Windows taskbar in runtime

You can use the computer properties to prevent the Windows taskbar from being displayed in
runtime:
• Activate the "Disable keys" option under "Parameters" in the "Properties - Computer" area of
the "Computer" editor.
This disables all shortcut keys for operating system access.
• Disable the "Keep the taskbar on top of other windows" setting in Microsoft Windows or
enable the options for hiding the taskbar.
If you disable the <CTRL+ESC> shortcut key, the following shortcut keys are also disabled in
runtime:

Key combination Function

<Windows key+U> System utility program manager
Press <SHIFT> five times Locking function
Press <SHIFT right> for eight seconds Impact delay
<ALT left+SHIFT left+NUM> Keyboard mouse
<ALT left+SHIFT left+PRINT> High contrast

These functions can be configured using the Microsoft Windows Control Panel.
If the functions are activated in the Windows Control Panel before activating WinCC Runtime,
they are no longer locked in runtime.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

60 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.2 WinCC Release Notes

By activating the option "Disable shortcut keys for operating system access", you are also
disabling the shortcut keys for easier operation.

Do not use the "On-screen Keyboard" that can be enabled in Microsoft Windows
Use the virtual keyboard offered by WinCC instead of the "On-Screen Keyboard" enabled by
Windows to prevent the display of the Windows taskbar in Runtime.

Keyboard with multimedia keys

Do not use keyboards that support additional multimedia keys (AppKeys).
If you are using a keyboard with multimedia keys for a good reason, disable the
corresponding registry keys in the following paths:
• All Microsoft Windows users:
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Explorer\AppKey\<XX
>
• Local Microsoft Windows user:
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Explorer\AppKey\<XX>
Disable the "REG_SZ" entries for multimedia buttons in the numbered folders.
The value of the registry entry must not be set.

NOTICE
Registry change
Create a backup copy of the registry before you edit the registry.
You can find more information on creating a backup copy, restoring and editing the registry in
the Microsoft Knowledge Base under article no. 256986 (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/
troubleshoot/windows-server/performance/windows-registry-advanced-users).
Incorrect use of the Registry Editor can cause serious problems that affect the entire system and
require reinstallation.
Use the Registry Editor at your own risk.

Do not specify print to file as standard printing

Do not set print to file as standard printing procedure in the Microsoft Windows operating
system.
This prevents the Windows dialog for saving the file from opening when printing from WinCC.

"Hardcopy" function
If the shortcut keys are disabled via the option "Disable shortcut keys for operating system
access", the hardcopy function only prints to physically connected printers.
No printout is possible on printers with the "Print to file" function, e.g. save as PDF file. The
hardcopy function is not performed for these printers.
If several printers are connected and the configured default printer enables the "Print to file"
function, the next physically connected printer in the printer list is used instead of the default
printer.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 61
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.2 WinCC Release Notes

Suppressing Microsoft Windows notifications and alarms in Runtime

To prevent the display of Windows notifications and Windows alarms on a PC in Runtime,
follow these steps:
1. Enter "Notifications and actions" in the search field of the Windows taskbar.
The settings for Microsoft Windows notifications and actions open.
2. Click "Notification wizard settings".
3. Select the following settings in the notification wizard:
– Select the "Alarms only" option.
– Under "Automatic rules", disable the "When I'm using an app in full-screen mode/Alarms
only" option.

WinCC WebBrowser Control: Disabling the shortcut menu

You can restrict the shortcut menu of the WinCC WebBrowser Control in runtime:
• To reduce the shortcut menu to "Forward" and "Backward" navigation, activate the object
property "UseSimpleContextMenu" in the Graphics Designer.
• To suppress the shortcut menu completely, disable the Microsoft Windows Group Policy:
To open the Microsoft "Group Policy Object Editor", enter "Gpedit.msc" in the search field.
Disable the shortcut menu in the Group Policy "User configuration\Administrative
templates\Windows components\Internet Explorer\Browser menus".

Warnings with the DCOM configuration

When the "Dcomcnfg.exe" program starts, there may be warnings about unregistered AppIDs of
WinCC components.
This reaction has no effect on the functional capability of the software. The warnings can be
ignored.

Changing the screen settings

Changing the color palette

If you change the color palette via the Microsoft Windows Control Panel, you should expect
color changes and poorer legibility of the text.
When creating the project, therefore, be sure use the same color palette that will be used in
runtime.

Changing the resolution

In order to use a different resolution in the destination system, use the "Adapt Picture" or
"Adapt Size" functions for pictures and windows.
These settings can lead to blurred displays in runtime and increased system loads.

Operating system with multilanguage installation: wrong language in message boxes

In message boxes in which the user must respond with Yes/No, OK/Cancel, etc., the buttons are
always labeled in English in both CS and RT.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

62 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.2 WinCC Release Notes

This characteristic is independent of both the operating system language set and the WinCC
language.

Novell Netware clients

WinCC should not be installed on a system together with the Novell client software.
The installation of WinCC can have the effect that it is no longer possible to log on to the
Novell system or the lock the keyboard during runtime.
We recommend you not use the Netware client software or use the Microsoft client for
Netware.

Notes on Internet Explorer

Web client: Display of ActiveX controls in Internet Explorer

ActiveX controls are disabled in Internet Explorer by default. For this reason, the WinCC controls
are not displayed correctly in Internet Explorer on a Web client.
To display the WinCC controls correctly, add the Web server as a trusted website and enable
the ActiveX controls only for the "Trusted sites" zone.
To continue protecting Internet Explorer from foreign ActiveX controls, check that the
restricted security settings still apply to the other zones after making the changes.
For more information, refer to the following documentation:
• WinCC/WebNavigator: "WinCC/WebNavigator Installation Notes > Installation of
WebNavigator Client > Settings in Internet Explorer"
• WinCC/DataMonitor: "WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation > Configuring the DataMonitor
System > Working with the DataMonitor Client > Configuring Security Settings in Internet
Explorer"

Internet Explorer: Setting for WinCC without Internet connection

Disable the option "Check for publisher's certificate revocation" on the "Advanced" tab in the
Internet Options if you operate WinCC on PCs that do not have an Internet connection.

See also
Notes on Data and System Security (Page 27)
SiePortal: FAQ 18752994 (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/18752994)
SiePortal: FAQ search (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/products?
search=microsoft&dtp=Faq&mfn=ps&o=DefaultRankingDesc&pnid=14866&lc=en-WW)
SiePortal: WinCC FAQs (http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/
10805583/133000)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 63
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.2 WinCC Release Notes

1.2.2.3 Information on the database system

Information on DB.dll
DB.dll is an ODK component for accessing databases via C API functions.
This functionality is no longer supported when using WinCC. Do not develop any new
applications with the WinCC database access layer DB.dll.
Instead, use the following functions offered by Microsoft:
• Use ADO.NET for .NET-based applications.
The database interface of the .NET Framework is object-oriented and designed for scalable
applications. The interface is also well suited for data communication through firewalls.
• You can use OLE DB for C++ based applications.
Microsoft provides templates with Visual Studio for this. They make it easier to use the OLE
DB database technology with classes, which implement many commonly used OLE DB
interfaces.
• You can also use ODBC C++ based applications.
Microsoft provides classes for this, which facilitate programming.
You can find more detailed information and examples on the Microsoft website.

Notes on Microsoft SQL Server

Error accessing the SQL master database after switching off the server while the system is
running
If a server fails unexpectedly in runtime (power failure, disconnection of power plug), the WinCC
installation may be corrupted as a result and the SQL server will no longer be able to access the
SQL master database following a restart.
Access is only possible after reinstalling the WinCC instance.
To reinstall the WinCC instance, you must uninstall and reinstall both WinCC and the
Microsoft SQL Server.

Improved access protection for the WinCC databases

For the purposes of improved access protection, the user names "WinCCAdmin" and
"WinCCConnect" have been removed from the WinCC database.
Access to the WinCC database is no longer possible using these user names. Applications
which use their own SQL user names with password are not affected.
The user "SA" (system administrator) of the SQL server is deactivated during the installation.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

64 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.2 WinCC Release Notes

Stability of the SQL server: Configuring the MemToLeave parameter

If the SQL server goes offline sporadically, configure the MemToLeave parameter:
1. Close WinCC.
2. Open the SQL server configuration manager.
3. Under "SQL server services" select the entry "SQL server (WinCC)".
4. To open the property dialog, select the "Properties" option from the context menu.
5. Add the following entry on the "Start parameters" tab:
– -g1024
6. Start WinCC.

Manual detachment of WinCC project databases

Due to a system property in Microsoft SQL Server, the NTFS authorizations may be changed
when detaching from the WinCC project databases.
If a WinCC database remains attached after you have closed a WinCC project or if you have
manually attached the WinCC database, it is necessary to use the CCCleaner to detach the
database.
The "CCCleaner" program is located in the "bin" folder of the WinCC installation directory and
must be started as administrator.

1.2.2.4 Information on network technology and UPS

Information on networks
WinCC only supports the TCP/IP network protocol on the terminal
bus.

Operation on network servers

It is not permitted to operate WinCC on network servers (e.g. domain controllers, file and name
utility servers, routers, software firewalls, media servers, exchange servers, etc.).

Operation on systems with Microsoft Windows cluster technology

WinCC cannot be operated on systems with Microsoft Windows Cluster technology.

Use of redundant servers

When redundant pairs of servers are implemented, the master and standby server must be
operated in the same IP/subnet band.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 65
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.2 WinCC Release Notes

Network adapters with energy-saving mode

When using network adapters provided with energy-saving mode, the energy-saving mode
must not be activated.

Operation with multiple network adapters

If WinCC is used on a PC with more than one network adapter, observe the following:
Select the IP addresses which WinCC should use for communication with other WinCC
stations. In Microsoft Windows Explorer, select the "Simatic Shell" directory. Click into the
navigation window of the dialog "Simatic Shell" and select "Settings..." in the shortcut menu.
In the "Settings" dialog that follows, select the IP address to be used.
If problems occur with the configuration and project management despite this setting, it
could be due to the assignment of the IP address by the DHCP server to the WinCC station
being too slow. In this case, the network administrator must define the IP address for each
network adapter on the WinCC station causing the problem.
To do this, press the Microsoft Windows "Start" button and select "Settings" > "Control
Panel". Open the "Network Connections" folder and then the "LAN Connection" dialog. Click
"Properties" in the "General" tab. Open the "LAN Connection Properties" dialog and select the
"Internet Protocol (TCP/IP)" element from the list in the "General" tab by double-clicking it.
Use the "Use the following IP address" option button in the properties of Internet Protocol
(TCP/IP) to define the IP addresses.
Observe the information in the following chapter: "Special features for communication with a
server with multiple network adapters"

Network environment and network drives

Ensure that there are no unnecessary network drive connections.
In order to prevent delays following a restart of a distributed system, start the multi-user
projects first. The reason for this is the reaction of the master browser service (responsible
for displaying the network environment in the operating system) and administration of the
domains and working groups.

Operation with TCP/IP protocol

If the TCP/IP protocol is installed, the IP address must be valid and must not change in runtime
operation.
Observe the following here:
1. The IP address becomes invalid when the network adapter is removed or deactivated after
installation of the TCP/IP protocol.
2. The IP address may not be initialized yet. This occurs, for example, when the TCP/IP protocol
is installed with the IP address derived from a DHCP server. When the computer is connected
to the network, the computer undergoes a basic initialization during which an IP address is
transferred. This IP address then remains valid even after the computer is disconnected from
the network. After the period of the lease has expired, however, it can become invalid or
changed in another way.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

66 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.2 WinCC Release Notes

If the computer is not connected to the network, the user must log on via a user configured
locally on this computer. This user should have local power user rights for runtime operation
and for the configuration.

Leading zeros in IP addresses

When multi-user mode is used with name derivation via "hosts" and "lmhosts", no preceding
zeros may be entered in the "hosts" file. IP addresses with leading zeros are interpreted as OCTAL
instead of DECIMAL.

Example:
• Computer_1 199.99.99.020 is interpreted as 199.99.99.16 (decimal)
• Computer_2 199.99.99.026 is interpreted as 199.99.99.22 (decimal)
The specification can also be made hexadecimal:
• 199.99.99.0x10 for Computer_1

Using WinCC in multiple domains

The correct functioning of WinCC can only be guaranteed when all the computers in a multi-user
system are located in a common domain or working group. When WinCC is used in different
domains or working groups, complications may arise if the access rights and/or name utility are
configured incorrectly.
When the user administration is realized in a working group, all the WinCC users must
be set up on all the computers in the multi-user system and have the necessary access
authorization.

Application example
You can find a detailed application example in the Internet under Entry ID 78346833:
• SiePortal: "Installation and operation of WinCC in a Microsoft domain environment" (https://
support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/78346833)

Use of WinCC within a domain

If problems occur in accessing the Microsoft Windows domains, it cannot be guaranteed that
WinCC functions correctly. Therefore, in addition to a "server-stored user profile", a local user
profile and local user with necessary rights for WinCC must be set up. If access problems occur
with a domain logon, exit WinCC and log on again using the local user profile.

Application example
You can find a detailed application example in the Internet under Entry ID 78346833:
• SiePortal: "Installation and operation of WinCC in a Microsoft domain environment" (https://
support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/78346833)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 67
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.2 WinCC Release Notes

Operation in domains with deactivated NTLM protocol

If the NTLM protocol is deactivated for the domains, you can operate WinCC through the use of
the Kerberos protocol.

Information for using routers and firewalls

Using routers
With WinCC V7/V8, it is also possible to connect WinCC clients to WinCC servers via routers.
WinCC clients without their own project cannot be used for configuration with the routers,
only for WinCC Runtime. There are no restrictions for WinCC clients with their own project.
The following is required when using routers:
• WinCC must use the correct IP address of the WinCC stations.
• The WinCC stations must be capable of resolving the physical computer name (NETBIOS
name) of the other computers in the WinCC project.
• The WinCC stations must be capable of reaching each other via TCP/IP and ICMP without any
problems. When testing the connection using Ping, it must be possible to access the
computers immediately.
• Activate multicast forwarding to the network routers between the servers and the clients.

Speed of the network connections

For slow network connections, we recommend:
• Restricting the quantity of data to be transferred, for example, by avoiding complicated
graphics.
• Using the local pdl cache of the WinCC client.
• Using the ISDN router for a WinCC client in multi-link mode (channel bundling). Bandwidths
below 128 Kbps have proved insufficient.
• Integrate only one WinCC client for each additional ISDN channel.
• The operation of WinCC via ISDN routers depends on the stability and availability of the ISDN
network.
• Reserve the maximum bandwidth of the connection for WinCC.
Note
Connection via ISDN and operation using slow connections has not been approved for clients
without a local project.

Connecting to an office network with a central firewall

Some network configurations can increase the load on the firewall.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

68 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.2 WinCC Release Notes

You can avoid the described reaction by assigning unique IP addresses to all WinCC stations.

Basic system characteristics

• With a standard installation of Microsoft Windows, the computer is assigned a random IP
address from the DHCP server.

Requirements
The following conditions can lead to undesirable reactions when operating WinCC:
• The IP address band used in the terminal network is higher than the APIPA address band
(169.254.x.x).
• IP addresses are routed via the default gateway.
• IP addresses from the APIPA band are routed to the firewall.

Cause of the increased load at the firewall

Following a system startup, each WinCC station sends its IP address once to all the other
WinCC stations in the network. The WinCC stations define the WinCC station with the lowest
IP address as the server that coordinates availability of the project.
If a WinCC station does not receive an address from the DHCP server and is therefore missing
in the APIPA process, this station becomes the coordinating server. As a result, all the other
WinCC stations attempt to access this server cyclically to publish the project.
The coordinating server, however, cannot be addressed because the IP address from the
APIPA band is automatically transferred to the firewall. This also causes an increased network
load at the central firewall.

Solution
This reaction can be avoided by assigning a unique IP address to each WinCC station.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 69
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.2 WinCC Release Notes

Information on uninterruptible power system

Prevent damaged files during power outages

If a power failure occurs while using Microsoft Windows systems when the WinCC system is
active, files can be corrupted or lost.
Operation using the NTFS file system offers more security.
Secure continuous operation can only be guaranteed when an uninterruptible power system
(UPS) is used.

Uninterruptible power system for client-server systems

If the server in a client-server system should be buffered by an UPS system, it must be capable
of bridging a power failure for up to 30 minutes. This value depends on the configuration and
number of computers, especially in a multi-user system. A great deal of time is required for the
configuration.

See also
SiePortal: "Installation and operation of WinCC in a Microsoft domain environment" (https://
support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/78346833)

1.2.3 Notes on WinCC

1.2.3.1 General information on WinCC and configurations

General information

WinCC Demo project

WinCC demo projects for WinCC V7/V8 can be downloaded from the Internet:
• SiePortal: WinCC demo projects (search) (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/products?
search=demo&dtp=ExampleOfUse&o=DefaultRankingDesc&pnid=14867&lc=en-WW)
• SiePortal: WinCC V8.0 demo project (download, entry ID 109823232) (https://
support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109823232)
Requirement: WinCC V8.0 Update 2
The demo project was created with WinCC V8.0 Update 2. Install Update 2 or a more recent
update of WinCC V8.0 from the download page:
SiePortal: Updates for WinCC 8.0 and WinCC V8.0 ASIA (downloads, entry ID 109818723)
(https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109818723)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

70 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.2 WinCC Release Notes

WinCC passwords: Migration of WinCC projects

As of version V7.2, WinCC offers improved encryption of passwords.
Note for migrated project that were created with WinCC prior to V7.2:
• You must re-enter the user name and the password for "WinCC Service Mode" operating
mode.
• To increase security of WinCC through improved encryption, you have the re-enter the
passwords in the User Administrator.
Make sure that the WinCC passwords meet the standard security guidelines.
Define the minimum complexity in the User Administrator, e.g. the required number of
special characters.
In the User Administrator you can also configure the locking of users after multiple failed
login attempts.

Migrate WinCC projects remotely only with UNC paths

Use only UNC paths to migrate WinCC projects remotely. Release the project path or the folder
above it. Use this UNC path as project directory for the WinCC Project Migrator.

No update of the operating system with WinCC started

An update of the operating system is not permitted if WinCC is started. Start the computer again
after updating the operating system.

WinCC documentation: WinCC Information System

The information in the online help is more up-to-date than the information in the printable PDF
files.

Openness and system stability

WinCC enables high performance programming of actions on individual graphic objects up to
complete functions and global action scripts that are independent of the individual components.

C scripting
WinCC and Windows API functions can be called in the action scripts. In addition, the
integrated script programming contains a C interpreter with a large number of standard
functions complying to ANSI-C.
Please note that, due to the openness of the system, it is possible to write actions that
block the system and lead to system crashes in runtime due to continuous loops, incorrectly
initialized pointers, etc. Pay attention to the availability of allocated memory.

VB scripting
VBScript (VBS) enables access to tags and objects of the graphical runtime system during
runtime. In addition to VBS standard functions and constants, the Windows Scripting Host
and the MS Automation interface can also be used to make the Windows environment
dynamic.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 71
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.2 WinCC Release Notes

There is no guarantee nor WinCC support for the VBS functionality with regard to its
adaptation to the Windows environment.
You can find more information in the following sections of the WinCC Information System:
• "ANSI-C for Creating Functions and Actions"
• "VBS for Creating Procedures and Actions"
• "Process Picture Dynamics"

Time synchronization
Time synchronization between the servers and automation systems is essential for the correct
functioning of:
• Redundancy synchronization
• Chronological messaging
• Search and sorting criteria using the time code
• Operating multi-user projects in one domain
You can find more information in the following sections of the WinCC Information System:
• "Redundant systems"
• "Chronological reporting"
• "Multi-user systems"
• "Time synchronization"

Complete download of redundant systems

Do not perform a complete download to the redundant systems in SIMATIC Manager using the
"Target system / Compile and Download Objects..." function, as this can create inconsistent data
on the target system.
Instead, select the "Download" option in the SIMATIC manager in the shortcut menu of the
operating system.

Information on multi-user systems

Clients without their own project in multi-user systems

In multi-user systems, there may be a delay in the selection of the first picture following a
redundancy switchover for clients without their own project.
If you are changing the runtime language of a client without its own project in a multi-user
system, you will have to close WinCC on the client and exit the WinCC project on the server.
Only then will the language be altered.

Remote access from a client without its own project

The server data editor is not available in the WinCC Explorer on a client without its own project.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

72 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.2 WinCC Release Notes

The "Archive Configuration" entry is not available in Tag Logging and Alarm Logging.

Notes on integration into SIMATIC Manager

Symbolic data block name: Maximum of 16 characters long

If you want to transfer tags from a data block to WinCC, the symbolic name must not exceed 16
characters.

Creating a DCF file

If the DCF file cannot be read after migration, a message regarding the defective file is written
to the migration log file.
In order to create another DCF file, proceed as follows. The sequence must be adhered to in
all cases:
1. Open the project in the configuration mode.
2. Remember your own symbolic computer name (server prefix) needed for later export.
3. Remember the storage location of the imported server data.
4. Remember the preferred server and the default server.
5. Delete your own and imported server data.
6. Close the project.
7. Delete the DCF file in project directory (typically ProjectName.dcf).
8. Reopen the project in the configuration mode.
9. Create your own server data, making sure to maintain the original symbolic computer name
(server prefix) (see step 2).
10.Import all imported packages again (see step 3).
11.Reconfigure the preferred server and default server (see step 4).
12.Close the project.
You can find more information on DCF files on the Internet under Entry ID 109763043:
• SiePortal: "How do you delete the DCF file of your WinCC project?" (https://
support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109763043)

CPU load
If data, transferred from a server to a client, cannot be processed at the same speed, the client
rejects the data frames from a specified threshold value.
The following process control messages are issued in conjunction with this:
• 1000200: "WCCRT:Status"

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 73
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.2 WinCC Release Notes

You will find the following additional information in the comment of this message or in the
log file "WinCC_Sys_<x>.log":
• 1000200,4,,<Computer name>, DataManager Runtime, RPC call took longer than 5000
msec
(Client requires a very long time to process the data)
• 1000200,4,,<Computer name>, DataManager Runtime, Update data for Client '<client
name>' lost,
(message frames for the client are discarded on the server)
Data may be lost on the client.

Notes on internal functions

Diagnostic functions and special functions

Special key functions can be enabled via Registry Keys for the internal diagnostics of WinCC
Graphics Runtime via the following path:
"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\SIEMENS\WinCC\Graphic-
Settings\GeneralHKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\SIEMENS\WinCC\Graphic-
Settings\General\EnableGlobalSettings".
• <F1>: Switch between GDI+ and D2D
• <F2>: Performance test
• <F3>: Display shadow
• <F4>: Switch between default/HW/SW mode
• <F6>: Switch to "WinCC Classic" design
• <F7> – <F9>: Switch between designs 1–3
• <F10>: Show Runtime overlay

Note
For internal diagnostic purposes only
These functions may only be used by Siemens Support employees for internal diagnostic
purposes.

See also
SiePortal: WinCC demo projects (search) (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/products?
search=demo&dtp=ExampleOfUse&o=DefaultRankingDesc&pnid=14867&lc=en-WW)
SiePortal: WinCC V8.0 demo project (download, entry ID 109823232) (https://
support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109823232)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

74 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.2 WinCC Release Notes

SiePortal: "How do you delete the DCF file of your WinCC project?" (https://
support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109763043)
SiePortal: Updates for WinCC 8.0 and WinCC V8.0 ASIA (downloads, entry ID 109818723)
(https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109818723)

1.2.3.2 Information on WinCC CS

General information

Using several WinCC editors

Do not use multiple WinCC editors at the same time because the editors can access the same
WinCC components. For example, use of the "Text Distributor" and "Cross Reference" editors or
automatic update of the Cross Reference when the Graphics Designer is being accessed
simultaneously via interfaces.
If you would like to work in several WinCC editors in parallel, activate the function "Multi-User-
Engineering" in the WinCC project.

Information on the Graphics Designer

Custom ActiveX controls (SIMATIC WinCC/ODK)

You must verify compatibility of custom ActiveX controls (SIMATIC WinCC/ODK) with the WinCC
Basic System, WebNavigator Server, and WebNavigator Client.
This applies to both a direct installation of the ActiveX control on the computer with WinCC,
Web server or Web client and the installation using a plug-in, such as on the Web client.
• With a direct installation, the ActiveX control should therefore be installed prior to WinCC
Basic System, Web Server or Web Client.
If the custom ActiveX controls do not function without error after this step, there is no
compatibility.
• If the custom ActiveX Control was packaged in a plug-in and installed via download, an
upgrade of WinCC Basic System, Web Server or Web Client will also require generation of a
new plug-in using this ActiveX Control.
When creating the plug-in, care should be taken to use compatible binaries (DLL, OCX, etc.).

Visual C++ Redistributable for Visual Studio

Microsoft Redistributable Packages for Visual Studio C++ 2015 are installed along with WinCC.
For example, if you are using ActiveX controls or Visual Basic projects created with versions
prior to Visual Studio 2015, you must install the corresponding package.
The installation files for redistributables < Visual Studio 2015 are included in the WinCC scope
of delivery:
• "Additional Content" DVD:
"VCRedist" folder

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 75
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.2 WinCC Release Notes

Select the setup for the required version:

• 2005x86 / 2005x64
• 2008x86 / 2008x64
• 2010x86 / 2010x64
• 2012x86 / 2012x64

Do not change the folder "GraCS/SVGLibrary"

Do not save any process pictures or faceplate types in the project folder under "GraCS/
SVGLibrary".
The folder "SVGLibrary" is only used for SVG libraries.

OLE object of the type "Adobe Acrobat Document"

You can receive error messages in connection with OLE objects of the type "Adobe Acrobat
Document" under the following circumstances:
• If you are using an OLE object of the type "Adobe Acrobat Document" in a picture and you save
the picture multiple times, saving is aborted with an error message.
• If you then open the respective picture, the file cannot be opened correctly due to an error.
• If you try to save a picture with an OLE object of the type "Adobe Acrobat Document" multiple
times, an error message appears when the object is inserted.
If one of the error messages listed occurs, install the latest version of Adobe Acrobat Reader.
You can download the Adobe Acrobat Reader free of charge from the following URL:
• http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat (http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat)

I/O fields copied from WinCC < V7.3: No data format "Date/Time"
When you copy an I/O field created in WinCC < V7.3, the "Date/Time" data format is not available
for the pasted I/O field.

Pictures with transparent areas: Using file formats with alpha channel
If you want to use a graphic for Direct2D display which contains transparent areas, use only
graphic formats with an alpha channel, e.g. BMP or PNG.

Information on the logging system

Print barcode: "Code 39 Logitogo" font

The "Code 39 Logitogo" font is language-dependent.
If you are using this font in a layout, not all languages may be printed correctly.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

76 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.2 WinCC Release Notes

Solution
To print barcodes, use the "Version for MS Dynamics German + English" font.
This font is language-independent. The barcodes are printed even if the computers have
different language settings.
More information is available from Product Support under the entry ID 109750328:
• SiePortal: FAQ 109750328 (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/
109750328)

Information on VBA

VBA updates
The user is solely responsible for the installation of updates for VBA.
The corresponding updates for VBA are made available by Microsoft on the download pages.
Siemens does not supply any updates from Microsoft.
Install the updates for VBA after installing WinCC.

Notes on the channels

Name of a channel with national characters

When you enter a name with national characters in the "SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite" channel and
especially in the "Named Connections" channel unit, you must have set the corresponding code
page in the language options of the operating system.

See also
Scope of delivery (Page 9)
SiePortal: FAQ 109750328 (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109750328)

1.2.3.3 Information on WinCC runtime

Information on multi-user systems

Copying large amounts of data via the terminal bus

Copying larger amounts of data on a computer connected to a terminal bus can effect
communication in a multi-user system. One of the possible causes is the use of hubs with a low
data throughput.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 77
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.2 WinCC Release Notes

Information on Tag Logging / Alarm Logging

Editing archive data already saved

Archived measured values/messages of previously saved archives cannot and should not be
changed due to reasons of data security and consistency.

WinCC controls: CSV export of Runtime data

If the CSV file reaches a size of 128 MB during the export, the data records are transferred
incompletely.
You can find additional information on the truncated data records in the following log file:
• <Installation directory>\WinCC\Diagnose\WinCC_Sys_02.log
Parameter: ms_dwMaxClientCallbackDataSizeMaximum

Information on OPC

SIMATIC WinCC OPC Server: Automatic assignment of DCOM rights

The DCOM rights required for operation of the OPC server are assigned automatically. The
settings are performed during the installation. Depending on the WinCC operating mode,
further configurations are performed.
You must not edit these settings manually.

No deinstallation of SIMATIC WinCC OPC Server when the OPC channel is used
When you use the OPC channel, you must not remove the SIMATIC WinCC OPC DA Server.

OPC tags: Timestamp for Alarm Logging and Tag Logging

If messages are triggered by OPC tags, the message timestamp is used by the OPC server,
comparable to chronological reporting.
For Tag Logging the timestamp is generated by the Tag Logging server.

OPC Data Access

During operation of the OPC DA server on the WinCC client:
While the connection of the OPC client is being established, the WinCC server with which the
OPC client exchanges data must be in Runtime.
If the WinCC server is deactivated, not all properties of the items will be provided.
Since the display of data types in OPC Item Manager requires a lot of time, the display should
be turned off if it is not needed.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

78 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.2 WinCC Release Notes

OPC Historical Data Access

Return value "OPC_E_MAXEXCEEDED" for archive access

If the OPC client demands data from more than 2000 values during synchronous or
asynchronous reading, the call is rejected with a return message OPC_E_MAXEXCEEDED.
This limit serves to limit the computer load and duration of the call.
This restriction does not apply if the entire time range is read.

OPC Alarm&Event

Avoid bounding values

Avoid using bounding values when reading historical alarms via the WinCC-OPC-A&E-server.
Otherwise, processing read access requests can take a long time, depending on the size of
the archive.

Filtering messages when using format instructions in the user text block
The OPC source of a message is shown in an user text block. This is user text block 2 with the
default setting.
If you use format instructions in this user text block, you need to use wild cards for the filter
setting.
This ensures correct filtering when the OPC sources are generated dynamically in Runtime.

1.2.3.4 Information on Smart tools

WinCC Configuration Studio: Replacement of SmartTools

Compared to earlier WinCC versions, the following SmartTools have been replaced by the editors
in the WinCC Configuration Studio:

SmartTool WinCC Configuration Studio

Tag Export/Import Export/import function of the "Tag Management"
WinCC ConfigurationTool and "Tag Logging" editors
WinCC Archive ConfigurationTool
Tag simulator WinCC TAG Simulator

WinCC ConfigurationTool / WinCC Archive ConfigurationTool

As of WinCC V7.3 you import and export the WinCC data via the WinCC Configuration Studio.
To import already existing files from the WinCC Configuration Tool/WinCC Archive
ConfigurationTool into the WinCC Configuration Studio, use the menu command "Import"
in the WinCC Configuration Studio.
In addition to the file name, select the "ConfigTool file (*.xlsx)" or "Archive Config Tool file
(*.xlsx)" entry in the file selection dialog.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 79
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.2 WinCC Release Notes

If you have configured the colors of message types in the WinCC Configuration Tool, the
colors are not imported into the WinCC Configuration Studio from the Configuration Tool. You
either need to create the message colors in the WinCC project before migrating the WinCC
project to WinCC V7.3 and higher or, alternatively, manually configure the message colors
later after the import in the WinCC Configuration Studio.

Tag Export/Import
To export tags from a WinCC project or import them into a WinCC project, use the WinCC
Configuration Studio.
For compatibility reasons, the "Tag Export/Import" tool is still included in the "uTools"
installation path.

Information on the Dynamic Wizard Editor

Opening the Dynamic Wizard Editor

The Dynamic Wizard Editor and the Graphics Designer should not be opened at the same time.

1.2.3.5 Information on process communication

Information on the WinCC "SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite" channel

Process communication with an S7-300 via "SINUMERIK" instead of "SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite"
As of WinCC V8.1, communication with a PLC S7-300 is configured via the "SINUMERIK"
communication channel.
After migrating to WinCC V8.1, you will find S7-300-type PLCs configured in older versions
under the "SINUMERIK" communication channel.

S7DOS configuration: Enabling the IPv4 protocol

If using S7DOS, you will require the IPv4 protocol as of the "S7DOS V9" version.
Therefore, leave the IPv4 protocol enabled in the Ethernet properties for the network adapter
or the SIMATIC Ethernet CPs.
In this way, you ensure that the S7DOS module detection works for the TCP, RFC1006, and
ISO protocols.

PROFIBUS: Number of connections

With WinCC V7/V8, up to 8 MPI connections or PROFIBUS Softnet connections, for example,
CP5622, are licensed. Additional PROFIBUS Softnet licenses are not required.
With a corresponding SIMATIC NET license, you can also create more than 8 PROFIBUS
connections. You need PROFIBUS Hardnet for this, for example, CP5623.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

80 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.2 WinCC Release Notes

Time change on an S7 automation system when using AR_SEND

Archive data transferred from the S7-AS to WinCC with AR_SEND is ignored if the time is reset on
the AS, e.g. following time synchronization. This is because the archive already contains the
reset time period.

Information on the WinCC "WinCC-OPC-UA" channel

OPC UA: Displaying imported OPC UA tags

Tags created with a WinCC version older than V7.4 are shown as imported in the "Symbols" view
of the Configuration Studio.
However, in this case "Raw data" tag types are not shown as imported. The "Access" column is
disabled, although these tags have been correctly created in the Tag Management.
Reimport these tags and delete the incorrectly displayed tags in the Configuration Studio.

WinCC OPC UA server: Methods - Output parameters

When you address VB scripts using OPC UA, the output parameters of the scripts always have the
data type "Variant".
The OPC UA client always receives the output value as "Variant" in the response to the call.
The client extracts the correct data type of the output value from the received variant.

Migrated projects: Updating the OpenSSL version for WinCC OPC UA

OpenSSL 3.0 is used for WinCC OPC UA as of the following WinCC versions:
• WinCC V7.5 SP2 Update 15
• WinCC V8.0 Update 3
• WinCC V8.1
If the OPC UA certificate of an HMI device was created with a WinCC version that does not yet
use OpenSSL 3.0, the certificate becomes incompatible when the device is upgraded.
Recreate the certificate.

HMI device uses CA-based certificate

The OPC UA certificate of the HMI device was created using WinCC Certificate Manager.
1. Upgrade the certificate authority device and the HMI device.
2. Recreate the OPC UA certificate of the HMI device on the certificate authority device using
WinCC Certificate Manager.
3. Install the certificate on the HMI device using WinCC Certificate Manager.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 81
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.2 WinCC Release Notes

HMI device uses a self-signed certificate

1. Delete the certificate from the certificate storage before upgrading the HMI device:
– OPC UA client certificate:
C:\Program Files (x86)\Siemens\WinCC\opc\UAClient\PKI
– OPC UA server certificate:
C:\Program Files (x86)\Siemens\WinCC\opc\UAServer\PKI
– If you use the WinCC/Connectivity Pack with a WinCC Connectivity Station, delete the
WinCC Connectivity Station server certificate:
C:\Program Files (x86)\Siemens\ConnectivityStation\OPC\UAServer\PKI\CA
Delete both the DER file and the PFX file.
2. Upgrade the HMI device.
The OPC UA server certificate on the HMI device is automatically created and installed.
3. Start Runtime and establish the connection between the OPC UA client and OPC UA server.
The OPC UA client certificate is automatically created and installed.
4. Trust the certificate on the communication peers.
HMI device uses CA-based certificate created with a third-party tool
The OPC UA certificate of the HMI device was created with a third-party tool.
1. Migration of WinCC versions prior to V8.0:
If needed, delete the root certificate of the third-party vendor and the OPC UA application
certificate from the certificate storage before upgrading the HMI device:
– OPC UA client certificate:
C:\Program Files (x86)\Siemens\WinCC\opc\UAClient\PKI
– OPC UA server certificate:
C:\Program Files (x86)\Siemens\WinCC\opc\UAServer\PKI
– If you use the WinCC/Connectivity Pack with a WinCC Connectivity Station, delete the
WinCC Connectivity Station server certificate:
C:\Program Files (x86)\Siemens\ConnectivityStation\OPC\UAServer\PKI\CA
Delete both the DER file and the PFX file of the application certificate.
2. Upgrade the HMI device.
3. Upgrade the third-party tool to a version that uses OpenSSL 3.0.
4. Recreate the OPC UA certificate of the HMI device with the tool.
5. To install the certificate on the HMI device, copy it to the certificate storage on the HMI device:
– OPC UA client certificate:
C:\Program Files (x86)\Siemens\WinCC\opc\UAClient\PKI
– OPC UA server certificate:
C:\Program Files (x86)\Siemens\WinCC\opc\UAServer\PKI
– If you use the WinCC/Connectivity Pack with a WinCC Connectivity Station, copy the
certificate to the WinCC Connectivity Station:
C:\Program Files (x86)\Siemens\ConnectivityStation\OPC\UAServer\PKI\CA
If the communication partner already trusts the root certificate of the certificate authority, it
automatically also trusts the newly created OPC UA certificate of the HMI device.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

82 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.2 WinCC Release Notes

Information on the "SIMATIC S7-1200, S7-1500 Channel" WinCC channel

No raw data communication with S7-1200/S7-1500 controllers

The "SIMATIC S7-1200, S7-1500 Channel" channel does not support any raw data
communication via the S7 communication "BSEND/BRCV" function.

Information on the WinCC "Mitsubishi Ethernet" channel

Bit addressing with incorrect data type

Ensure that the bit addressing has the correct data type.
Incorrect addressing can result in the incorrect data type being written and as a result the
adjacent bits being influenced.
The addressing of, for example a BOOL address with the data type WORD can result in the
adjacent bits of the addressed bit being overwritten.

Information on the WinCC "SIMATIC S5 PROFIBUS DP" channel

PROFIBUS DP and SIMATIC Net V14

In order to use the "PROFIBUS DP" channel with SIMATIC Net V14, you must disable the "OPC UA"
property for the "DP" protocol in the communication settings of SIMATIC Net V14.

Information on the WinCC "SIMATIC 505 TCPIP" channel

LMode and LStatus data types

The channel has been extended by the data types LMode and LStatus.
• LMode (loop mode): unsigned 16-bit value (bit array); access: read and write
• LStatus (loop status): unsigned 16-bit value (bit array); access: Read ONLY
The offset to be specified during addressing identifies the loop whose mode or status should
be requested.

1.2.3.6 Remote access and Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP)

Remote access to WinCC stations

You can find current instructions for remote access in the FAQ 78463889:
• SiePortal: Remote access to WinCC stations (http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/
view/en/78463889)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 83
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.2 WinCC Release Notes

For more information on remote configuration in the WinCC Information System:

• "Configurations > Distributed systems > Remote configuration"

Released scenarios
The following scenarios have been tested:
• WinCC as single-user system
• WinCC as distributed system
• WinCC in redundant mode
• WinCC/WebUX server
You can also use communication via OPC in the released scenarios.

Use of RealVNC
For instructions on how to use "RealVNC", refer to FAQ 55422236:
• SiePortal: Access via "RealVNC" to WinCC stations and PCS 7 stations (https://
support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/55422236)

No keyboard lock with RealVNC

With "RealVNC", the keyboard lock is not supported.
The keyboard lock is only in effect with a Remote Desktop Protocol connection.

Remote maintenance of WinCC systems via RDP

Use of the Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) is only permitted when the WinCC server or the single-
user system is running in WinCC ServiceMode.

Restrictions when using RDP

The following restrictions apply when using RDP:
• Start the WinCC project with a user which is a member of the local "SIMATIC HMI" user group.
This means that all services are started when operating via the remote console.
More information is available under "Configurations > WinCC ServiceMode"
• Use in integrated operation in SIMATIC Manager is not released.

NOTICE
Data loss after interruption of the remote desktop connection
When the remote desktop connection is interrupted, for example, because the network cable
was removed from the computer of the Remote Desktop Client, the archives and the OPC
server, among others things, will no longer receive values from the data manager.
This status will persist until the connection has been restored, or the timeout of approximately
35 seconds has expired.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

84 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.2 WinCC Release Notes

Starting the Remote Desktop

You can access WinCC systems with a Remote Desktop client via a console session.
Access via the Remote Desktop Protocol may only be gained by means of console takeover
with the same user, or initial login.

User groups and access rights

All "Remote Desktop" users must be members of the "SIMATIC HMI" user group on the target
PC.

Procedure
1. To start a console session, open the "Run" dialog, for example, with <Windows button+R>.
2. Enter the following command:
– mstsc /v:<Server> /admin
Enter the computer name or the IP address as server.

For information on more parameters, enter the following command:

– mstsc /?

Migration: Migrate WinCC projects remotely only with UNC paths

To migrate WinCC projects remotely, use only UNC paths.
Release the project path or the folder above it.
Use this UNC path as project directory for the WinCC Project Migrator.

See also
Notes on Data and System Security (Page 27)
SiePortal: Remote access to WinCC stations (http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/
view/en/78463889)
SiePortal: Access via "RealVNC" to WinCC stations and PCS 7 stations (https://
support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/55422236)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 85
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.2 WinCC Release Notes

1.2.3.7 Ports and protocols

Network settings
The following table shows network ports that are used for internal and external communication.
These ports cannot be used in any other way.
The setup configures the ports for the firewall in such a way that smooth operation is ensured.
The default settings for port and protocol refer to the state after installation.

Note
Assigning TCP/IP port numbers
Accept the default port numbers without changing them.
If the port numbers are changed due to company IT administration specifications, the user is
responsible for ensuring that no collisions occur.

Port assignments
The list is not complete. Depending on the installed products and the components used,
additional network ports can be occupied.

Service Port num‐ Transport Communica‐ Function Description

ber protocol tion direction

Client-server communication
SCS Secure Com‐ 8910 TCP/UDP Inbound Client-server communi‐
munication Outbound cation (encrypted)
RPC * UDP Inbound Client-server communi‐
Outbound cation
(CCAgent, unencryp‐
ted)
RPC * UDP Inbound Client-server communi‐
Outbound cation
(CCEServer/CCEClient,
unencrypted)
HTTPS 443 TCP Inbound WinCC/WebUX Secure communication with a Web
Outbound server
HTTPS 4430 TCP Inbound WinCC/WebNavigator Secure communication with a Web
Outbound WinCC/DatatMonitor server

SQL server
SQL 1442 TCP Inbound Remote access to a
Outbound WinCC instance

OPC UA

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

86 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.2 WinCC Release Notes

Service Port num‐ Transport Communica‐ Function Description

ber protocol tion direction
OPC UA Service 4861 TCP Inbound OPC UA server Primary communication via OPC UA
(OPC UA server for Con‐ The service is enabled and config‐
nectivity Station) ured during installation.
OPC UA Service 4862 TCP Inbound OPC UA server Primary communication via OPC UA
(WinCC) (OPC UA server for The service is enabled and config‐
WinCC) ured during installation.
OPC UA Discov‐ 4840 TCP Inbound OPC UA server Provides information about installed
ery 52601 (LocalDiscovery) OPC servers
The service is installed and config‐
ured by the OPC UA server.

Additional components
RFC 1006 102 TCP Outbound S7 channel Communication with the S7 control‐
ler via Ethernet/PROFINET
DCOM 135 TCP Inbound OPC server Part of the Microsoft Windows oper‐
ating system
Since communication via OPC (DA)
is based on DCOM, the service is re‐
quired to initialize OPC (DA) connec‐
tions.
DCOM * TCP Inbound OPC server Communication via OPC (DA) is
based on DCOM and uses unspeci‐
fied ports assigned by the system.
Take this into account when using
OPC (DA) and creating rules for fire‐
walls.
NetBIOS Name 137 UDP Inbound OPC server Part of the Microsoft Windows oper‐
Service 1) ating system
Access to this service is required, for
example, for browsing.
NetBIOS 1) 138 UDP Inbound OPC server Part of the Microsoft Windows oper‐
ating system
Access to this service is required, for
example, for browsing.
NetBIOS Session 139 TCP Inbound Server-client communi‐
Service 1) cation
SMB 2) 445 TCP Inbound Server-client communi‐
cation
ALM 4410 3) TCP Inbound License service Functionality for software licenses
Outbound The service is used by the Automa‐
tion License Manager as well as by
all license-relevant software prod‐
ucts.
Unified Collabo‐ 5678 TCP Inbound WinCC Unified Collabo‐
ration Outbound ration

* Port is assigned automatically (dynamic port number)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 87
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.2 WinCC Release Notes

1) When resolving the computer name via WINS, the "NetBIOS Name Service" and "NetBIOS Session Service" services must be
enabled.
2) The Microsoft Windows File Share Protocol is used for ES/OS loading. Ensure that the "SMB" service is enabled.
3) Default port that can be changed by user configuration.

See also
Microsoft SQL Server for WinCC (Page 25)
Notes on Data and System Security (Page 27)
Creating a new default web page (Page 485)

1.2.4 Notes on WinCC Redundancy

Notes on redundant systems

Redundancy behavior in case of double failure

Double failures are not covered by redundancy.
A double failure occurs, for example, when the terminal bus was pulled on server 1 while
server 2 was deactivated.

Delay in swapping out archives

The swapping of archives will be delayed if a redundant partner is not available or deactivated..
Swapping of archives will not start or continue until the partner is available once again and after
archive synchronization.
An extended failure of the redundant partner may result in data loss, because the memory
capacity of the circular buffer for Tag Logging and Alarm Logging is limited.

No reloading of messages after network failure

The reloading of messages after network failure is not permitted for redundant systems.

Configuring used standard gateway

For redundancy, it is recommended to configure a standard gateway for the correct detection of
failure scenarios. The standard gateway must be properly configured on both redundancy
servers for this. This can be done manually or via DHCP.
For a configured standard gateway, ensure that this gateway cannot only be reached but is
also accessible using a "ping".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

88 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.2 WinCC Release Notes

Use of DHCP: Starting computer only with active network connection

If you are using DHCP on the terminal bus network card, note the following in a redundant
system:
The computer must obtain a valid IP address from the DHCP server during startup.
Otherwise, the redundancy status is always indicated as "fault". This status can only be reset
by restarting the computer.

Message sequence report in a redundant system

If you output a message sequence report on a client, you may encounter problems during
logging when switching to the redundant partner.

1.2.5 Notes on Process Control Options

Creating a New Project

If you create a new project manually, you must first run the OS Project Editor.
While creating an OS using PCS 7 Engineering Station, the OS project editor is automatically
called in the background and initialized using the default settings.

Removing unneeded "@*.PDL" pictures before migration

If the OS Project Editor has processed a WinCC project, the "@*.PDL" pictures of Basic Process
Control will have been installed in the Graphics Designer.
If you do not need these pictures following the migration, you not only have to remove the
"*@.PDL" pictures prior to migration, but also the "PAS" files and "SSM.cfg".
After the migration, the files from Basic Process Control are no longer added.

Multiple languages
Online documentation in the WinCC Information System is available only in English, French,
German and Chinese (Simplified, PR China).
If you work with a French, English or German version of Microsoft Windows computer
software and install a different language, it is possible that terms in WinCC appear in this
language even if WinCC is operated with the same language as Microsoft Windows.
Different buttons have English labels especially in the multi-lingual versions of Microsoft
Windows independent of the language setting and independent of the WinCC language. This
affects dialog boxes in particular which the user must respond with Yes/No, OK/Cancel etc.

Tags with @ prefix

Project engineers may not create any tags with @ prefix. This is reserved for the WinCC-PCS 7
software.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 89
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.2 WinCC Release Notes

You are not allowed to manipulate these system tags.

The system tags are required so that the product works properly.
While configuring AS and OS monitoring using Lifebeat Monitoring, device names should not
be identical to area names in Picture Tree or internal tags with the "@" name prefix.

Area names in Alarm Logging and in the Picture Tree

Area names in Alarm Logging and in Picture Tree must not contain any spaces at the beginning
or end.

Area names in distributed systems

With distributed systems, the area names in the projects of the various WinCC servers must be
unique in order to ensure correct filtering and display of the messages according to the area.

Process picture in the plant view: Level 16 is hidden

Level 16 is always hidden when you create a new process picture in SIMATIC Manager in the plant
view or with the WinCC Explorer.
Do not change this setting if you are using PCS 7 ASSET. The hidden level contains an
"@RTBehaviourParams" object that is used for diagnostic purposes.

Image painting time

To optimize the image painting time, set the "WinCC Classic" design in the WinCC project
properties.

User authorization "No. 8 Controlling archives"

User authorization "No. 8 Controlling archives" in User Administrator is no longer used by the
system.

Authorization check in WinCC ServiceMode

There are three possible scenarios for WinCC in ServiceMode that influence the Runtime
behavior through the authorization check:
• No Microsoft Windows user is logged on.
A user is defined as "User in service context" in WinCC User Administrator.
The authorizations of this user in the service context will be checked in Runtime. This setting
will influence the trigger authorization for the signaling device.
• No Microsoft Windows user is logged on.
No user is defined as "User in service context" in WinCC User Administrator.
The signaling device will always be activated in Runtime.
• A Microsoft Windows user is logged on. Interactive user inputs are possible.
If a user is defined in the service context does not have an effect in Runtime.
The authorizations of the logged on WinCC user will be checked in Runtime.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

90 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.2 WinCC Release Notes

Lifebeat Monitoring: Direct WinCC connection instead of OPC DA connection

Use the direct connection from WinCC to PC to configure the Lifebeat Monitoring
As of WinCC V8.1 you do not require an OPC DA connection between the WinCC stations
anymore.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 91
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.3 WinCC/Connectivity Pack Installation Notes

1.3 WinCC/Connectivity Pack Installation Notes

1.3.1 Connectivity Pack licensing

Introduction
The WinCC/Connectivity Pack enables licensed access to online and archive data of WinCC.
The Connectivity Pack includes licenses for access using:
• WinCC OPC-DA Server
• WinCC OPC HDA Server
• WinCC OPC A&E Server
• WinCC OPC UA Server
• WinCC REST communication
• "WinCC Unified Channel" WinCC channel
Starting from WinCC/Connectivity Pack V7.0, a WinCC Client Access License (WinCC/CAL) is
no longer required.

1.3.2 Installation of the Connectivity Pack Server

Introduction
The installation of the Connectivity Pack server includes the following components:
• WinCC OLE DB Provider
• Microsoft SQL Server 2022 64-bit
• "Automation License Manager" for Management of WinCC Licenses
• WinCC Archive Connector
• WinCC DataConnector
• WinCC Basic Components
• Documentation
• Examples

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

92 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.3 WinCC/Connectivity Pack Installation Notes

Requirement
• Hardware requirement:
Observe the hardware requirements of WinCC V8.1 for WinCC servers.
• Operating system:
– Microsoft Windows 10 Pro / Enterprise / Enterprise LTSC (max. 3 clients) 64-bit
– Microsoft Windows 11 Pro / Enterprise (max. 3 clients) 64-bit
– Microsoft Windows Server 2019 Standard / Datacenter 64-bit
– Microsoft Windows Server 2022 Standard / Datacenter 64-bit
• Microsoft Message Queuing is installed and configured during WinCC installation.
• For access to WinCC RT archives, WinCC V8.1 must be installed.

Note
To use more than three clients, you must install the server version.
With the workstation version, you can use max. three clients.

Procedure
1. In order to configure a computer as Connectivity Pack Server, run the Connectivity Pack
Server setup on the computer.
2. Select the "ConnectivityPack-Server" entry on the WinCC Product DVD in the "Program
Packages" dialog.

Licensing
For operation of the Connectivity Pack Server, the license for the WinCC Connectivity Pack option
is required.

Access rights
All users of the WinCC/Connectivity Pack have to be included in the Microsoft Windows user
group "SIMATIC HMI".
The user has to be a member of the user group "SIMATIC HMI" on the Connectivity Pack
server for remote access of a Connectivity Pack client.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 93
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.3 WinCC/Connectivity Pack Installation Notes

1.3.3 Installation of the Connectivity Pack Client

Introduction
The installation of the Connectivity Pack Client includes the following components:
• WinCC OLE DB Provider
• WinCC DataConnector
• SQL Connectivity Tools
• Documentation

Note
In order to install the SQL Connectivity Tools, you will need administrator rights on the computer.

Requirement
• Operating system:
– Microsoft Windows 10 Pro / Enterprise / Enterprise LTSC 64-bit
– Microsoft Windows 11 Pro / Enterprise 64-bit
– Microsoft Windows Server 2019 Standard / Datacenter 64-bit
– Microsoft Windows Server 2022 Standard / Datacenter 64-bit
• Microsoft Message Queuing is installed and configured during WinCC installation.

Procedure
1. In order to configure a computer as Connectivity Pack Client, run the Connectivity Pack Client
setup on the computer.
2. Select the "ConnectivityPack-Client" entry on the WinCC Product DVD in the "Program
Packages" dialog.
3. If WinCC V8.1 is already installed on the client, an additional installation of the Connectivity
Pack Client is not required.

Access rights
All users of the WinCC/Connectivity Pack have to be included in the Microsoft Windows user
group "SIMATIC HMI".
The user has to be a member of the user group "SIMATIC HMI" on the Connectivity Pack
server for remote access of a Connectivity Pack client.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

94 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.4 WinCC/Connectivity Pack Release Notes

1.4 WinCC/Connectivity Pack Release Notes

1.4.1 Information on the Connectivity Pack

Content
These release notes contain important information.
The statements in these release notes take precedence over information provided in the
manuals and in the online help.
Please read these release notes carefully as they contain useful information.

Exchange of data between OPC client and Connectivity Station via OPC UA
The OPC UA server on a WinCC Connectivity Station can be reached via this address:
• "opc.tcp://[HostName]:[Port]"

HostName Placeholder for the computer name.

The name is entered automatically.
Port Port number.
The default is "4864".

Limitation for use of WinCC OLEDB Provider

As of WinCC V7.2, the function "Import" via the interface "WinCC OLEDB Provider" does not run
in MS Office Excel.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 95
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.5 WinCC/DataMonitor Installation Notes

1.5 WinCC/DataMonitor Installation Notes

1.5.1 Requirements of installing DataMonitor

Introduction
Certain hardware and software configuration requirements must be fulfilled for installation.

Note
A DataMonitor server cannot be operated on a WinCC client without a project of its own.
Only use a DataMonitor server on a computer which is not operated in WinCC ServiceMode.

Hardware requirements
To work with WinCC/DataMonitor efficiently, select a system that meets the recommended
specifications for an optimum configuration.

DataMonitor server

Minimum Recommended
DataMonitor server on WinCC server CPU Dual core CPU; 2.5 GHz Multi core CPU; 3.5 GHz
for more than 10 clients Work memory 4 GB 8 GB
DataMonitor server on WinCC server CPU Dual core CPU; 2.5 GHz Multi core CPU; 3.5 GHz
with WinCC project in runtime Work memory 4 GB 8 GB
DataMonitor server on WinCC server CPU Dual core CPU; 2.5 GHz Multi core CPU; 3.5 GHz
Work memory 4 GB > 4 GB
DataMonitor server on WinCC single- CPU Dual core CPU; 2.5 GHz Multi core CPU; 3.5 GHz
user system or WinCC client with its Work memory 4 GB > 4 GB
own project

DataMonitor client

Minimum Recommended
CPU Dual core CPU; 2 GHz Multi core CPU; 3 GHz
Work memory 1 GB 2 GB

Software requirements
Certain requirements concerning operating system and software configuration must be met for
the installation.

Microsoft Internet Information Service (IIS)

During the WinCC installation, the Microsoft Internet Information Service (IIS) is installed and
configured.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

96 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.5 WinCC/DataMonitor Installation Notes

DataMonitor server on WinCC server

Operating system Software

Microsoft Windows Server 2019 Standard / Datacenter 64-bit WinCC Basic System V8.1 or WinCC File Server V8.1
Microsoft Windows Server 2022 Standard / Datacenter 64-bit

If you want to publish Intranet information, the following is required:

• A network-capable computer with a LAN connection
• A system that converts computer names into IP addresses. This step allows users to use "alias
names" instead of IP addresses when connecting to your server.
If you want to publish information on the Internet, the following is required:
• An Internet connection and an IP address from your Internet service provider (ISP). You can
only publish information in the Internet, if you have a connection to the Internet provided by
the ISP.
• A network adapter that is suitable for connecting to the Internet.
• A DNS registration for your IP address. This step allows users to use "alias names" instead of
IP addresses when connecting to your server.

DataMonitor server on WinCC single-user system or WinCC client with its own project

Operating system Software

Microsoft Windows 10 Pro / Enterprise / Enterprise LTSC 64- WinCC Basic System V8.1 or WinCC File Server V8.1
bit (max. 3 clients) For the components "Excel Workbook Wizard" and "Excel Work‐
Microsoft Windows 11 Pro / Enterprise 64-bit (max. 3 clients) book":
Microsoft Windows Server 2019 Standard / Datacenter 64-bit • Microsoft Office 2019 32-bit version, 64-bit version 1)
Microsoft Windows Server 2022 Standard / Datacenter 64-bit • Microsoft Office 2021 32-bit version, 64-bit version 1)
• Microsoft Office 365 32-bit version, 64-bit version 1)

1) ActiveX controls that were created with a 32-bit version are not compatible with the 64-bit version of Microsoft Office 365. You
can only use the Excel add-in with the 32-bit version of Microsoft Office 365.
You also need access to the Intranet/Internet or a TCP/IP connection to the Web client.

DataMonitor client

Operating system Software

Microsoft Windows 10 Pro / Enterprise / Enterprise LTSC 64-bit For the components "Excel Workbook Wizard" and "Excel Work‐
Microsoft Windows 10 Pro / Enterprise 64-bit book":
Microsoft Windows Server 2019 Standard / Datacenter 64-bit • Microsoft Office 2019 32-bit version, 64-bit version 1)
Microsoft Windows Server 2022 Standard / Datacenter 64-bit • Microsoft Office 2021 32-bit version, 64-bit version 1)
Also other operating systems via MS Terminal Services • Microsoft Office 365 32-bit version, 64-bit version 1)

1) ActiveX controls that were created with a 32-bit version are not compatible with the 64-bit version of Microsoft Office 365. You
can only use the Excel add-in with the 32-bit version of Microsoft Office 365.
You also need access to the Intranet / Internet or a TCP/IP connection to the Web server.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 97
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.5 WinCC/DataMonitor Installation Notes

1.5.2 User rights for installing the DataMonitor client

Introduction
You can install the DataMonitor client as follows:
• Installation from the product DVD
In this case, certain Microsoft Windows user rights are required, depending on the operating
system.
• Installation via the Intranet/Internet
In this case, certain Microsoft Windows user rights are required, depending on the operating
system.
• Installation using the group policy-based software distribution in networks
This can be done without any user interaction and using the Microsoft Windows user rights
of the current user.

Microsoft Windows user rights required for installation and initial logon of the client
Depending on the operating system, specific minimum user rights are required to install the
DataMonitor client via Intranet/Internet.
After installation, the client must log in with the following user identification for initial
registration on the DataMonitor server:
• Under a user identification with Windows user rights higher or equal to those defined by the
user identification that was given for the installation.
The connections must be established successfully. The subsequent logins can then be
performed under a different Windows user authorization with possibly limited rights.
Minimum required user rights:
• Administrator

Installing the DataMonitor client with limited Microsoft Windows user rights
Using Microsoft Windows Installer technology (MSI), DataMonitor clients can also be installed
with limited Windows user permissions, i.e. permissions other than "Power user" or
"Administrator".
This procedure can be set during the installation using the group policy based software
distribution in networks.
Even the add-ins and plug-ins for the DataMonitor client can be installed in this way. The
minimum user permissions described above are also required to install plug-ins created with
WinCC Plug-In Builder.
Using MSI technology, it is also possible to install the DataMonitor client for a configured
group of users or computers.
Installation for a configured group of users or computers

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

98 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.5 WinCC/DataMonitor Installation Notes

The following is possible with the Microsoft Systems Management Server or a group policy
on a Domain Controller:
• The installation for a group of users or computers configured by the administrator
– To do this, the "WinCCDataMonitorClient.msi" MSI file is published on the domain
controller and then released for a user group. The installation is then performed
according to the configuration of the group policy based software distribution either
during login of the defined users or when the computer is started.
– When using a Microsoft Systems Management Server, the installation is configured by the
administrator, triggered and executed when the relevant computer boots. Additional
information on Microsoft Systems Management Server is available in the Internet on the
Microsoft Homepage.
Group policy based software distribution
Software is normally installed with the access rights of the current Microsoft Windows user.
When using MSI technology, the installation is performed by an operating system service
with a higher level of rights. This enables installations to be performed for which the
Windows user has no permission. Applications which require installations with a higher
permission are referred to as "privileged installations" in MSI technology. Installation of these
applications is possible when a Windows user is assigned the "Always install with elevated
privileges" permission.
In order to use the group policy-based software distribution, a group policy is created on
the domain controller and assigned to the distributing software or published using Active
Directory.
• Assignment: The software distribution can be assigned to a user or a computer. In this case,
the software to be distributed is automatically installed when the user logs in or the
computer is started.
• Publication: The software distribution can be published for single users. In this case, when
the user logs onto the client computer, the software to be distributed appears in a dialog and
can be selected for installation.

See also
Installing DataMonitor (Page 99)

1.5.3 Installing DataMonitor

Introduction
This section describes the installation of the DataMonitor server and DataMonitor client.
Installation on the DataMonitor client depends on the DataMonitor tool used.

DataMonitor server scope of installation

A DataMonitor server is installed and set up as the web server to enable WinCC/DataMonitor to
be used.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 99
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.5 WinCC/DataMonitor Installation Notes

This installation allows you to access the WinCC Runtime archive using "Trends & Alarms".
Only "Webcenter" and "Trends & Alarms" are installed on a computer with WinCC file server,
for example, used as a archive server, because the other components require WinCC Runtime.
"Webcenter" and "Trends & Alarms" install all necessary components in the process.

Microsoft Internet Information Service (IIS)

During the WinCC installation, the Microsoft Internet Information Service (IIS) is installed and
configured.

DataMonitor client installation conditions

You do not need to install the DataMonitor client if you only want to use "Webcenter" and "Trends
and Alarms" on the DataMonitor client.
You can install the Excel add-ins "ExcelWorkbook Wizard" and "Excel Workbook" individually
under "Reports/Download area" on the DataMonitor start page for the "Reports".
"Microsoft Excel" is needed for "Excel Workbook". The following 32-bit versions of Office are
released:
• Microsoft Office 2019
• Microsoft Office 2021
• Microsoft Office 365

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

100 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.5 WinCC/DataMonitor Installation Notes

Depending on the operating system, specific user rights may be required for installing the
DataMonitor client. For more information, refer to "User rights for installing the DataMonitor
client (Page 98)".

Note
Downloading the client setup
To save the client setup on the client computer, select the "Save" option when downloading the
client software from the DataMonitor server. It is recommended to save the Setup file because,
in the event of a restart of the client computer being necessary, the Setup need not be
downloaded again.
If the DataMonitor client has already been installed from DVD and you want to install an updated
version of the client via the Intranet/Internet, you must save the client setup on the target
computer.
64-bit computer as client
If the DataMonitor client is a 64-bit machine, you first need to install the required Visual C++
Redistributable, which is required for the DataMonitor client. Use the link that is displayed during
installation via intranet/Internet.
The required Visual C++ Redistributable must also be available for domain environments as an
"msi" package.
If the DataMonitor clients on the 64-bit computers are integrated in domain group policies, the
users of the clients must install "DataMonitorClient_x64_AddOn.msi" themselves.
Excel Workbook Wizard requires Microsoft .Net Framework
In order to us Excel Workbook Wizard make sure that the .Net Framework is installed on the
DataMonitor client.
Client installation on a DataMonitor server
Proceed as follows if you also wish to install the DataMonitor client or WebNavigator client on a
DataMonitor server:
1. Use the Services Manager in Microsoft Windows to set the start type of the
"CCArchiveConnMon" service to manual.
2. Restart the computer.
3. Install the client.
Ensure that no WebNavigator clients or DataMonitor clients access the server during
installation.
4. Switch the start type of the "CCArchiveConnMon" service back to automatic.

Requirement
• The DataMonitor server requires the Internet Information Services (IIS).
• The DataMonitor server requires the WinCC configuration data.
• You need Microsoft Windows "Administrator" rights to install the DataMonitor server.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 101
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.5 WinCC/DataMonitor Installation Notes

Procedure
1. Insert the WinCC DVD into the DVD drive.
2. If the automatic execution of an autorun file is activated, after a few seconds the setup
program starts automatically.
The setup can also be started manually in case the installation is performed from a network
drive or the autorun function has been disabled.
The setup program is started.
3. To install, click the text "Install Software".
4. In the following dialog, select the component "DataMonitor Server" or "DataMonitor Client".
5. Follow the instructions of the setup program.

See also
User rights for installing the DataMonitor client (Page 98)

1.5.4 DataMonitor licensing

DataMonitor client
No license is required for the DataMonitor client on the computer.
The DataMonitor clients are licensed on the DataMonitor server. Install the license keys for
the client access to the server on the DataMonitor server.

DataMonitor server
As a prerequisite for the WinCC basic system, the WinCC RT basic license is required.
Licenses are available for 1 / 3 / 10 / 30 clients that can simultaneously access the
DataMonitor server. The licenses are cumulative.
A message will appear if the number of licensed clients is exceeded during a login attempt by
a DataMonitor client. No further logins will be possible.

Note
The connection to the DataMonitor server is maintained if the user closes the DataMonitor start
page without logging off with the "Log off" button.
The license remains allocated and is only released after approximately 20 minutes.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

102 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.5 WinCC/DataMonitor Installation Notes

License count
DataMonitor distinguishes between the following function groups:
• Excel Workbooks
A "WinCC DataMonitor" license is required on the server computer for each DataMonitor
client.
• Webcenter, Trends & Alarms, Reports
It is not the number of clients but the number of connections that is relevant for the license
count for the Webcenter function group.
The following table shows the maximum number of clients or connections per license based
on the function group. The values are valid only within a function group.

License Excel Workbooks 1) Webcenter, Trends & Alarms, Reports 1)

1 Client 1 3
3 Clients 3 6
10 clients 10 20
30 Clients 30 60

1) The same values apply even if you cumulate licenses.

In the following example, two licenses are installed on the DataMonitor server: "1 Client" a"3
Clients".
The following cumulative values apply depending on the selected function group:

Example: Excel Workbooks

Installed licenses Function group Maximum logged on users

"1 Client" + "3 Clients" Excel Workbooks 4 users

Example: Webcenter, Trends & Alarms, Reports

Installed licenses Function group Maximum logged on users

"1 Client" + "3 Clients" Webcenter, Trends & Alarms, Reports 8 users

No operation without a valid license

If no license is available, DataMonitor displays a page reporting the missing license.
Check the existing licenses. If necessary, install the required licenses.

Using DataMonitor versions prior to V7.4

DataMonitor versions up to V7.3 do not recognize licenses from DataMonitor V7.4 and higher.
Once you install the current DataMonitor licenses on a computer, a DataMonitor installation
of a version prior to V7.4 is no longer licensed.
This also applies if you upgrade to the new cumulative licenses through an upgrade license.
The upgraded licenses are no longer recognized by DataMonitor V7.3 or earlier versions.
The upgrade to DataMonitor V7.4 or higher cannot be reversed.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 103
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.5 WinCC/DataMonitor Installation Notes

1.5.5 Setting up a secure connection over HTTPS

Introduction
You can configure the DataMonitor server in such a way that only HTTPS connections are
supported.
In this way, you increase the security of your connections.
You need a digital certificate for the DataMonitor server to set up the secure connection.

Requirement
• The Microsoft Windows "Internet Information Service" component is installed.
• WinCC Web Configurator is installed.
• WinCC DataMonitor server is installed.
• A DataMonitor web page has been set up and the Web folder is created.

Creating an SSL certificate

1. Open the "Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager".
2. In the "Connections" navigation area, select the local computer.
The home page of the local computer is displayed in the data area.
3. On the home page of the local computer, double-click "Server certificates" under "IIS".
4. Select "Create a self-signed certificate..." in the "Actions" area.
The "Create a self-signed certificate" dialog opens.
5. Specify the name of the certificate.
6. Select the certificate store "Personal" for the certificate.
7. Confirm your entries with "OK".
The dialog closes.
The certificate has been created.

More information
You can find information on self-signed certificates when using different web browsers on the
Internet under Entry ID 109773769:
• SiePortal: "How do you fix problems when using self-signed certificates from WebUX or
WebNavigator with different web browsers?" (https://
support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109773769)

Setting up a secure connection

1. Open the "Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager".
2. Open the "Sites" folder in the "Connections" navigation area.
3. Select "WebNavigator".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

104 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.5 WinCC/DataMonitor Installation Notes

4. Select the "Edit bindings" command in the shortcut menu.

The "Site bindings" dialog opens.
5. Select "Add...".
The "Add site binding" dialog opens.
6. Select the type "https".
7. Specify the required port.
8. Select the created certificate under "SSL certificate".
9. Confirm your entries with "OK".
10.Delete the binding of the type "http" in the "Site bindings" dialog.
11.Exit the configuration with "Close".
12.In the data area "Default Web Site Home", select the "SSL settings" under "IIS".
13.Activate the "Require SSL" option and select the setting for client certificates.
14.To test the connection, enter the URL and the port number in the Internet Explorer or in the
WinCC Viewer RT, for example, "https://webserver:444".

See also
Configuring the firewall (Page 387)
SiePortal: "How do you fix problems when using self-signed certificates from WebUX or
WebNavigator with different web browsers?" (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/
view/109773769)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 105
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.6 WinCC/DataMonitor Release Notes

1.6 WinCC/DataMonitor Release Notes

1.6.1 Notes about DataMonitor

Notes about DataMonitor

These release notes contain important information.
The statements in these release notes take precedence over information provided in the
manuals and in the online help.
Please read these release notes carefully as they contain useful information.

Using a secure connection over HTTPS

To improve the security of your communication, configure the DataMonitor server in such a way
that only HTTPS connections are supported.
You need a digital certificate for the DataMonitor server for this purpose. Also use SSL
certificates on the DataMonitor clients.
You can find more detailed information under "Setting up a secure connection over HTTPS
(Page 104)".

System load through large amounts of data

Note that SQL queries returning large amounts of data can affect system functionality.
Select filter criteria which limit the amount of data in a useful manner.

Opening Excel workbooks on a computer not connected to the Internet

If you want to use the DataMonitor client on a computer not connected to the Internet, you must
deactivate certificate checking. To do this, follow these steps:
• Open Internet Explorer.
• Select the "Internet Options" command from the "Tools" menu.
• Click "Advanced".
• In the "Security" section, deactivate the setting "Check for publisher's certificate revocation".

Excel workbook functions and print jobs after deactivating and activating WinCC Runtime
If you deactivate WinCC Runtime and then reactivate it, you also need to restart the Web
application.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

106 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.6 WinCC/DataMonitor Release Notes

Excel workbook: volume of requested data for archived values

Although you can limit the requested data volume with the "Data resolution" property, all data
of the defined time period is initially used internally. This may have the result that the internal
system limit is reached. Use compression archives to limit the data volume.

Web Client: Display of ActiveX controls in Internet Explorer

ActiveX controls are disabled in Internet Explorer by default. For this reason, the WinCC controls
are not displayed correctly in Internet Explorer on a Web client.
To display the WinCC controls correctly, add the Web server as a trusted website and enable
the ActiveX controls only for the "Trusted sites" zone.
To continue protecting Internet Explorer from foreign ActiveX controls, check that the
restricted security settings still apply to the other zones after making the changes.
For more information, refer to the following documentation:
• WinCC/DataMonitor: "WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation > Configuring the DataMonitor
System > Working with the DataMonitor Client > Configuring Security Settings in Internet
Explorer"

DataMonitor server: Remote access to WinCC file server

Remove access from one DataMonitor server to a WinCC file server is possible only if the firewall
is disabled on the WinCC file server.

Excel workbook: Local times on DataMonitor client and DataMonitor server

Note when requesting archive data that the local times on the server and client may differ if they
have not been sufficiently synchronized, for example because automatic synchronization is not
possible.
The DataMonitor client attempts to establish the current time of the DataMonitor server
when archive data is requested. If it succeeds, the query will be based on the server time. For
the display of data in the Excel table, the time stamp represents the server time but in the
local time zone of the client.
If the query of the server time is unsuccessful, the DataMonitor client will base the time
period of the query on its local time. An entry will also be made in the Microsoft Windows
event display on the DataMonitor client. For the display of data in the Excel table, the time
stamp represents the client time.

Excel workbook: Client on terminal server

In the case of operation on a terminal server, an Excel Workbook client will run in a session of the
terminal services. A maximum of only 10 Excel workbook clients can be operated; otherwise, MS
Excel will overload the computer.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 107
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.6 WinCC/DataMonitor Release Notes

Trends & Alarms: Display of archive data after copying a project

To copy a WinCC project between computers and then display the archive data of the project on
the target computer in "Trends & Alarms", you will first need to copy the project using the WinCC
Project Duplicator.
If you use Microsoft Windows Explorer rather than the Project Duplicator to copy the project,
the runtime data will not be adapted to the target computer. The computer name of the
source computer and not that of the target computer is displayed in the archive selection in
"Trends and Alarms". The computer name of the target computer is displayed in the selection
field only after the archive has been reset in Alarm Logging and Tag Logging.

See also
Setting up a secure connection over HTTPS (Page 104)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

108 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.7 WinCC/WebNavigator Installation Notes

1.7 WinCC/WebNavigator Installation Notes

1.7.1 General information on the WebNavigator installation

Scope of delivery
You can find the following components for WinCC/WebNavigator on the WinCC DVD:
• WebNavigator server
• WebNavigator client
• WinCCViewerRT
• WebNavigator diagnostics client
• WinCC Web Publishing Wizard (PublishingWizard)
• WebNavigator Plug-In Builder
• Documentation
• Release notes

Note
WinCC/WebNavigator V8.1: Installation is only released on the basis of WinCC V8.1
You cannot install the V8.1 WebNavigator server/client on a computer with WinCC versions
earlier than V8.1.
Nor can a WebNavigator server/client version older than V8.1 be installed on a computer with
WinCC V8.1.
Note that mixed use of European and Asian versions of WinCC and WebNavigator is not
permitted in the configuration.

1.7.2 WebNavigator installation requirements

1.7.2.1 Hardware and software requirements for WebNavigator

Introduction
This section describes the hardware and operating system requirements for WinCC/
WebNavigator.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 109
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.7 WinCC/WebNavigator Installation Notes

Notes on the software requirements

Microsoft Internet Information Service (IIS)

During the WinCC installation, the Microsoft Internet Information Service (IIS) is installed and
configured.

WinCC client without its own project

A WebNavigator server cannot be operated on a WinCC client without a project of its own.

WebNavigator client

Hardware

Minimum Recommended
CPU Dual core CPU; 2 GHz Multi core CPU; 3 GHz
Work memory 1 GB 2 GB

Software

Operating system Microsoft Windows 10 Pro / Enterprise 64-bit

Microsoft Windows 10 Enterprise LTSC 64-bit
Microsoft Windows 11 Pro / Enterprise 64-bit
Microsoft Windows Server 2019 Standard / Datacenter 64-bit
Microsoft Windows Server 2022 Standard / Datacenter 64-bit
Also other operating systems via MS Terminal Services
Microsoft Windows Embedded Standard 7 including SP1 in combination with SIMATIC IPC 4x7D and
SIMATIC IPC 4x7E
Software Web browser, current version
Other Access to the intranet/Internet
or a TCP/ IP connection to the WebNavigator server

WebNavigator server on a WinCC single-user system

Hardware

Minimum Recommended
CPU Dual core CPU; 2.5 GHz Multi core CPU; 3.5 GHz
Work memory 2 GB > 4 GB

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

110 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.7 WinCC/WebNavigator Installation Notes

Software

Operating system Microsoft Windows 10 Pro / Enterprise 64-bit

Microsoft Windows 10 Enterprise LTSC 64-bit
Microsoft Windows 11 Pro / Enterprise 64-bit
Microsoft Windows Server 2019 Standard / Datacenter 64-bit
Microsoft Windows Server 2022 Standard / Datacenter 64-bit
Software Web browser, current version
WinCC Basic System V8.1
Other Access to Intranet/Internet
or TCP/IP connection to the WebNavigator client

WebNavigator server on WinCC server or WinCC client with its own project

Hardware

Minimum Recommended
CPU Dual core CPU; 2.5 GHz Multi core CPU; 3.5 GHz
Work memory 4 GB 8 GB

Software

Operating system Microsoft Windows Server 2019 Standard / Datacenter 64-bit

Microsoft Windows Server 2022 Standard / Datacenter 64-bit
Software Web browser, current version
WinCC Basic System V8.1
Other Access to Intranet/Internet
If you wish to publish on the Intranet , you will need a system that converts computer names into
IP addresses. This step allows users to use alias names instead of IP addresses when connecting to the
server.
You will need DNS registration for your IP address if you wish to publish on the Internet. This step
allows users to use alias names instead of IP addresses when connecting to the server.

WebNavigator diagnostics client

Software

Operating system Microsoft Windows 10 Pro / Enterprise 64-bit

Microsoft Windows 10 Enterprise LTSC 64-bit
Microsoft Windows 11 Pro / Enterprise 64-bit
Microsoft Windows Server 2019 Standard / Datacenter 64-bit
Microsoft Windows Server 2022 Standard / Datacenter 64-bit
Software Web browser, current version
Other Access to Intranet/Internet

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 111
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.7 WinCC/WebNavigator Installation Notes

See also
https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/kb/3072449 (https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/kb/
3072449)

1.7.2.2 Licensing WebNavigator

WebNavigator client
No license is required for the PC on which the WebNavigator client is running, as server licenses
are available on the WebNavigator server.

WebNavigator server
As a prerequisite for the WinCC basic system, the WinCC RT basic license is required. No WinCC
server license is required if no local WinCC clients are to be operated. Even when operating a
WinCC client as a dedicated web server, you do not require a WinCC server license for the WinCC
client.
Licenses are available for 1 / 3 / 10 / 30 / 100 clients. If you have upgraded a WebNavigator
version prior to V7.4, there may also be licenses for 5 / 25 / 50 / 150 clients.
As of WinCC V8.1, there is also an "Unlimited" license for an unlimited number of connected
clients.
The packages are version-independent and can be combined. Up to 150 clients can access
the WebNavigator server simultaneously.
A message will appear if the number of licensed clients is exceeded during a login attempt by
a WebNavigator client. No further logins will be possible.

WinCC/WebUX clients
If the WinCC/WebUX option is also used in the WinCC system, a WebUX client can also occupy
a WebNavigator license. This reduces the number of available WebNavigator licenses.
You can find more information in the documentation for WinCC/WebUX.

Test mode
If there is no WebNavigator license or if the license has been removed, the WebNavigator
server runs in Test mode.
Test mode runs for a maximum of 21 days from the date of installation. Once 21 days have
expired after the installation, the WebNavigator server can only be started with an installed
license.

WebNavigator diagnostics client

A "Diagnostics client" license is required on the client computer for the diagnostics client.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

112 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.7 WinCC/WebNavigator Installation Notes

The diagnostics client can access on the WebNavigator server in the following cases:
• When the maximum number of simultaneous accesses has been reached on WebNavigator
server.
• When no WebNavigator license is installed on the WebNavigator server.

Diagnostics client without corresponding license

If the diagnostics client is installed without the corresponding license, a message will appear
about one hour after each start-up of the computer.
Install the diagnostics client license or remove the diagnostics client software.

No access via RDP

Access via Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) is not enabled for the diagnostics client.

Note
Computer with WinCC basic system and diagnostics client
If you install a diagnostics client on a computer with the WinCC basic system, you will have to
reinstall the diagnostics client after removing WinCC.

Overview of licenses for WebNavigator server and client

You can combine WebNavigator and diagnostics licenses.

Server Client has no license 1) Client has diagnostics cli‐

ent license 1)
No WinCC license Client in test mode Client in test mode
No WebNavigator license Unlimited number Unlimited number
WinCC license Client in test mode Diagnostics client
No WebNavigator license Unlimited number One license per diagnostics
client
WebNavigator license Client in test mode Client in test mode
No WinCC license Unlimited number Unlimited number
WebNavigator license WebNavigator client Diagnostics client
+ WinCC license Number up to maximum of the One license per diagnostics
server license client
WebNavigator license WebNavigator client Diagnostics client
+ WinCC license Number up to maximum of the One license per diagnostics
+ "Load Balancing" license server license client
WebNavigator license WebNavigator client Diagnostics client
+ WinCC license Number up to maximum of the One license per diagnostics
+ WinCC Redundancy license server license client
+ "Load Balancing Step-Up" license

1) Note the behavior in test mode. Test mode runs for a maximum of 30 days from the date of installation.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 113
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.7 WinCC/WebNavigator Installation Notes

Restarting the WebNavigator client after license modification

If the WebNavigator licenses on the WebNavigator server are modified, e.g. to a different number
of clients, Internet Explorer must be restarted on each connected WebNavigator client, and the
WebNavigator client must log in again. Otherwise, the WebNavigator client will switch to demo
mode. This also applies to automatic reconnection of the WebNavigator client.

Using WebNavigator versions prior to V7.4

WebNavigator versions up to V7.3 do not recognize licenses from WebNavigator V7.4 and higher.
Once you install the current WebNavigator licenses on a computer, a WebNavigator
installation of a version prior to V7.4 is no longer licensed.
This also applies if you upgrade to the new cumulative licenses through an upgrade license.
The upgraded licenses are no longer recognized by WebNavigator V7.3 or earlier versions.
It is not possible to undo the upgrade to WebNavigator V7.4 or higher.

1.7.2.3 Requirements for the Use of Terminal Services

The WebNavigator client is released for Microsoft Windows Terminal Services.
A maximum of 150 sessions per terminal server are permitted.

Terminal server

Hardware

Minimum Recommended
CPU Dual core CPU; 2 GHz Multi core CPU; 3 GHz
Work memory 1 GB 2 GB

Note
Memory requirements
Each terminal client will increase the memory requirements and the processor load.
You must therefore ensure that the terminal server has adequate memory and processor load
capacity.

Software

Operating system Microsoft Windows Server 2019 Standard / Datacenter 64-bit

Microsoft Windows Server 2022 Standard / Datacenter 64-bit
It must be possible to repeatedly call and execute applications that are
to be executed on the clients.
Miscellaneous: If many users want to access the server, you will need to use a high-
performance network card.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

114 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.7 WinCC/WebNavigator Installation Notes

Terminal client

Minimum requirement: Network adapter with TCP/IP

Terminal client RDP 5.0
Display or monitor
Pointing device

Note
Terminal Services Client Access Licenses (CALs)
As with Microsoft Windows Server CAL, there are two different CAL terminal services:
• The TS device CAL enables a device to run user-independent Windows sessions on a Microsoft
Windows Server.
• The TS user CAL enables a user to run device-independent Windows sessions on a Microsoft
Windows Server.
A Microsoft Windows Server Terminal Server CAL "TS CAL" is required for every user or every
device.
Additional information can be found in the Microsoft documentation "https://
docs.microsoft.com/en-us/troubleshoot/windows-server/ (https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/
troubleshoot/windows-server/remote/terminal-server-licensing)".

See also
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/troubleshoot/windows-server/remote/terminal-server-
licensing (https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/troubleshoot/windows-server/remote/terminal-
server-licensing)

1.7.3 Installing a WebNavigator server

1.7.3.1 Overview: Installing the WebNavigator server

Requirements
• The software requirements for the Microsoft Windows operating system have been met.
• Local administrator rights.
• The WinCC basic system is installed.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 115
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.7 WinCC/WebNavigator Installation Notes

NOTICE
WebNavigator server: Using a secure connection over HTTPS
To increase the security of your communication, configure the WebNavigator server in such a
way that only HTTPS connections are supported. You need a digital certificate for your
WebNavigator server for this.
You can find more detailed information under "Setting up a secure connection over HTTPS
(Page 117)".

WinCC options previously installed

If you have already installed other WinCC options prior to the installation of WinCC/
WebNavigator, you may have to re-install these options.

See also
Installing the WebNavigator server (Page 116)
Setting up a secure connection over HTTPS (Page 117)

1.7.3.2 Installing the WebNavigator server

Requirements
• Local administrator rights
• The Internet Information Server is installed.

Procedure
1. Insert the WinCC DVD in the drive.
The DVD starts automatically if Autorun is enabled in the operating system.
If the autorun function is not activated, start the program Setup.exe on the DVD.
2. In the "Installation Type" dialog, select "Package Installation".
3. Select the "WebNavigator Server" installation.
4. Before the installation, the security settings that are adapted for WinCC are displayed in the
"System Settings" dialog.
The firewall is configured automatically.
Confirm the changes to the system settings.
5. Start the installation.
You can track the status of the installation in the displayed dialog.
Select "Cancel" to cancel the installation.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

116 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.7 WinCC/WebNavigator Installation Notes

6. You can transfer the license key for the product after installation of the WebNavigator server.
To do so, click on "Transfer License Key".
Select "Next" if you have already transferred the license key or want to install it at a later time.
Note
License keys will not be transferred automatically.
You will have to transfer missing license keys during or after installation with "Automation
License Manager" .

7. Restart the computer when prompted to do so by setup.

Result
The WebNavigator server is installed and is displayed in the navigation window of the WinCC
Explorer.

1.7.3.3 Setting up a secure connection over HTTPS

Introduction
You can configure the WebNavigator server in such a way that only HTTPS connections are
supported.
In this way, you increase the security of your connections.
You need a digital certificate for the WebNavigator server to set up the secure connection.

Requirement
• The Microsoft Windows "Internet Information Service" component is installed.
• WinCC Web Configurator is installed.
• WinCC WebNavigator server is installed.
• A WebNavigator web page has been set up and the Web folder is created.

Creating an SSL certificate

1. Open the "Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager".
2. In the "Connections" navigation area, select the local computer.
The home page of the local computer is displayed in the data area.
3. On the home page of the local computer, double-click "Server certificates" under "IIS".
4. Select "Create a self-signed certificate..." in the "Actions" area.
The "Create a self-signed certificate" dialog opens.
5. Specify the name of the certificate.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 117
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.7 WinCC/WebNavigator Installation Notes

6. Select the certificate store "Personal" for the certificate.

7. Confirm your entries with "OK".
The dialog closes.
The certificate has been created.

More information
You can find information on self-signed certificates when using different web browsers on the
Internet under Entry ID 109773769:
• SiePortal: "How do you fix problems when using self-signed certificates from WebUX or
WebNavigator with different web browsers?" (https://
support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109773769)

Setting up a secure connection

1. Open the "Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager".
2. Open the "Sites" folder in the "Connections" navigation area.
3. Select "WebNavigator".
4. Select the "Edit bindings" command in the shortcut menu.
The "Site bindings" dialog opens.
5. Select "Add...".
The "Add site binding" dialog opens.
6. Select the type "https".
7. Specify the required port.
8. Select the created certificate under "SSL certificate".
9. Confirm your entries with "OK".
10.Delete the binding of the type "http" in the "Site bindings" dialog.
11.Exit the configuration with "Close".
12.In the data area "Default Web Site Home", select the "SSL settings" under "IIS".
13.Activate the "Require SSL" option and select the setting for client certificates.
14.To test the connection, enter the URL and the port number in the Internet Explorer or in the
WinCC Viewer RT, for example, "https://webserver:444".

See also
General information about WebNavigator (Page 130)
Configuring the firewall (Page 224)
SiePortal: "How do you fix problems when using self-signed certificates from WebUX or
WebNavigator with different web browsers?" (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/
view/109773769)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

118 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.7 WinCC/WebNavigator Installation Notes

1.7.4 Installing the WebNavigator client

1.7.4.1 Installing the WebNavigator client

Introduction
You can install the WebNavigator client as follows:
• Installation from the WinCC product DVD.
In this case, certain Microsoft Windows user rights are required, depending on the operating
system.
• Installation via the Intranet/Internet.
In this case, certain Microsoft Windows user rights are required, depending on the operating
system.
• Installation without user interaction:
– Using the Microsoft Windows user rights of the current user
– Or in networks, using group policy-based software distribution
In addition, you can also install the WebNavigator client on the WebNavigator server.
This is useful, for example, if you want to check the WinCC project locally on the server in
Internet Explorer.

Remote communication
If the WebNavigator client is not running on the same computer as the WebNavigator server,
enable remote communication on both computers in the "Simatic Shell" dialog.

Note
.Net controls on the WebNavigator client
If you wish to use .Net controls on the WebNavigator client, you need to install the .Net
Framework 4.0 or higher on the client from the WinCC product DVD.
The .Net controls must not be copied to the Microsoft Windows "Common Files" folder. Instead,
use the following path:
• <Installation directory>WinCC\WebNavigator\Client\bin

Note
Parallel installation of WinCC/WebNavigator client and WinCC Runtime Advanced
Avoid the installation of the web client on a PC on which WinCC Runtime Advanced is installed
as well.
If you run both installations on the same PC, you require administrator rights in order to work
with the web client. No pictures are loaded into the web browser without administrator rights.

WinCCViewerRT
The web viewer "WinCCViewerRT" is installed upon installation of the WebNavigator client.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 119
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.7 WinCC/WebNavigator Installation Notes

Procedure
1. Entry and check of the settings of the client computer in Internet Explorer.
2. Installation of the WebNavigator client.
Note
If you are installing from the DVD or using software distribution based on group policy, you
can directly upgrade an older version of the WebNavigator client without having to remove
the older client first.
If you install the WebNavigator server on a PC after the WebNavigator client, you will have to
install the client again.
Plug-in reinstallation
The plug-ins "User Archive Control", "FunctionTrend Control", "Hard Copy" and "Web Client"
are already integrated in the WebNavigator client as of version V7.0 upon installation.
If a WebNavigator client as of V7.0 is connected to a WebNavigator server older than V7.0
(e.g. V6.2 SP3), you will be offered these plug-ins for installation in the download area of the
Web navigation user interface.
The plug-ins are already installed. Do not reinstall these plug-ins.

Information on the setup and installation of the WebNavigator client:

• Before downloading and installing a new version on the WebNavigator client, check the
languages installed on the client and connected server.
Only the languages of the connected server will be available on the client computer
following client installation by download.
• WebNavigator client setup will be interrupted with the error message "WinCC Active" if the
local WinCC project is open or has been opened since the PC was last restarted.
Restart the computer.
Check whether WinCC has been included in the Autostart directory.
Remove the entry if necessary and then restart the computer to execute WebNavigator client
installation.
• You will need at least 70 MB of free memory space on the local hard disk to install the
WebNavigator client.
Otherwise, the MSI setup will cancel installation with a corresponding error message.
• When installing the WebNavigator client by downloading it from the Intranet/Internet, you
can select to either "Open" or "Save" the setup file.
The procedure you select upon initial installation of the WebNavigator client must also be
selected for the subsequent installation of plug-ins or ActiveX controls. Otherwise, the "MSI
Installer" service will output the error message "Error 1316".
• Prior to installation via download, the latest cumulative security update for Internet Explorer
must be installed.
Information on the installation of ActiveX controls: Microsoft entry KB3072449 (https://
support.microsoft.com/en-us/kb/3072449).

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

120 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.7 WinCC/WebNavigator Installation Notes

• WebNavigator client on a 64-bit PC:

The required Microsoft Visual C++ Redistributable must be installed on the WebNavigator
client before the connection to the WebNavigator server is established. This installation is a
requirement for the Web client.
Use the link that is displayed during installation via intranet/Internet.
Note
Installation of Microsoft Visual C++ Redistributable in domain environments
The required Visual C++ Redistributable must also be available for domain environments as
an "msi" package:
• If the WebNavigator client on the 64-bit computer is not upgraded to the latest version via
the DVD, "Webnavigatorclient.msi" and "WebNavigatorClient_x64_AddOn.msi" can be
made available to the user via the domain controller.
• If the WebNavigator clients on the 64-bit computers are integrated in domain group
policies, the users of the clients must install "WebNavigatorClient_x64_AddOn.msi"
themselves.

• In the download area of the Web Navigation user interface, the Plug-Ins which can be
installed are displayed.
The same minimum user rights are required for installing these plug-ins as for installation of
the WebNavigator client.
If you select a plug-in in the Web Navigation user interface, WebNavigator client setup will
start. You will have to confirm the selected plug-in again.

Upgrading the WebNavigator client from a previous version

When you connect a web client to a web server, it is tested whether the client has the same
version installed as on the web server.
If an older version is present, you can upgrade the WebNavigator client when accessing the
Web project.

Upgrade from WinCC V6.2 SP3

Perform a repair installation after upgrading from WinCC V6.2 SP3.
Start the WinCC/WebNavigator client installation in the Control Panel via "Uninstall or change
a program" and select "Repair".
Otherwise, controls may be reinstalled during operation.
Restart the computer.

Installation of the WebNavigator client under Microsoft Windows Server

Installation of the WebNavigator client under Microsoft Windows Server with a lower user
authorization than "Administrator" is not possible with the default setting of group policies.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 121
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.7 WinCC/WebNavigator Installation Notes

Enable the installation of the WebNavigator client in the group policy by

• Assigning and making the software public
• Or activating the setting "Always install with elevated privileges" under "Administrative
Templates / Windows Components / Windows Installer".
You must activate "Never" for the "Deactivate Windows Installer" option.

WinCC/WebNavigator: Central installation on web clients

For an installation without user interactions on a web client start the setup via the following
command line:
• Installation with default settings:
msiexec /i C:\TEMP\WebnavigatorClient.msi /quiet /log
C:\temp\installWebNav.log
• Installation with reduced user interface:
msiexec /i C:\TEMP\WebnavigatorClient.msi /qb /log
C:\temp\installWebNav.log

See also
Installing the WebNavigator Client (Page 174)
The "Central installation" function (Page 47)
https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/kb/3072449 (https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/kb/
3072449)

1.7.4.2 User rights and user groups for WebNavigator clients

Microsoft Windows user rights required for installation and initial registration of the
WebNavigator client
"Administrator" rights are required for installing the WebNavigator client via Intranet/Internet or
using the product DVD. The initial registration of the client on the WebNavigator server must
take place with the user identification used during installation and the same or higher Windows
user rights. The connections must be established successfully. All subsequent logins can then be
performed by users with different Windows user rights, which may be more restricted.

Microsoft Windows user groups "SIMATIC HMI" / "SIMATIC HMI VIEWER"

Following WinCC installation, WinCC automatically establishes the following local groups in
Microsoft Windows User and Group Administration:

SIMATIC HMI These members can create local projects, and can process, start, and access these
projects remotely. Access to the WinCC database is limited to the minimum rights
necessary (read/write).
SIMATIC HMI View‐ These members have read access only to configuration and runtime data in the
er WinCC database.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

122 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.7 WinCC/WebNavigator Installation Notes

In the following cases, you need to add users of the WebNavigator client to a Microsoft
Windows user group:
• The WebNavigator client is installed on a PC on which WinCC is already installed:
Users of the Web client must be members of the user group "SIMATIC HMI VIEWER" or
"SIMATIC HMI".
• The WebNavigator client accesses the WebNavigator server as "Remote Desktop" user:
Users of the Web client must be members of the user group "SIMATIC HMI VIEWER".

Installing the WebNavigator client with limited Microsoft Windows user rights
The MSI technology used allows you to install the WebNavigator client even with limited
Windows user rights. This procedure can be set during the installation using the group policy
based software distribution in networks.
Even the add-ins and plug-ins for the WebNavigator client can be installed. "Administrator"
rights are required for the installation of plug-ins that were created with the WinCC Plug-In
Builder.

Installation for a configured group of users or computers

Using the Microsoft Systems Management server or group policy on a Domain Controller, it is
possible to install a group of users or computers configured by the Administrator.
• For this the MSI file "WinCCWebNavigatorClient.msi" is published at the Domain Controller
and enabled for a user group. Installation is then performed either during login of the
defined users or when the computer is started, depending on the configuration of the group
policy-based software distribution.
• When using a Microsoft Systems Management Server, the installation is configured by the
administrator, triggered and executed when the relevant computer boots.

Group policy-based software distribution

Software is normally installed with the access rights of the current Microsoft Windows user.
When using MSI technology, the installation is performed by an operating system service with
a higher level of rights. This enables installations for which the Windows user does not have the
necessary rights. Applications which require higher rights for installation are referred to as
"privileged installations" in MSI technology. Installation of these applications is possible when a
Windows user is assigned the "Always install with elevated privileges" permission.
A group policy is created in the domain controller for use of group policy-based software
distribution. The software to be distributed is then assigned or made public using Active
Directory.
• Assignment: Software distribution can be assigned to a user or a computer. The software to
be distributed is automatically installed when the user logs in or the computer is started.
• Publication: The software distribution can be published for individual users. When the user
logs on to the client computer, the software to be distributed appears in a dialog and can be
selected for installation.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 123
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.7 WinCC/WebNavigator Installation Notes

1.7.4.3 Settings in the web browser (WebNavigator client)

Introduction
You have to adapt the web browser security settings in order to utilize the full functionality of the
WebNavigator client.
The procedure depends on the browser used and is described using the example of the
"Internet Explorer" browser.

Procedure
1. Click "Tools > Internet Options" in Internet Explorer.
2. Select the "Security" tab.
Select the corresponding zone, for example, "Local Intranet" or "Internet".
3. Click "Custom Level...".
4. Enable the "Script ActiveX controls marked safe for scripting" and "Download signed ActiveX
controls" options.
5. Enable "Active Scripting" under "Scripting".
6. Click "OK". Carry out the modifications in the subsequent dialog.
7. Click the "Trusted Sites" icon.
Click the "Sites..." button to open the "Trusted sites" dialog.
8. Enter the address of the WebNavigator server in the "Add this website to the zone" field.
Possible formats and wildcards include "*://157.54.100 - 200", "ftp://157.54.23.41", or
"http://*.microsoft.com".
Deactivate the "Require server verification (https:) for all sites in this zone" option.
Click "Add". Click "OK".
9. Click the "Trusted Sites" icon.
Click the "Standard level" button and then the "Custom Level" button.
Enable "Initialize and script ActiveX controls not marked as safe". Click "OK".
10.Click on the "General" tab.
Click in the "Settings" area on the "Temporary Internet Files" button.
Enable the "Automatic" option under "Check for newer versions of stored pages:".
Click "OK".
11.Close the "Internet Options" dialog by clicking "OK".

See also
Hardware and software requirements for WebNavigator (Page 109)
General information about WebNavigator (Page 130)
Notes on Internet Explorer for WebNavigator (Page 138)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

124 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.7 WinCC/WebNavigator Installation Notes

1.7.4.4 Installation from the DVD (WebNavigator client)

Requirements
• For the installation and use of the WebNavigator client, the information in Settings in the web
browser (WebNavigator client) (Page 124) applies.
• Depending on the operating system, specific minimum user rights are required to install the
WebNavigator client; see User rights and user groups for WebNavigator clients (Page 122).

Procedure
1. Insert the WinCC DVD in the drive.
The DVD starts automatically if Autorun is enabled in the operating system. If the Autorun
function is not activated, start the program Setup.exe on the DVD.
2. In the "Installation Type" dialog, select "Package Installation".
3. Select the "WebNavigator Client" program package.
4. Before the installation, the security settings that are adapted for WinCC are displayed in the
"System Settings" dialog. The firewall is configured automatically. Confirm the changes to the
system settings.
5. Start the installation. You can track the status of the installation in the displayed dialog.
Select "Cancel" to cancel the installation.
6. Restart the computer when prompted to do so by setup.

Result
The WebNavigator client is now installed and has been added as a function to the navigation
window of the WinCC Explorer.

1.7.4.5 Installation via the Intranet/Internet (WebNavigator client)

Requirements
• For the installation and use of the WebNavigator client, the information in Settings in the web
browser (WebNavigator client) (Page 124) applies.
• Depending on the operating system, specific minimum user rights are required to install the
WebNavigator client; see User rights and user groups for WebNavigator clients (Page 122).
• The WebNavigator server must be installed on a computer:
– The Internet Information Server must be configured with the WinCC Web Configurator.
– The users must be registered in the WinCC User Administrator.
– The WinCC project must be in runtime.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 125
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.7 WinCC/WebNavigator Installation Notes

• The latest cumulative security update for Internet Explorer must be installed.
This applies to all installed versions of Internet Explorer.
Information on the installation of ActiveX controls: Microsoft entry KB3072449 (https://
support.microsoft.com/en-us/kb/3072449).
• The required Microsoft Visual C++ Redistributable must be installed on the WebNavigator
client with a 64-bit computer before the connection to the WebNavigator server is
established.

Procedure
1. Enter the address of the WebNavigator server in the address bar of the Internet browser, e.g.
the IP address.
For installation in a virtual directory, the URL can be as follows:
– "https://www.servername/WebNavigator/"
2. Type in the user name and password.
3. The first time you access the WebNavigator server, you will be prompted to install the
WebNavigator client.
If the client is a 64-bit computer, an additional link is displayed in order to install the required
"Visual C++ Redistributable".
This installation is a requirement for the Web client.
4. Click on the "WinCC WebNavigator client" link.
Click the "Save" button in the "File download" dialog to store the client setup on the target
computer.
It is recommended to save the Setup file because, in the event of a restart of the client
computer being necessary, the Setup need not be downloaded again.
Note
Installing Visual C++ Redistributable
If you have installed the WebNavigator client without first installing the Visual C++
Redistributable, you can install the software later.
Select the menu "Web Navigator and System Updates" in the "download area" of the
Navigation user interface of "MainControl.asp".
If you have already installed the WebNavigator client and wish to install a more recent version
via intranet/Internet, open the client setup straight away. You do not need to save the
installation file on the target computer. Remove the old installation file first if you wish to save
the new one. Alternatively, you can save the new version of the file in a different directory.

5. Leave the Internet Explorer open and open Microsoft Windows Explorer.
Navigate to the directory in which you saved the setup file.
Start setup by double-clicking on the file.
6. Follow the instructions on the screen and enter the information and settings necessary.
The client-side controls of the WebNavigator will be installed.
Close the Setup dialog.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

126 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.7 WinCC/WebNavigator Installation Notes

Result
Following successful installation, the WebNavigator client connects to the WinCC project
currently in runtime.

Note
Virtual keyboard: .net installation
If you want to use the on-screen keyboard, you also have to install .net 4.0 or higher.
If you install the WebNavigator client from the WinCC DVD, .net 4.0 is already included.

See also
https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/kb/3072449 (https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/kb/
3072449)

1.7.5 Installing the WebNavigator diagnostics client

Introduction
The software for the WebNavigator diagnostics client is installed on the client computer from the
DVD.

Requirements
• To do this, you must have administrator rights.
• Access via Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) is not enabled for the diagnostics client.

Procedure
1. Insert the WinCC DVD in the drive.
The DVD starts automatically if Autorun is enabled in the operating system.
If the Autorun function is not activated, start the program Setup.exe on the DVD.
2. In the "Installation Type" dialog, select "Custom Installation".
3. Select the "Diagnostics Client" program in the "Web Navigator" program group.
4. Before the installation, the security settings that are adapted for WinCC are displayed in the
"System Settings" dialog. The firewall is configured automatically.
Confirm the changes to the system settings.
5. Start the installation.
You can track the status of the installation in the displayed dialog.
Select "Cancel" to cancel the installation.
6. Restart the computer when prompted to do so by setup.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 127
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.7 WinCC/WebNavigator Installation Notes

Result
The WebNavigator diagnostics client is now installed.

1.7.6 WebNavigator Demo Project

Introduction
The WinCC Demo Project can be downloaded as a self-extracting ZIP file from:
• SiePortal: WinCC demo projects (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/products?
search=demo&dtp=ExampleOfUse&o=DefaultRankingDesc&pnid=14867&lc=en-WW)

Installation
To install the project, copy the file in a local target directory and start the decompressing process
by double-clicking the file.
The following logins are already configured in the demo project:

WinCC Logon Password

Demo User German winccd winccpass
Demo User English wincce winccpass

See also
First Web Project (Page 157)
SiePortal: WinCC demo projects (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/products?
search=demo&dtp=ExampleOfUse&o=DefaultRankingDesc&pnid=14867&lc=en-WW)

1.7.7 Uninstalling the WebNavigator

Introduction
You can remove the WebNavigator server and WebNavigator client in the usual way, as in
Microsoft Windows.

Procedure: Uninstalling via the WinCC Product DVD

1. Start the WinCC product DVD.
The DVD starts automatically if Autorun is enabled in the operating system.
If the Autorun function is not activated, start the Setup.exe program on the DVD.
2. Follow the on-screen instructions.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

128 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.7 WinCC/WebNavigator Installation Notes

3. Select "Remove" as the setup type.

4. Select the components that you want to remove.

Alternative procedure: Uninstalling via the Control Panel

1. Open the "Uninstall or change a program" dialog in the Microsoft Windows Control Panel.
2. Select the WebNavigator server or client and click "Remove".
Follow the instructions on the screen.

Result
The WebNavigator Server or WebNavigator client has now been removed from the computer.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 129
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.8 WinCC/WebNavigator Release Notes

1.8 WinCC/WebNavigator Release Notes

1.8.1 General information about WebNavigator

Introduction
These release notes contain important information.
The statements in these release notes take precedence over information provided in the
manuals and in the online help.
Read these release notes carefully as they contain useful information.

Notes on the security of the system

Cybersecurity information
In order to protect plants, systems, machines and networks against cyber threats, it is
necessary to implement – and continuously maintain – a holistic, state-of-the-art industrial
cybersecurity concept.
Siemens’ products and solutions constitute one element of such a concept.
You can find additional information about industrial cybersecurity under:
• https://www.siemens.com/cybersecurity-industry (https://www.siemens.com/
cybersecurity-industry)

Security restrictions with the WebNavigator client

NOTICE
Security restrictions and response times in Internet Explorer
Please note the Internet-specific security restrictions when using the WebNavigator client.
The WebNavigator client may take significantly longer (>20 seconds) than a regular WinCC
client to recognize that the WebNavigator server is down or that the communication is faulty.

Using a secure connection via HTTPS

To increase the security of your communication, configure the WebNavigator server in such a
way that only HTTPS connections are supported.
You need a digital certificate for the WebNavigator server for this. Also use the SSL certificate
on the WebNavigator client.
You can find more detailed information under "Setting up a secure connection via HTTPS
(Page 117)".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

130 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.8 WinCC/WebNavigator Release Notes

Communication via proxy server

When communicating through a proxy server, the following applies:
• The WebNavigator client must be a member of the server domain.
• If the users registered on the WebNavigator client have no access to the proxy server, logon
to the proxy server with NTLM authentication is as follows:
1. The logon dialog for the proxy server appears.
2. The logon dialog for the WinCC user appears.
3. The logon dialog for the proxy server appears again.

Avoid cross-site request forgery for the WebNavigator

Cross-site request forgery is similar to the vulnerability caused by cross-site scripting (XSS, Cross
Site Scripting).
The attack is triggered when an authenticated user clicks on a malicious link. However, this
vulnerability also works if the user has disabled scripting in the browser.
Siemens recommends:
• Do not work with other applications or services that have anything to do with the Internet.
• Log off when you no longer need the WebNavigator.

Defense in depth
Follow the instructions on "Industrial Cybersecurity" on the Siemens website:
• http://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity (http://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity)

WebNavigator server: Do not configure the standard port "80"

When configuring the port in the WinCC Web Configurator, use "8080", for example, rather than
the standard port "80".

General information about WebNavigator

Project Change
Following a change of projects, a sporadic inoperable period of the Internet Information Services
(IIS) may occur.
The computer must then be restarted.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 131
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.8 WinCC/WebNavigator Release Notes

Terminal server: Login with user certificate

The following group policy affects the logon behavior of a user with a user certificate:

Local group policy Setting

Computer Configuration > Windows Settings > Security Set‐ User must enter a password each time
tings > Local Policies > Security Options: they use a key
"System cryptography: Force strong key protection for user
keys stored on the computer"

This setting can cause the password prompt for the user certificate to be displayed in the
session of another logged-on user when the terminal session is established.

Corrective measure
To prevent this Windows behavior, use the default setting "Not defined" on the system that is
used as the terminal server.
This behavior occurs only when this group policy is activated.

Custom ActiveX controls (Industrial X)

Compatibility with WinCC and WebNavigator server or WebNavigator client must be ensured if
custom ActiveX controls (Industrial X) are used:
• Direct installation of the ActiveX control on the computer with WinCC and WebNavigator
server or client.
You must install the ActiveX control before installing WinCC and the WebNavigator server or
client.
If the ActiveX control does not function without errors after this step, there is no
compatibility.
• Installation as a plug-in via the Web Navigation user interface on the WebNavigator client.
If the ActiveX Control is packaged in a plug-in and installed via download, an upgrade of
WinCC and the WebNavigator server or client will also require the generation of a new plug-
in using this ActiveX control.
Ensure compatible binaries (DLL, OCX, etc.) are used when creating the plug-in.

Visual C++ Redistributable for Visual Studio

Microsoft Redistributable Packages for Visual Studio C++ 2015 are installed along with WinCC.
For example, if you are using ActiveX controls or Visual Basic projects created with versions
prior to Visual Studio 2015, you must install the corresponding package.
The installation files for redistributables < Visual Studio 2015 are included in the WinCC scope
of delivery:
• "Additional Content" DVD:
"VCRedist" folder
Select the setup for the required version:
• 2005x86 / 2005x64
• 2008x86 / 2008x64

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

132 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.8 WinCC/WebNavigator Release Notes

• 2010x86 / 2010x64
• 2012x86 / 2012x64

See also
WinCC Web Configurator (Page 215)
Settings in the web browser (WebNavigator client) (Page 124)
Setting up a secure connection over HTTPS (Page 117)
https://www.siemens.com/cybersecurity-industry (https://www.siemens.com/cybersecurity-
industry)
http://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity (http://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity)

1.8.2 Notes on WebNavigator installation

Notes on installation

Uninstalling WinCC: WebNavigator client must be installed later

If you uninstall WinCC, you will need to post-install the WebNavigator client.

Message after installation of a plug-in

The Program Compatibility Wizard may possibly output an message during installation of a plug-
in.
The plug-in is installed correctly.
Therefore, confirm this message with "The program was installed correctly."

WebNavigator client: WinCC Computer with "Basic Process Control"

The plug-in "WinCC Basic Process Control" must be installed on the WebNavigator client if the
client is connected to a computer with WinCC Basic Process Control.
Without the plug-in, the functionality of WinCC Basic Process Control will not be available on
the WebNavigator client. For example, the relevant ActiveX controls and the group display
will not be available.

Installing the plug-in

The plug-in is located on the WebNavigator server in the folder
<wincc_installationpath>"\WebNavigator\Server\Web\Install\Custom".
You can download the plug-in via the WebNavigator navigation user interface from the
download area.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 133
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.8 WinCC/WebNavigator Release Notes

A description of the functions supported/not supported can be found in the WinCC

Information System:
• "Options for Process Control > Overview of process control system options > Configuration in
the PCS 7 environment > Web client"

Dedicated Web server with WinCC Basic Process Control

If the WebNavigator client is to be installed on a dedicated web server with WinCC Basic
Process Control, the plug-in "WinCC Basic Process Control" must be installed immediately
after installation of the WebNavigator client.
The download page for the plug-in is displayed. You will only be able to exit this page after
installation of the plug-in for displaying the process pictures.
For more information on the supported functionalities of the WebNavigator client when
connected to a PCS 7 OS, please refer to the PCS 7 documentation.

WebNavigator server: User WNUSR_DC92D7179E29

After the installation of the WinCC/WebNavigator server, the user "WNUSR_DC92D7179E29" is
created during the initial configuration with the WinCC Web Configurator.
The user is only used internally. To maintain the functioning of the Web server, do not delete
or modify this user.
To increase the security of the system, change the password for the user on a regular basis.
To do this, use the tool "CCSetWebNavPwd.exe".
You can find more information in the documentation for WinCC/WebNavigator:
• "WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation > Configuring the WebNavigator system >
Configuring the WebNavigator Server > Configuring the WebNavigator web page > WinCC
Web Configurator (Page 215)"

Setting a password for the configuration

To define your own password before configuration, you can create a temporary key in the
PC's registry.
You can find more information in the "Industry Support Siemens".

See also
WinCC Web Configurator (Page 215)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

134 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.8 WinCC/WebNavigator Release Notes

1.8.3 General notes on WebNavigator client

Notes on the web client

Security restrictions with the WebNavigator client

NOTICE
Security restrictions and response times in Internet Explorer
Please note the Internet-specific security restrictions when using the WebNavigator client.
The WebNavigator client may take significantly longer (>20 seconds) than a regular WinCC
client to recognize that the WebNavigator server is down or that the communication is faulty.

Microsoft Windows Server operating system: Loading process pictures in WinCCViewerRT

It is possible that the web client does not display any process pictures in WinCCViewerRT on PCs
with the "Microsoft Windows Server 2016 / 2019 / 2022" operating systems.
Check the settings of the web client:
1. To display the icons in the control panel, select, for example, "Small icons" in the "View by"
drop-down list.
2. Click the "Internet options" entry.
The property dialog opens.
3. Deactivate the following entry in the "Advanced" tab in the "Security" area:
– Do not save encrypted pages to the disk
4. Close the dialog with "OK".

Changing setting via group policy

If you manage the web clients via group policies, follow these steps:
1. To open the editor for local group policies, enter "gpedit.msc" in the Microsoft Windows
search field.
2. Select the following entry in the navigation area:
– Computer configuration > Administrative templates > Windows components >
Internet Explorer > Internet control system > "Advanced" Page
To sort the list alphabetically, click the column header "Setting".
3. Double-click "Do not save encrypted pages to disk".
4. Select the "Disabled" or "Not Configured" option.
5. Close the dialog with "OK".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 135
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.8 WinCC/WebNavigator Release Notes

WebNavigator client: Firewall settings for printing from WinCC controls

To be able to print out on the client, you need to define the following Firewall settings for the
profiles used:
1. Open "Control panel > System and security > Windows firewall".
2. In the navigation bar, click "Allow a program or feature through Windows Firewall".
3. In the "Allowed programs and features:" list, activate the entry "File and printer sharing" for
the relevant profile.
4. Return to the Windows Firewall home page.
5. In the navigation bar, click "Turn Windows Firewall on or off".
6. If the firewall is enabled, disable the setting "Block all incoming connections, including those
in the list of allowed programs".

WebNavigator client: ODK function "PWRTCheckPermissionOnPicture"

In order to use the ODK function "PWRTCheckPermissionOnPicture" on a WebNavigator client,
install the plug-in "WinCC Basic Process Control" and "Advanced Process Control".

WebNavigator client: WinCC Alarm Control on a WebNavigator server in WinCC ServiceMode

Initial Situation
The WebNavigator client is connected with a WebNavigator server operated in WinCC
ServiceMode.

Behavior
If you are using WinCC Alarm Control prior to WinCC V7 that is connected via a server prefix,
you will not be able to open the selection dialog.

Solution
Use the WinCC AlarmControl that is offered as of WinCC V7.

WebNavigator client: Diagnostics file "WebNavReconnnect.log"

After installation of the WebNavigator client, the diagnostics file "WebNavReconnnect.log" is
saved in the folder "<User>\Application
Data\LocalLow\Siemens\SIMATIC.WinCC\WebNavigator\Client".
The diagnostics file will be saved into the respective user profile so that this user no longer
requires administrator rights.

WebNavigator client: Control "WinCC Channel Diagnosis"

You cannot use the "WinCC Channel Diagnosis" Control on a web client without WinCC
installation.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

136 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.8 WinCC/WebNavigator Release Notes

WebNavigator client: "FLAG_COMMENT_DIALOG" of the "GCreateMyOperationMsg" function

The WebNavigator client does not support the parameter "FLAG_COMMENT_DIALOG" for the
"GCreateMyOperationMsg" function.

WinCC/ODK: SSMRT functions in the web client

The "SSMRT" functions of the Split Screen Manager do not work in the WebNavigator client.
Instead, use the appropriate "SSM" function.
The "SSMRTOpenTopFieldEx" ODK function is not available in the WebNavigator client.

Example
The following script checks the environment and can thus be called in the WebNavigator
client and in WinCC Runtime.

void OnClick(char* lpszPictureName, char* lpszObjectName, char* lpszPropertyName)

{
#pragma code("ssmrt.dll")
#include "ssmrt.h"
#pragma code()
char szFullTopfieldPath[MAXFULLPATHLEN] = { 0 };
long lBufferLen = MAXFULLPATHLEN;
OPENTOPFIELDSTYLE MyStyle;
CMN_ERRORA Err;
BOOL bResult;
DWORD dwTopfieldStyle = 0;
long lTopfieldUsed;
#ifndef RUN_ON_WEBNAVIGATOR
MyStyle.bAdaptSize = TRUE;
bResult = SSMRTOpenTopFieldEx (SSMGetScreen(lpszPictureName), "PictureA.pdl",
szFullTopfieldPath, lBufferLen, &MyStyle, &Err);
#else
// Declaration of _SSMOpenTopField3:
// BOOL _SSMOpenTopField3 (TCHAR Screen, TCHAR* PictureName, DWORD dwStyle,
TCHAR* retPictureName, DWORD dwReturnPathLen, long* plTopfieldUsed, LPCMN_ERROR Err, long
lXPos, long lYPos, BOOL bDefaultPos)
// dwTopfieldStyle can be 0, TOP_FIELDFIXEDSIZE, TOP_ATTACHTOWORKFIELD, or
TOP_FIELDFIXEDSIZE + TOP_ATTACHTOWORKFIELD
dwTopfieldStyle = TOP_FIELDFIXEDSIZE;
bResult = _SSMOpenTopField3 (SSMGetScreen(lpszPictureName), "PictureA.pdl",
dwTopfieldStyle, szFullTopfieldPath, lBufferLen, &lTopfieldUsed, &Err, 0, 0, TRUE);
#endif
}

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 137
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.8 WinCC/WebNavigator Release Notes

1.8.4 Notes on Internet Explorer for WebNavigator

Notes on Internet Explorer

Security settings in Internet Explorer: Installation via SSL connection

If you want to download the WebNavigator from an ASP portal via an SSL connection, note that
the download is not possible under certain conditions.
You can correct this with one of the following settings:
• Deactivate the "Do not save encrypted pages to disk" option in the "Advanced" tab for the
Internet options of the Internet Explorer.
• Deactivate the "Internet Explorer Enhanced Security Configuration" option in the "Control
Panel/Add/Remove Programs/Windows Components".

WebNavigator server: Display virtual folder in Internet Explorer

Note the following when using Internet Explorer as WebNavigator browser:
To add a virtual folder to an existing website, create this website in a subdirectory of the
drive.
When the website is created in the root directory, e.g. under D:\, Internet Explorer may not
show the contents of the virtual folder.
To always display the contents, change the .NET settings in the IIS:
1. Open the Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager.
2. In the navigation, click on the entry "Application pools".
3. In the shortcut menu of "WebNavigatorAppPool", select the "Basic settings" entry.
4. In the ".NET CLR version" list, select the .NET version "v2", for example:

WebNavigator client: Display of ActiveX controls in Internet Explorer

ActiveX controls are disabled in Internet Explorer by default.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

138 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.8 WinCC/WebNavigator Release Notes

For this reason, the WinCC controls are not displayed correctly in Internet Explorer on a
WebNavigator client.
To display the WinCC controls correctly, add the Web server as a trusted website and enable
the ActiveX controls only for the "Trusted sites" zone.
To continue protecting Internet Explorer from foreign ActiveX controls, check that the
restricted security settings still apply to the other zones after making the changes.
For more information, refer to the following documentation:
• WinCC/WebNavigator: "WinCC/WebNavigator Installation Notes > Installation of
WebNavigator Client > Settings in the web browser (WebNavigator client) (Page 124)"

WebNavigator client: Updating pictures with faceplates

To display changed faceplates in process pictures, refresh the view of the web client in the
browser, e.g. with <F5> or using the button.

See also
Settings in the web browser (WebNavigator client) (Page 124)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 139
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.9 WinCC/WebUX

1.9 WinCC/WebUX

1.9.1 WebUX licensing

The WinCC/WebUX basic package with an integrated WinCC WebUX Monitor license is included
in WinCC.

WebUX client
The WebUX clients are licensed on the WebUX server.
No license is required for the WebUX client on the computer.

WebUX server
The WebUX server is installed on a WinCC system. The WinCC basic system requires at least the
WinCC basic RT license.
The license keys are differentiated as described below and run in parallel on the WinCC/
WebUX server:

License 1) Function Comments

WinCC WebUX Monitor The user has only read access. The authorization level 1002 "Web ac‐
cess - monitoring only" is configured for
the user in the User Administrator.
If the available "Monitor" licenses have
been allocated, an "Operate" license can
also be allocated to a WebUX client for
read access.
WinCC WebUX Operate The user has read and write access.
WinCC/WebNavigator The user's authorizations deter‐
mine whether write access is pos‐
sible in addition to read access.

1) If a WinCC/WebNavigator license is also installed in the WinCC system, the WebNavigator

license can also be allocated to a WebUX client.
To do so, the following option must be enabled in the WebNavigator dialog "WinCC Web
settings":
• "Allow WebUX to use the WebNavigator licenses".
First, however, all available WebUX licenses are used.

License packages
The license packages are available with 1, 3, 10, 30 and 100 clients.
If you have upgraded from WebUX V7.3, there may also be licenses for 5 / 25 / 50 / 150
clients.
As of WinCC V8.1, there is also an "Unlimited" license for an unlimited number of connected
clients.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

140 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.9 WinCC/WebUX

If the number of licensed clients is exceeded during the logon attempt by a WebUX client, no
further logon is permitted.
The packages are version-independent and can be combined.

WebUX demo license

With WinCC/WebUX you also receive a demo license for accessing the WebUX server.
This allows a maximum of one user without a valid WebUX license or WebNavigator license
to have read access to the project.

Reserved license
A reserved WebUX license always gives the user guaranteed access to the WebUX server.
A connection remains reserved for the user. The number of freely available WebUX licenses is
reduced by each configured reserved license.

Applications
Possible applications include:
• Remote operator access:
If the connections to the WebUX server are occupied by read-only access, a connection
remains reserved for operation.
• Central display:
Central client stations are always connected, for example, to display the status of the WinCC
system.

Reserving WebUX licenses

In the User Administrator, you assign one of the available licenses to a WebUX user as a
reserve license.
To do this, enable the "Reserve WebUX license" option for the user. The field "WebUX Number
of reserved licenses" shows how many WebUX licenses are assigned through reservation.
Reserved licenses cannot be configured for user groups, only for individual users.
If more reserved licenses are configured than those available on the WebUX server, the
licenses of the first users logged on are used.

Using WebNavigator licenses

You can also use WebNavigator licenses for WebUX clients.
To enable licenses for WebUX clients, open the "WinCC Web settings" dialog in the shortcut
menu of the "WebNavigator" editor in the WinCC Explorer.
In the "Runtime" tab, enable the "Allow WebUX to use the WebNavigator licenses" option.

Administering clients in runtime

To identify inactive clients and to disconnect them, if necessary, use the page "http://
<servername>/status.html".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 141
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.9 WinCC/WebUX

You can find further information in the documentation of the WinCC/WebNavigator option
under:
• WinCC/WebNavigator documentation > Operating a WinCC project > Diagnosis of the
Connections with "Status.html" (Page 257)

See also
Installation of WebUX (Page 142)
Diagnosis of the Connections with "Status.html" (Page 257)

1.9.2 Installation of WebUX

Software requirements
Certain requirements concerning operating system and software configuration must be met for
the installation.

WebUX server: Operating system

Software Configuration Comments

Microsoft Windows 10 Pro Standard installation
Enterprise 64-bit
A maximum of 9 WebUX clients can connect to the WebUX serv‐
er. 1)
Microsoft Windows 10 Enterprise LTSC (Long-Term Standard installation
Servicing Channel) 64-bit
A maximum of 9 WebUX clients can connect to the WebUX serv‐
er. 1)
Microsoft Windows 11 Pro 64-bit
Enterprise A maximum of 9 WebUX clients can connect to the WebUX serv‐
er. 1)
Microsoft Windows Serv‐ Standard 64-bit
er 2019 Datacenter
Microsoft Windows Serv‐ Standard 64-bit
er 2022 Datacenter

1) Only a limited number of connections is possible:

The maximum number of WebUX clients depends on the number of connections that the IIS supports on the installed Microsoft
Windows version.
The number of available connections can decrease if other applications access these connections, e.g. WinCC/WebNavigator.
In the Microsoft Windows system monitor, use the "Performance Monitor" application to analyze the connection status.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

142 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.9 WinCC/WebUX

Additional software requirements

Version / setting Relevant for Comments

Web browser The browser must support HTML5. WebUX client / WebUX can be used with any browser.
terminal The display is optimized for the Chrome
browser.
WinCC version WinCC V8.1 WebUX server The WebUX server is installed on a WinCC
system.
SIMATIC Logon version SIMATIC Logon V2.0 WebUX server Only relevant if you are using SIMATIC Logon
(optional) for central user administration.
User rights for installa‐ Administrator rights WebUX server Required rights for installing the WebUX serv‐
tion er.
User rights for opera‐ Default user rights WebUX client Required rights on the WebUX server and
tion WebUX server WebUX client.
Microsoft Internet In‐ WWW Services > Common HTTP WebUX server During the WinCC installation, the Microsoft
formation Service (IIS) Features or Shared HTTP Features: Internet Information Service (IIS) is installed
• Standard document and configured.

• Static content
WWW Services > Performance Fea‐
tures:
• Compression of dynamic con‐
tent
• Compression of static content
WWW Services > Application De‐
velopment Features:
• ASP.NET ≥ 4.5

WebUX client (terminal)

You only need an HTML5-capable Web browser such as Chrome, Firefox or Safari on a terminal
that accesses the WebUX server.

Note
Browser-dependent representation
Differences in display and behavior are possible in the different browser versions.
To display a configured character set, for example, this must also be available in the browser or
on the device.

Installation of the WebUX server

You can install WinCC/WebUX during the installation of WinCC.
When you install the server WebUX at a later time, proceed as follows:
1. Start the WinCC installation DVD.
2. Select the installation type "Custom Installation".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 143
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.9 WinCC/WebUX

3. In the "WinCC" group of the "Program" dialog, select the entry "WinCC WebUX".
4. Transfer the WebUX license. You can find more information under:
– WebUX licensing (Page 140)
You can find information about configuring WebUX under:
• Configuring the WebUX website (Page 144)

Limiting the number of connections

The number of the connections between WebUX server and WebUX clients was limited to a
standard limit value of 150.
If the number of WebUX client connections reaches this limit value, further connections are
rejected by the WebUX server. This supports the defense against DoS attacks.
You can modify the connection limit value in the config.js file.

Configuring the limit value

1. Log into the WebUX server with administrator rights.
2. Navigate to the folder:
– C:\inetpub\wwwroot\Siemens\WebRH\conf\
This contains the file config.js.
3. Open the file config.js with a text editor.
4. Search the text line "config.sessionLimit = 150;".
The default limit value is 150.
5. Change the value "config.sessionLimit" and save the file.
6. Open the Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager and restart the WebUX website.

See also
WebUX licensing (Page 140)
Configuring the WebUX website (Page 144)

1.9.3 Configuring the WebUX website

Configure the WebUX website on the WebUX server and the connection via HTTPS to
communicate with the WebUX clients.

WinCC WebUX Configurator

After WinCC and WinCC/WebUX are installed, the WinCC WebUX Configurator opens.
To make changes later, you can find the WinCC WebUX Configurator in the "Siemens
Automation" program group.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

144 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.9 WinCC/WebUX

You use the WebUX Configurator to set up the standard configuration for the use of WebUX.
• Configuration of the Microsoft Internet Information Service
• Settings of the Web server
• SSL certificate for HTTPS connections
• Virtual folder
You can find more information in the documentation for WinCC/WebUX:
• WinCC Web Configurator (Page 484)
• Creating a new default web page (Page 485)
• Creating a virtual folder (Page 487)

See also
Installation of WebUX (Page 142)

1.9.4 Communication: SSL certificate for HTTPS connections

To improve the security of your communication, WebUX only supports HTTPS connections.
You need a digital SSL certificate for the WebUX server.

NOTICE
Protecting the infrastructure
Setting up a Web server may enable access to your plant infrastructure.
Therefore, protect the computer on which the Web server is installed. Make sure that the
following rules are followed:
• The computer is only accessible via secure connections.
• The check mechanisms provided by software vendors are activated and cannot be bypassed
under any circumstances.

Install a SSL certificate

You have the following options when setting up the WebUX website:
• Select an existing certificate
• Create self-signed certificate
• Install a certificate after setting it up

Creating a new certificate

1. Activate the "Create a new certificate" option.
2. Enter a name of your choice.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 145
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.9 WinCC/WebUX

When the configuration is completed, a self-signed certificate is created. The certificate is

valid for 1 year.

Additional information
You can find information on self-signed certificates when using different web browsers on the
Internet under Entry ID 109773769:
• SiePortal: "How do you fix problems when using self-signed certificates from WebUX or
WebNavigator with different web browsers?" (https://
support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109773769)

Note
Restricted authentication
The certificates that you create when you configure the WebUX website itself are not verified by
an official certification body. Depending on your browser settings, a warning message is
displayed when you access the website.
To better secure the server authentication, install the certificate of an official certification body.
Display of secure data sources only
For display of web pages and external files, one of the following conditions must be met:
• Call via the HTTPS connection
• Call of a trusted site

Enabling SSL in IIS

To use SSL, configure SSL access in the Internet Information Service (IIS).

Requirement
• You have administrator rights on the WebUX server.

Procedure
1. Open the "Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager".
2. Select the web page under "Sites" in the "Connections" navigation area.
3. Click "Bindings" in the "Actions" area.
The "Site bindings" dialog opens.
4. To configure the settings, click "Add".
The "Add site bindings" dialog opens.
5. Select the website type, IP address and the port.
To display the fields for configuration of the SSL certificate, select the type "https".
6. Select the SSL certificate from the list or with "Select".
7. Confirm with "OK" to close the dialog.
You can delete the other entries in the "Site bindings" dialog.
8. Exit the configuration with "Close".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

146 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.9 WinCC/WebUX

9. In the data area "Default Web Site Home", select the "SSL settings" under "IIS".
10.Activate the "Require SSL" option and select the setting for client certificates.

See also
SiePortal: "How do you fix problems when using self-signed certificates from WebUX or
WebNavigator with different web browsers?" (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/
view/109773769)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 147
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.10 Service and Support

1.10 Service and Support

1.10.1 Warnings

Security information

Warning notice system

This manual contains notices you must observe to ensure your personal safety and to prevent
damage to property. Notices referring to your personal safety are highlighted in the manual
by a safety alert symbol; notices referring to property damage only have no safety alert
symbol. The warning notices shown below are graded according to the degree of danger.

DANGER
indicates that death or severe personal injury will result if proper precautions are not taken.

WARNING
indicates that death or severe personal injury may result if proper precautions are not taken.

CAUTION
indicates that minor personal injury may result if proper precautions are not taken.

NOTICE
indicates that property damage may result if proper precautions are not taken.

Note
indicates important information about the product and its use or a specific section of the
documentation to which you should pay particular attention.

If more than one degree of danger is present, the warning notice representing the highest
degree of danger will be used. A warning notice of injury to persons with a safety alert
symbol may also include a warning relating to property damage.

Qualified personnel
The product/system described in this documentation may be operated only by personnel
qualified for the specific task in accordance with the relevant documentation, in particular its
warning notices and safety information. Qualified personnel are those who, based on their
training and experience, are capable of identifying risks and avoiding potential hazards when
working with these products/systems.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

148 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.10 Service and Support

Proper use
Note the following:

WARNING
Proper use of Siemens products
Siemens products may only be used for the applications described in the catalog and in the
relevant technical documentation. If products and components from other manufacturers are
used, these must be recommended or approved by Siemens. Proper transport, storage,
installation, assembly, commissioning, operation and maintenance are required to ensure that
the products operate safely and without any problems. The permissible ambient conditions
must be adhered to. The information in the relevant documentation must be observed.

Trademarks
All names identified by ® are registered trademarks of Siemens AG. The remaining names in this
publication may be trademarks whose use by third parties for their own purposes could violate
the rights of the owner.

Cybersecurity information
Siemens provides products and solutions with industrial cybersecurity functions that support
the secure operation of plants, systems, machines and networks.
In order to protect plants, systems, machines and networks against cyber threats, it is
necessary to implement – and continuously maintain – a holistic, state-of-the-art industrial
cybersecurity concept. Siemens’ products and solutions constitute one element of such a
concept.
Customers are responsible for preventing unauthorized access to their plants, systems,
machines and networks. Such systems, machines and components should only be connected
to an enterprise network or the internet if and to the extent such a connection is necessary
and only when appropriate security measures (e.g. firewalls and/or network segmentation)
are in place.
For additional information on industrial cybersecurity measures that may be implemented,
please visit:
• https://www.siemens.com/cybersecurity-industry (https://www.siemens.com/
cybersecurity-industry)
Siemens’ products and solutions undergo continuous development to make them more
secure. Siemens strongly recommends that product updates are applied as soon as they are
available and that the latest product versions are used. Use of product versions that are no
longer supported, and failure to apply the latest updates may increase customer’s exposure
to cyber threats.
To stay informed about product updates, subscribe to the Siemens Industrial Cybersecurity
RSS Feed under:
• https://www.siemens.com/cert (https://www.siemens.com/cert)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 149
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.10 Service and Support

Disclaimer of liability
We have reviewed the contents of this publication to ensure consistency with the hardware and
software described. Since discrepancies cannot be precluded entirely, we cannot guarantee full
agreement. However, the information in this publication is reviewed regularly and any
necessary corrections are included in subsequent editions. Suggestions for improvement are
welcomed.
Information in the online documentation is more binding than that in the manuals and PDF
files.
Observe the Release Notes and Installation Notes. Information in the Release Notes and
Installation Notes is more binding than that in the manuals and online help.

Copyright © Siemens 2024

All rights reserved
The reproduction, transmission or use of this document or its contents is not permitted
without express written authorization. Offenders will be held liable for payment of damages.
All rights, including rights created by patent grant or registration of a utility or design, are
reserved.
Siemens Aktiengesellschaft
Division Digital Industries
SIMATIC Human Machine Interfaces
P.O. Box 4848
D-90026 Nuremberg, Germany

See also
https://www.siemens.com/cybersecurity-industry (https://www.siemens.com/cybersecurity-
industry)
https://www.siemens.com/cert (https://www.siemens.com/cert)

1.10.2 GDPR - General Data Protection Regulations

Siemens takes data privacy principles, such as the privacy by design and default principle, into
account when developing its products and services.
For the SIMATIC WinCC V8.1 product, including options, this means the following:

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

150 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.10 Service and Support

Personal data processed by the application

This product collects and processes the following personal data:
• User names, i.e. credentials, which may directly contain or establish a reference to family
names and/or first names
• Timestamps: date / time of login, logoff and access
In the WinCC "Option for Process Control" application "Split Screen Manager", the login
timestamp and user name are saved without encryption with the picture management data.
In the WinCC/WebNavigator diagnostic page, logged in users and timestamps are saved
without encryption.
• Location data (time zone)
• Computer name
• IP addresses
• MAC addresses
• Email addresses (WinCC Options)
• In case of using UMC, additional personal data can be added in the tool, e. g. telephone
numbers or addresses.
This data is not needed for the product functionality and should not be stored on the same
medium.
If the user links the above mentioned data with other data, e. g. shift plans, or stores
personal data on the same medium, e. g. hard disk, and thus establishes a personal
reference, the user must ensure compliance with data protection regulations.

Purposes
The above data is required for the following purposes:
• Access protection and security measures (e. g. Login, IP address)
• Process synchronization and integrity (e. g. time zone information, IP addresses)
• Archiving system for traceability and verification of processes (e. g. access timestamps)
• Message system for traceability and availability (e. g. email notification)
The storage of data is appropriate and limited to what is necessary, as it is essential to
identify the authorized operators and process events.

Data configuration
The customer may configure the data collected via the product as follows:
• Display data in process pictures
• Data output in form of reports, e. g. for printing or display as electronic file
• Data collection and evaluation in form of graphics, e. g. for KPI analysis

Deletion policy
The product does not provide an automatic deletion of the above data.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 151
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.10 Service and Support

If necessary, these can be deleted manually if desired. To do this, please refer to the product
documentation or contact customer support.

Securing of data
The above data will not be stored anonymously or pseudonymized, because the purpose of
access and event identification cannot be achieved otherwise.
The above data is secured by adequate technical measures, such as:
• Encryption of log data
• Storing the process data in access-protected SQL databases
The user must ensure the access protection as part of their process configuration.

1.10.3 Customer support

Customer Support, Technical Support

You can access the SIMATIC hotlines via the support request form on the Internet.
The SIMATIC hotline employees speak German and English. The Authorization hotline offers
French, Italian or Spanish customer support in addition to German and English.

Technical support
Technical support is available around the clock from Monday to Friday.
The latest Technical Support information can be found at the following URL:
• https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/4868 (https://
support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/4868)
Form for support requests:
• https://www.siemens.com/supportrequest (https://www.siemens.com/supportrequest)

Siemens Industry Service Card

The "Siemens Industry Service Card" enables an additional Technical Support, such as fast
response via "Priority Call-Back". You can find more information at the following URL:
• https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/4869 (https://
support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/4869)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

152 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.10 Service and Support

SiePortal: The SIMATIC Online Support

Service and Support

You can find the SiePortal and an overview of the support offer under this URL:
• https://sieportal.siemens.com/ (https://sieportal.siemens.com/)
• https://support.industry.siemens.com/ (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/)
• https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/93906404 (https://
support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/93906404)
In Product Support, for example, you will find downloads of firmware updates, service packs
and useful applications.
The app is available for mobile Siemens Support:
• https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/sc/2067 (https://
support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/2067)
Videos and help pages are available so that you can successfully use the Support offer:
• https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/4866 (https://
support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/4866)
• https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/2063 (https://
support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/2063)

WinCC FAQs
WinCC Online Support with information on FAQs (Frequently Asked Questions) may also be
found at the following URL:
• https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/14866/faq (https://
support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/14866/faq)

Technical Forum
The Technical Forum supports exchange with other SIMATIC users. You can find the forum at
the following URL:
• https://support.industry.siemens.com/tf/ (https://support.industry.siemens.com/tf/ww/en/)

Technical documentation for SIMATIC products

You can find a guide to the technical documentation provided for individual SIMATIC products
and systems at the following URL:
• http://www.siemens.com/simatic-tech-doku-portal (http://www.siemens.com/simatic-tech-
doku-portal)

Local partners database

To contact your local partner, search the local partners database at the following URL:
• http://w3.siemens.com/aspa_app/ (http://w3.siemens.com/aspa_app/?lang=en)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 153
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.10 Service and Support

Product Information

SIMATIC WinCC
Go to the following URL for general information about WinCC:
• WinCC Landing Page:
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/93906404 (https://
support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/93906404)
• SIMATIC HMI software product overview:
http://www.siemens.com/wincc (http://www.siemens.com/wincc)

SIMATIC Products
Go to the following URL for general information about SIMATIC products:
• http://www.siemens.com/simatic (http://www.siemens.com/simatic)

See also
SiePortal - Home (https://sieportal.siemens.com/)
SiePortal: Support request (https://www.siemens.com/supportrequest)
SiePortal: Technical support (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/4868)
SiePortal: Siemens Industry Service Card (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/
4869)
SiePortal: SIMATIC WinCC in Online Support / Landing Page (https://
support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/93906404)
SiePortal: Service and Support (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/)
SiePortal: Information and help for support (https://
support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/4866)
SiePortal: Support - How-to Videos (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/2063)
SiePortal: Mobile use via support app (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/
2067)
SiePortal: WinCC FAQs (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/14866/faq)
SiePortal: Support Technical Forum (https://support.industry.siemens.com/tf/ww/en/)
SiePortal: Technical documentation for SIMATIC products (http://www.siemens.com/simatic-
tech-doku-portal)
Internet: Contact person database (http://w3.siemens.com/aspa_app/?lang=en)
Internet: Information about WinCC (http://www.siemens.com/wincc)
Internet: SIMATIC Products (http://www.siemens.com/simatic)

1.10.4 Support request

Dear customer

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

154 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.10 Service and Support

In order to provide you with fast and effective support, please complete the "Support
Request" form online on the Internet. Describe the problem in as much detail as possible.
We would appreciate if you would provide us with all project data so that we can reproduce
the error situation or shorten the turn-around time.
Before filling out the support request, check whether your configured quantity structure is
within the range of tested quantity structures (see "Performance Data" section).

Support Request form

The Support Request form is available at the following URL:
• SiePortal: Support request (https://www.siemens.com/supportrequest)
When filling out the report, you will be guided through several steps.
The data required by the Technical Support are described in the FAQ 16607894:
• https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/16607894 (https://
support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/16607894)
You can find more information on technical support at the following URL:
• https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/2100 (https://
support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/2100)

Procedure
1. Open the "Support Request" form via the link and click "New request"
Step 1 "Product search" is displayed.
2. Enter the order number or the product name in the field. Upper/lower case is not relevant.
Search for parts of the product name or enter the full product name in the correct order. You
can e. g. search for the following terms:
– "WinCC Runtime V7"
– "wincc editor"
– "WinCC DataMonitor"
– "wincc webnav"
– "Connectivity"
The found products are offered in the "Product selection" field.
If you have any questions about licensing, activate the option "Licensing/Authorization".
3. Select the desired product and click "Next".
Step 2 "Problem description" is displayed.
4. Fill in the form.
Depending on the selection, suggested solutions and FAQs that were found for the selected
keywords are listed.
If you have found a suggested solution for your problem, close the form in the browser.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 155
WinCC V8.1 Installation / Release Notes
1.10 Service and Support

5. Describe your problem as exactly as possible in the "Details" field. Please also check your
WinCC installation and the configuration.
If you have any idea what has caused the error, please let us know. No detail should be
omitted, even if you consider it unimportant.
Pay particular attention to the following questions and comments:
– Was the configuration data created with older WinCC versions?
– How can the error be reproduced?
– Are other programs running simultaneously with WinCC?
– Have you activated screen savers, virus scanners, power management?
– Search your computer for log files (WinCC\Diagnose\*.log, drwatson.log, drwtsn32.log).
The log files are needed for error analysis. Therefore, be sure to send the log files as well.
– To assemble diagnostic and system information from computers and other devices, use
the "SIMATIC Assessment Suite - Data Collector" (SAS-DC) diagnostics tool.
More information is available in the Support entry 65976201 (https://
support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/65976201).
6. To load your project directory and the log files into the Support Request, drag and drop the
files into the gray field.
To do this, compress the data, for example, as a zip file.
7. When you have entered all the information, click "Next"
Step 3 "Check and submit" is displayed.
8. Enter your contact details and review the summary.
9. You close the support request by clicking the "Send" button.
Your data will be transmitted to Customer Support and processed there.
You will receive an order confirmation by email.
Step 4 "Confirmation" is displayed.
10.To print out your data, click "Request - Show/print details".
Thank you for your cooperation. We hope that we can be of assistance in solving your
problems.
Your WinCC Team

See also
SiePortal: Support request (https://www.siemens.com/supportrequest)
SiePortal: Specifications for the Technical Support (https://
support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/16607894)
SiePortal: Support - service catalog (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/2100)
SiePortal: SIMATIC Assessment Suite - Data Collector (SAS-DC) (https://
support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/65976201)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

156 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
WinCC/WebNavigator 2
2.1 WinCC/WebNavigator Getting Started

2.1.1 First Web Project

Introduction
WinCC/WebNavigator provides a solution for operator control and monitoring of the automation
system via the Intranet and Internet.
WinCC/WebNavigator offers you an easy and efficient way of implementing the operator
control and monitoring functions of the WinCC project.

WinCC/WebNavigator components
The optional "WinCC/WebNavigator" package consists of server components that you install
on the WebNavigator server.
You need the WebNavigator client components on the computer that you are using to control
and monitor the process pictures that are displayed as in the WinCC basic system. For this
purpose, use Internet Explorer or the "WinCCViewerRT" Web Viewer on the client.

WebNavigator Diagnostics Client

WinCC/WebNavigator also contains the "WebNavigator Diagnostics Client" component. The
functionality of this Diagnostics Client is no different from that of a WebNavigator client.
The Diagnostics Client provides cost-effective and reliable access to one or several
WebNavigator Servers for diagnostics purposes.

Overview
This Getting Started is based on the WinCC demo project. For this example project, WinCC,
WebNavigator Server and WebNavigator Client are installed on the same computer.
Edit the WinCC project on the WebNavigator Server. Use the WebNavigator Client if you
access the project with Internet Explorer or "WinCCViewerRT".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 157
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.1 WinCC/WebNavigator Getting Started

Requirement
• The WinCC basic system is installed.
• You have installed the WinCC demo project.
– SiePortal: WinCC demo projects (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/products?
search=demo&dtp=ExampleOfUse&o=DefaultRankingDesc&pnid=14867&lc=en-WW)
You can find additional information in the "WinCC Installation Notes / Release Notes" in the
section "WinCC/WebNavigator Installation Notes" under "WebNavigator demo project
(Page 128)".
• WebNavigator Server is installed.
You can find additional information in the "WinCC Installation Notes / Release Notes" in the
section "WinCC/WebNavigator Installation Notes" under "Overview: Installing the
WebNavigator Server (Page 115)"
• Check whether you need to enable remote communication.
If the WebNavigator client is not running on the same computer as the WebNavigator server,
enable remote communication on both computers in the "Simatic Shell" dialog.

Procedure
Perform the following steps for the first Web project:
• Configure the WinCC project
– Publish the WinCC process pictures for web access
– Administer the users for WebNavigator Client
• Configuring the WebNavigator Server
– Configure the WebNavigator web page
– Configure the firewall
– Check the activated web page
• Operating the WinCC project
– Configure the Internet Explorer settings
– Install the WebNavigator Client and operate the WinCC project using Internet Explorer
– Set up WinCCViewerRT and operate the WinCC project using WinCCViewerRT
• Creating a new process picture and displaying it on the WebNavigator client

See also
Creating a new process picture (Page 181)
Installing the WebNavigator Client (Page 174)
Administering the users for WebNavigator Client (Page 164)
Starting the demo project (Page 166)
WebNavigator Demo Project (Page 128)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

158 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.1 WinCC/WebNavigator Getting Started

Overview: Installing the WebNavigator server (Page 115)

SiePortal: WinCC demo projects (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/products?
search=demo&dtp=ExampleOfUse&o=DefaultRankingDesc&pnid=14867&lc=en-WW)

2.1.2 Configuring the WinCC project

2.1.2.1 Publishing process pictures

Introduction
If you wish to display WinCC process pictures on the WebNavigator Client, you must publish them
first.
For publishing, use the WinCC Web Publishing Wizard. The wizard automatically performs the
necessary adjustments to project data.

Procedure
1. Select "Web Navigator" in the navigation window of WinCC Explorer.
2. Select the "Web View Publisher" command in the shortcut menu.
The WinCC Web Publishing Wizard is now launched.
Click "Next".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 159
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.1 WinCC/WebNavigator Getting Started

3. Select the WinCC project folder under "Path to your WinCC project".
Select the target folder for the published pictures under "Publishing folder of the WinCC Web".
Accept the proposed folder within the WinCC project folder.
Click "Next".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

160 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.1 WinCC/WebNavigator Getting Started

4. Move the pictures that you wish to publish to the "Selected files" list.
Already published, unchanged pictures are grayed out and will not be published again.
Click "Next".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 161
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.1 WinCC/WebNavigator Getting Started

5. Move the necessary C project functions to the "Selected files" list.

Already published, unchanged functions are grayed out and will not be published again.
Click "Next".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

162 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.1 WinCC/WebNavigator Getting Started

6. Move the graphics used in the process pictures to the "Selected files" list.
The referenced files are in the "GraCS" folder or in subfolders of "GraCS".
Already published, unchanged graphics are grayed out and will not be published again.
Click "Next".

7. To start publishing the pictures, click "Finish".

The selected files are published.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 163
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.1 WinCC/WebNavigator Getting Started

Result
The results list displays the status of all published objects.
You can click an object to view additional object information.
You have successfully published the pictures and functions.

2.1.2.2 Administering the users for WebNavigator Client

Introduction
To enable access to a WinCC project via a WebNavigator client, grant the user the required
authorizations in the WinCC User Administrator.
You can assign a different start picture and a different Runtime language to each user.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

164 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.1 WinCC/WebNavigator Getting Started

Procedure
1. Right-click "User Administrator" in the navigation window of the WinCC Explorer.
Select the "Open" command from the shortcut menu.

2. You can use an existing user for the Web project.

Select the user named "winccd" who has been assigned the login "winccd" and password
"winccpass", for example, or create a new user based on this template.
3. If you want to create a new user, select the "New User" command in the shortcut menu of a
group in the navigation area.
Specify the password for the new user in the "Password" column.
4. Select the user in the User Administrator table window.
5. Select the "WebNavigator" option in the "Web" area of either the table window or the
Properties window.
6. Select the start picture for the user, e.g. "winccPic.pd_", in "Web start picture" via the drop-
down list.
You can only select published pictures as start pictures.
7. Select the Runtime language for the user in "Web language" via the drop-down list.
The languages created in the Text Library are available for selection.
8. Select the user in the User Administrator navigation window.
The authorizations are displayed in the table window.
9. Select the required user rights by clicking in the "Authorization" column of the table window.
If system authorization "Web access - monitoring only" has been enabled, the user is only
allowed to monitor the WinCC project when acting as WebNavigator client.
10.Close the User Administrator.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 165
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.1 WinCC/WebNavigator Getting Started

2.1.3 Configuring the WebNavigator Server

2.1.3.1 Starting the demo project

Introduction
You have copied the WinCC demo project to the computer.
In this step, you set up the Web project for the computer that acts as both WebNavigator
server and WebNavigator client.

Procedure
1. Start the WinCC Explorer in the "Siemens Automation" program group.
2. Open the WinCC demo project.
3. Click "Start server locally" in the next dialog.
The WinCC project can only be activated if your computer has been entered as an available
server in the computer list.
4. Right-click "Computer" in the navigation window of WinCC Explorer and select "Open".
The "Computer" editor opens in the WinCC Configuration Studio.
5. Select the computer name in the navigation area of the "Computer" editor, under "Project".
6. In the shortcut menu of the computer, select the "Use local computer name" entry.
Restart the project to activate your changes.
7. To do this, confirm the messages with "Yes".
The WinCC project is closed and reopened.
Alternatively, close the project via "File > Exit". Open the demo project again.
8. Configure the WebNavigator Server: "Configuring the WebNavigator web page (Page 166)"

See also
Configuring the WebNavigator web page (Page 166)
First Web Project (Page 157)

2.1.3.2 Configuring the WebNavigator web page

Introduction
The WinCC Web Configurator is used to set up and manage the Microsoft Internet Information
Service (IIS).
You will be creating a default web page in this step.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

166 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.1 WinCC/WebNavigator Getting Started

Requirement
• The WebNavigator server is installed.
• You have administrator rights on the PC.
• The Windows "Internet Information Service" component is installed.

Procedure
1. Select "Web Navigator" in the navigation window of WinCC Explorer.
Select "Web Configurator" in the shortcut menu.
Alternatively, select the "WebConfigurator" entry in the "Siemens Automation" program
group.
The WinCC Web Configurator opens.

2. On the home page, activate the "WebNavigator Website - Configuration" option.

If you also want to set the settings for the "WinCC/WebUX" option, leave the "WebUX Website -
Configuration" option activated. This does not change the setup of the WebNavigator home
page.
3. Click "Next" on the home page.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 167
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.1 WinCC/WebNavigator Getting Started

4. Select the "Create a new standard web page (standalone)" option and then click "Next".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

168 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.1 WinCC/WebNavigator Getting Started

5. Enter the name "WebNavigator" for the web page.

6. Select an SSL certificate from the drop-down list.

If the drop-down list does not contain a certificate, select the "Create new certificate" option.
Enter a name in the "New certificate" dialog and confirm with "OK".
7. Enter the number of the port used for access in the "Port" field.
The HTTPS standard port "443" is set by default.
8. Select an "IP address".
Use only the addresses that are available in the selection list.
Select "All not assigned" to enable Intranet and Internet access to the computer.
9. Select "MainControl.asp" as the default web site and click "Next".
10.If you have installed a firewall, click the "Windows Firewall" button. The next steps are
described under "Configuring the firewall (Page 170)".
Click "Finish" if you have not activated a Firewall.
The website is set up. You can display the log file via the dialog that appears.

Result
You have created the Web folder and activated the web page.

See also
Configuring the firewall (Page 170)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 169
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.1 WinCC/WebNavigator Getting Started

2.1.3.3 Configuring the firewall

Introduction
This section describes how to activate "HTTP" and "HTTPS" services using Windows Server 2016
as an example.
Consult your network administrator if you want to set up the Windows Firewall with
advanced security or for a different port.

Requirement
• You have created a default web page with Web Configurator.
• The Firewall is activated.
• The user who is logged has Windows administrator rights.
• You have to set up the HTTPS service in IIS if you are using it for WebNavigator.
More information: "WinCC Installation Notes / Release Notes > WinCC/DataMonitor
Installation Notes > Setting up a secure connection via HTTPS (Page 117)"

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

170 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.1 WinCC/WebNavigator Getting Started

Procedure for the default port

1. Change to the "Configuring the Windows Firewall" page in the "WinCC Web Configurator".

2. Click the "Windows Firewall" button.

The "Windows Firewall" dialog opens.
3. Click "Allow apps to communicate through Windows Firewall".
4. Activate "Secure World Wide Web Services (HTTPS)".
5. Close all Windows dialogs with "OK".
6. Click "Finish" in the Web Configurator.
The server configuration is completed.

See also
Setting up a secure connection over HTTPS (Page 117)
Configuring the WebNavigator web page (Page 166)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 171
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.1 WinCC/WebNavigator Getting Started

2.1.3.4 Checking the activated web page

Procedure
1. In the "Administrative Tools" program group, select the entry "Internet Information Services
(IIS) Manager".

2. Double-click the computer name in the "Connections" field.

3. Display the entry "Default Web Site".
4. Check whether the web pages are displayed as "Started": .
5. If the status "Stopped" is displayed, start the web page: .
In the shortcut menu of the website or in the "Actions" area under "Manage Website", select
the "Start" command.
6. Close the "Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager".
The web page is activated.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

172 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.1 WinCC/WebNavigator Getting Started

2.1.4 Operating the WinCC project

2.1.4.1 Operating the WinCC project with the web browser

Settings in the web browser (WebNavigator client)

Introduction
You have to adapt the web browser security settings in order to utilize the full functionality of the
WebNavigator client.
The procedure depends on the browser used and is described using the example of the
"Internet Explorer" browser.

Procedure
1. Click "Tools > Internet Options" in Internet Explorer.
2. Select the "Security" tab.
Select the corresponding zone, for example, "Local Intranet" or "Internet".
3. Click "Custom Level...".
4. Enable the "Script ActiveX controls marked safe for scripting" and "Download signed ActiveX
controls" options.
5. Enable "Active Scripting" under "Scripting".
6. Click "OK". Carry out the modifications in the subsequent dialog.
7. Click the "Trusted Sites" icon.
Click the "Sites..." button to open the "Trusted sites" dialog.
8. Enter the address of the WebNavigator server in the "Add this website to the zone" field.
Possible formats and wildcards include "*://157.54.100 - 200", "ftp://157.54.23.41", or
"http://*.microsoft.com".
Deactivate the "Require server verification (https:) for all sites in this zone" option.
Click "Add". Click "OK".
9. Click the "Trusted Sites" icon.
Click the "Standard level" button and then the "Custom Level" button.
Enable "Initialize and script ActiveX controls not marked as safe". Click "OK".
10.Click on the "General" tab.
Click in the "Settings" area on the "Temporary Internet Files" button.
Enable the "Automatic" option under "Check for newer versions of stored pages:".
Click "OK".
11.Close the "Internet Options" dialog by clicking "OK".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 173
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.1 WinCC/WebNavigator Getting Started

Installing the WebNavigator Client

Introduction
This chapter describes how to install the WebNavigator client on the WebNavigator server via
intranet/Internet.

Requirement
• The WebNavigator server is installed.
• The "WinCC WebNavigator" license is installed.
• The WinCC project is in Runtime.
• The WinCC pictures are configured and published for web access.
• A user for the WebNavigator client has been created in WinCC.
• A web browser is installed.

Procedure
1. In the address bar of the web browser, enter the address of the WebNavigator server, such as
the IP address or "https://www.<servername>".
2. Type in the user name and password, for example, "winccd".
The first time you access the WebNavigator server, you are prompted to install the
WebNavigator client.
Click on the "WinCC WebNavigator client" link.
3. To store the client setup on the target computer, click the "Save" button in the "File download"
dialog.
Saving the client setup to the client computer saves you from having to download the data
once again if you have to restart the client computer.
Select the folder in which you want to save the WebNavigator client setup file.
4. Leave the web browser open and open Windows Explorer.
Navigate to the folder in which you saved the Setup file.
5. Start the setup by double-clicking on setup.exe.
6. Follow the instructions on the screen and make the necessary entries and settings.
7. Select the "Complete" option in the "Setup type" dialog to install all components of the Client.
Click "Next".
8. Click "Install" in the next dialog.
9. Click "Finish" in the "Install Wizard completed" dialog.

Result
On successful installation, the WebNavigator client connects to the WinCC project currently in
Runtime.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

174 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.1 WinCC/WebNavigator Getting Started

The standard web page is displayed with the picture that you specified for the user in the
User Administrator.
The "WinCCViewerRT" web viewer is also installed during installation of the WebNavigator
client.
WinCCViewerRT is a display program that you can use as an alternative to the usual web
browser in order to visualize and operate the WinCC project.

See also
Installing the WebNavigator client (Page 119)

2.1.4.2 Operating the WinCC project using WinCCViewerRT

Configuring WinCCViewerRT

Introduction
WinCCViewerRT is a program for visualizing WinCC projects.
The response of the WebNavigator server and Graphics Runtime is configured in the
WinCCViewerRT settings.

Use project settings

If you enable the "Use project settings" option, the following settings are applied by the
WebNavigator server:
• User Administrator:
– Automatic logoff
• Computer properties:
– Runtime language
– Runtime Default Language
– Start Picture
– Start configuration of Menu and Toolbars
– Hardware accelerated graphics representation (Direct2D):

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 175
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.1 WinCC/WebNavigator Getting Started

Requirement
• On the server
– The WebNavigator server is installed.
– A WinCC/WebNavigator license is installed.
– The WinCC project is in Runtime.
– The WinCC pictures are configured and published for web access.
• On the client
– The WebNavigator client is installed.

Procedure
1. In the "Siemens Automation" program group, select the entry "WinCCViewerRT".
Alternatively, you can find the "WinCCViewerRT.exe" link in the installation folder under
"Webnavigator\Client\bin".
– The configuration dialog opens if you set up WinCCViewerRT for the first time.
– WinCCViewerRT opens if WinCCViewerRT has already been set up.
To open the configuration dialog of WinCCViewerRT, use the key combination
<Ctrl+Alt+P>.
Change the key combination on the "Parameters" tab.
2. Enter the login data in the "General" tab:
– Server address: "https://<Server name>:<Port>" or "https://<IP address>:<Port>"
– Use project settings: Apply settings of the WebNavigator server
– User name and password, if you want to specify a default user for the login dialog.
To read in a previously saved configuration, select the corresponding configuration file.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

176 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.1 WinCC/WebNavigator Getting Started

3. On the "Parameters" tab, configure the following settings:

– Select the Runtime language and the Runtime default language.
– If necessary, lock any key combinations that allow operators to switch to other programs.
– If necessary, change the default key combination <Ctrl+Alt+P> that opens the
configuration dialog of WinCCViewerRT.
– Define a key combination with which a user can log off and a new user can log on.
The key combination can only be used if no default user has been set in the "General" tab.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 177
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.1 WinCC/WebNavigator Getting Started

4. Configure the WinCC Runtime properties in the "Graphics Runtime" tab:

– Start Picture
– Configuration file for user-defined menus and toolbars
– Window Attributes
You define the display of the process picture in the browser with the "Full Screen" and
"Adapt Picture" options.
– Turn off: Impermissible user actions
Activate the actions that the operator is not permitted to perform in Runtime.
– Activation of Direct2D to accelerate graphics representation.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

178 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.1 WinCC/WebNavigator Getting Started

5. Configure additional user actions in the "Runtime" tab:

– Activating the monitor keyboard
– <Ctrl+Alt+Del> key combination to allow switching to the Task Manager or operating
system via the monitor keyboard.
– Auto-logoff settings
– Specify the printer you use to print the configured print job in WinCC controls
Alternatively, you can print the print job with the "RPTJobPrint" function. A preview via
"RPTJobPreview" is not possible on the web client.

6. Click "OK" to close the dialog.

Result
WinCCViewerRT is configured.
The connection to the WebNavigator server is set up after you close the dialog.
The settings are saved to the "WinCCViewerRT.xml" configuration file. The configuration file
settings are used at the next start of WinCCViewerRT.
WinCCViewerRT applies the user interface language from WinCC.
The configuration file is stored in the following folder based on the operating system:
• <User>\AppData\LocalLow\Siemens\SIMATIC.WinCC\WebNavigator\Client
You can rename the file, for example, to "User1.xml".
You can also start WinCCViewerRT by means of the command line with the user-specific
configuration file, e.g. "WinCCViewerRT.exe User1.xml". This procedure allows for different
configurations, depending on the logged-on user.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 179
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.1 WinCC/WebNavigator Getting Started

The WinCCViewerRT configuration dialog opens at the start if you rename or delete
"WinCCViewerRT.xml". Configure WinCCViewerRT anew or select a different configuration file.

Note
Buttons disabled: Exit WinCCViewerRT
WinCCViewerRT can only be closed by means of script function if you disable a key combination
or hide the "Close" button.
Function in the C-Script: DeactivateRTProject; function in the VBScript: HMIRuntime.Stop.

Operating the WinCC project

Requirement
• On the server
– The WebNavigator Server is installed.
– The "WinCC WebNavigator" license is installed.
– Remote communication is enabled if required. 1)
– The WinCC pictures are configured and published for web access.
– The user is created in WinCC.
– The WinCC project is in Runtime.
• On the client
– WinCCViewerRT is configured.
– Remote communication is enabled if required. 1)
1) If the WebNavigator client is not running on the same computer as the WebNavigator
server, remote communication must be activated in the "Simatic Shell" dialog.

Procedure
1. In the "Siemens Automation" program group, select the entry "WinCCViewerRT".
2. Log on to the WebNavigator Server:
– A login dialog is not displayed if the user name and password is preset in the
"WinCCViewerRT" configuration dialog.
You are logged on automatically with the stored login data.
– The login dialog is displayed if a user name and password is not set in the
"WinCCViewerRT" configuration dialog.
Enter the user name and password of the WinCC user.
Passwords are case-sensitive.
Click "OK".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

180 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.1 WinCC/WebNavigator Getting Started

3. To change the user, use the specified key combination for "WinCCViewerRT" login/logoff.
The previous user is logged off.
The key combination can only be used if no default user has been set.
4. Enter the user name and password of the new WinCC user in the login dialog.
Passwords are case-sensitive.
Click "OK".

Result
WinCCViewerRT automatically connects to the activated WinCC project. The start picture that is
configured for the user is displayed.
The user may operate or monitor the project, depending on authorizations. Users assigned
system authorization No. 1002 "Web access - monitoring only" in the User Administration are
only allowed to monitor the WinCC project.
The "View Only Cursor" indicates that process-related operations are not possible.

Certain operations, such as opening the properties dialog of a WinCC OnlineTrendControl,

are still possible.
You can also use your own cursor icon as a "View Only Cursor", if required. For more
information, refer to "Configuring Runtime settings (Page 206)".
The <F5> key triggers a reselection of WinCCViewerRT.

2.1.5 Creating a new process picture and displaying it on the client

2.1.5.1 Creating a new process picture

Introduction
Configure a new process picture for the web project on the server. Create a trend window that
displays the measured values from the archive of the WinCC demo project.

Requirement
• The WinCC demo project is open.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 181
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.1 WinCC/WebNavigator Getting Started

Procedure
1. Click "Graphics Designer" in the navigation window of WinCC Explorer. Right-click in the data
window and select the " New picture" menu command.
2. In the object palette of Graphics Designer, double-click "WinCC OnlineTrendControl" on the
"Controls" tab. The control is inserted into the picture and the configuration dialog opens.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

182 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.1 WinCC/WebNavigator Getting Started

3. Click the "Trends" tab. Click at the tag name in the "Data connection" field. Select the
"Measured values" archive and "T01" tag in the "Archive/tag selection" dialog.

4. Click "OK". The measured values from "T01" are linked to the trend.
5. If required, configure additional properties of the trend or control.
6. Save the control under the name "NewTrend.pdl" and close Graphics Designer.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 183
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.1 WinCC/WebNavigator Getting Started

Result
You have successfully created a trend window in a picture on the WebNavigator Server. In order
to display the trend window on the WebNavigator Client, you must publish the picture and
assign it to a user as start picture.

See also
Configuring a new process picture for the web (Page 184)

2.1.5.2 Configuring a new process picture for the web

Introduction
In order to display the trend window on the WebNavigator Client, you must publish the picture
and assign it to a user as start picture.

Requirement
• The WinCC demo project is open.
• You have successfully created a trend window in a picture on the WebNavigator Server.

Procedure
1. Right-click "WebNavigator" in the navigation window of the WinCC Explorer.
Select the "Web View Publisher" command from the shortcut menu.
2. Select the new "NewTrend.pdl" picture in the "Files" area of the "Select pictures" dialog in the
WinCC Web Publishing Wizard.
Move the file to the "Selected files" list.
3. Follow the further instructions of the Publishing Wizard.
The picture is published after you have completed the Wizard.
4. Right-click "User Administrator" in the navigation window of WinCC Explorer and select the
"Open" command from the shortcut menu.
5. Select the user with whom you wish to display the new trend window from the navigation
window of the User Administrator.
6. Select the "WebNavigator" check box in the table window.
The "Web Options" area is displayed.
7. Click "..." to select the "NewTrend.pd_" start picture.
8. Close the User Administrator.

Result
You have successfully configured the picture that contains the trend window for visualization on
the WebNavigator Client.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

184 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.1 WinCC/WebNavigator Getting Started

See also
Displaying the process picture on the WebNavigator Client (Page 185)
Administering the users for WebNavigator Client (Page 164)
Publishing process pictures (Page 159)

2.1.5.3 Displaying the process picture on the WebNavigator Client

Introduction
You want to display the new process picture on the WebNavigator Client Use the
"WinCCViewerRT" Web Viewer for this example.

Requirements
• The WebNavigator Server and the "WinCC WebNavigator" license are installed.
• The user is created in WinCC.
• A process picture is created in WinCC.
• The process picture is published and assigned to the user as start picture.
• The WinCC project is in Runtime.
• WinCCViewerRT is configured.

Procedure
1. In the "Siemens Automation" program group, select the entry "WinCCViewerRT".
2. Log on to the WebNavigator Server:
– A login dialog is not displayed if the user name and password are set in the
"WinCCViewerRT" configuration dialog. You are logged on automatically with the stored
login data.
– The login dialog is displayed if a user name and password is not set in the
"WinCCViewerRT" configuration dialog.
Enter the user name and password in the "General" tab. Click "OK".
3. You can use the preset <Ctrl+Alt+P> key combination to change the user. The
"WinCCViewerRT" configuration dialog opens.
Enter the user name and password in the "General" tab. Click "OK".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 185
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.1 WinCC/WebNavigator Getting Started

Result
The trend window is displayed in the "WinCCViewerRT" Web Viewer. The trend values are loaded
from the archive.

See also
Configuring WinCCViewerRT (Page 175)
Operating the WinCC project (Page 180)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

186 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

2.2.1 Function overview

Introduction
WinCC/WebNavigator provides a solution for operator control and monitoring of the automation
system via the Intranet and Internet.
WinCC/WebNavigator offers you an easy and efficient way of implementing the operator
control and monitoring functions of the WinCC project.
Current Internet security methods are supported. Use SSL encryption to increase Internet
security.
The optional "WinCC/WebNavigator" package consists of the following components:
• WebNavigator server
• WebNavigator client
• WebNavigator diagnostics client

WebNavigator server
• All necessary WinCC pictures and functions that are displayed on the WebNavigator client are
stored on the WebNavigator server.
The WinCC Web Publishing Wizard automatically makes the required adaptations to the
project data that are necessary for the Web. This ensures the best possible performance.
• The WebNavigator server requires Microsoft Internet Information Service (IIS) for
communication with the WebNavigator clients.
The IIS is set up and managed using the WinCC Web Configurator.
• The "Load Balancing" function allows you to automatically distribute the WebNavigator
clients evenly to different WebNavigator servers, in accordance with the respective server
license.

WebNavigator client
• The WebNavigator client is started via a web browser with activated ActiveX controls.
You can operate and monitor a current WinCC project without the entire WinCC basic system
having to be installed on the computer.
• You control access of the WebNavigator clients in the user administration.
A different start picture and language can be selected for each user.
You can enable scalable access to different project areas and functions for individual users by
assigning user authorizations.
• The "WinCCViewerRT" Web Viewer program is used for visualization of web projects only.
The WinCCViewerRT is an alternative to the browsers that you can use to visualize the WinCC
project and is optimized for WinCC.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 187
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

WebNavigator diagnostics client

The WebNavigator diagnostics client is particularly useful for the following activities:
• Remote diagnostics and operator control of multiple unmanned WinCC stations.
• Central remote maintenance using a diagnostics client to monitor several WebNavigator
servers.
• For Power Users who need guaranteed server access at all times.
The functionality of this diagnostics client is no different from that of a WebNavigator
client. However, the diagnostics client provides guaranteed access to the WebNavigator
servers at all times. Access is independent of the number of users already logged on to the
WebNavigator server.
The diagnostics client licensing provides you with a cost-effective solution for accessing
multiple WebNavigator servers using one or just a few WebNavigator clients. You can
combine WebNavigator and diagnostics licenses.

2.2.2 Possible applications of WinCC/WebNavigator

2.2.2.1 WebNavigator Server on the WinCC Server

Linking WebNavigator Clients and WinCC projects via Intranet/LAN

The WinCC Server and the server component of the Web Navigator are installed on the same
computer. The WebNavigator Clients operate and/or monitor the current server project via
Intranet/LAN in an isolated solution.
This cost-effective solution allows you to set up computer stations, for example, for the
purpose of monitoring or maintenance. It is not necessary to install the complete WinCC
system on these computers.

Linking the WebNavigator Clients and WinCC projects via Internet and Intranet
The WinCC Server and the server component of the Web Navigator are installed on the same
computer. The WebNavigator Clients are able to operate and/or monitor the current server
project via Internet and Intranet.
Two Firewalls are employed to protect against malicious attacks from the Internet. The first
firewall protects the WebNavigator Server against an attack from the Internet. The second
Firewall provides additional security for the Intranet.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

188 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

:HE1DYLJDWRUFOLHQW :HE1DYLJDWRUFOLHQW

,QWHUQHW

:HE1DYLJDWRUFOLHQW

)LUHZDOO

)LUHZDOO :LQ&&VHUYHU
:HE1DYLJDWRUVHUYHU

/$1

$6LQWHUIDFH

$XWRPDWLRQV\VWHPV $6
:LQ&&FOLHQW

2.2.2.2 Separation of the WinCC and WebNavigator servers

Communication via a channel

A group of automation systems is assigned to the WinCC Server. The project includes all data
such as programs, configuration data and miscellaneous settings. On the computer that
contains the WinCC and WinCC WebNavigator servers, the WinCC project is mirrored 1:1 and not
networked with the automation systems.
Data is synchronized via the OPC channel. For this purpose, the WinCC WebNavigator Server
needs a license for the number of OPC tags.
Two firewalls are employed to protect the system against unauthorized access. The first
firewall protects the WebNavigator Server against an attack from the Internet. The second
firewall provides additional security for the intranet.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 189
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

:HE1DYLJDWRUFOLHQW :HE1DYLJDWRUFOLHQW

,QWHUQHW

:HE1DYLJDWRUFOLHQW

)LUHZDOO

)LUHZDOO :LQ&&VHUYHU
:HE1DYLJDWRUVHUYHU

/$1

23&

:LQ&&FOLHQW :LQ&&VHUYHU

$6LQWHUIDFH

$XWRPDWLRQV\VWHPV $6

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

190 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Communication via the process bus

On the computer that contains the WinCC and WinCC WebNavigator servers, the WinCC project
is mirrored 1:1. Data is synchronized via the process bus. Two firewalls are employed to protect
the system against unauthorized access.

:HE1DYLJDWRUFOLHQW :HE1DYLJDWRUFOLHQW

,QWHUQHW

:HE1DYLJDWRUFOLHQW

)LUHZDOO

)LUHZDOO :LQ&&VHUYHU
:HE1DYLJDWRUVHUYHU

/$1

:LQ&&FOLHQW :LQ&&VHUYHU

$6LQWHUIDFH

$XWRPDWLRQV\VWHPV $6

2.2.2.3 Dedicated Web Server

Introduction
Installation of a dedicated web server is advantageous in larger-scale systems for the central
data supply to the WebNavigator Clients. The dedicated web server processes and optimizes
client access and is available to the clients as a proxy of the WinCC servers.
The functionality of the dedicated web server is provided by the installation of the
WebNavigator server on a WinCC client.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 191
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Advantages of using a dedicated web server

• The load can be distributed over several dedicated web servers in order to enhance the
performance of the complete system.
• The physical separation of the dedicated web server and the WinCC server on different
computers increases security.
• Operation of the servers on different stations also permits the separation of operational
functions, for example, plant support and the IT department.
• The dedicated web server is able to provide simultaneous access to several subordinate
WinCC servers. Users logged on to the dedicated web server can access several WinCC
projects, without having to log on separately for each project.
• The dedicated web server supports redundancy switchover between two subordinate WinCC
servers with WinCC Redundancy.

:HE1DYLJDWRUFOLHQW :HE1DYLJDWRUFOLHQW

,QWHUQHW

:HE1DYLJDWRUFOLHQW :LQ&&FOLHQW

)LUHZDOO

:LQ&&FOLHQW
:HE1DYLJDWRUVHUYHU

/$1

:LQ&&VHUYHU :LQ&&VHUYHU

$6LQWHUIDFH

$XWRPDWLRQV\VWHPV $6

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

192 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

2.2.2.4 WinCCViewerRT

Overview
You run the "WinCCViewerRT.exe" application instead of Internet Explorer on the WebNavigator
Client. WinCCViewerRT is installed with the WebNavigator Client.
The example of WinCCViewerRT is that you do not need the browser. You therefore protect
the system against virus or Trojan attacks.
The viewer only displays the pictures that you configured for web access and published
on the WebNavigator Server. The user may operate or monitor the project, depending on
authorizations. Users assigned authorization 1002 "Web access - monitoring only" in WinCC
are only allowed to monitor the project. The WebNavigator Client is therefore a so-called
"View Only Client".
The "View Only Cursor" indicates that process-related operations are not possible. Certain
operations, such as opening the properties dialog of the WinCC OnlineTrendControl, are still
possible.
You can also use WinCCViewerRT as terminal services application. For more information,
refer to "Configuring terminal services for WebNavigator Server".

See also
Configuring terminal services for WebNavigator (Page 264)

2.2.2.5 WebNavigator Diagnostics Client

Overview
The WebNavigator Diagnostics Client provides cost-effective access to several WebNavigator
Servers.
Several Diagnostics Clients and standard clients can be used simultaneously.

Licensing
This process does not demand an additional license for WebNavigator Server. Licensing is
handled on the Diagnostics Client.
The diagnostics client can always access the WebNavigator server, regardless of whether
or not the maximum number of simultaneous logins to the WebNavigator server has been
reached.
Diagnostics Client access to the WebNavigator Server is always guaranteed.

No access via RDP

Access via Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) is not enabled for the diagnostics client.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 193
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Applications
Possible applications include:
• Remote maintenance:
The Diagnostics Client is used for consecutive access to different WinCC systems for the
purpose of service and maintenance.
• Central maintenance:
The Diagnostics Client is used for simultaneous access to several servers.

2.2.2.6 Terminal services and WebNavigator

Introduction
The terminal services of Windows server operating systems provide access to the desktop of a
Windows server. The Terminal Client provides screen output while the application, for example,
WinCCViewerRT, is active on the Terminal Server.
The Terminal Services only transfer the user interface of the application to the clients. Each
client's keyboard inputs and mouse operations are returned back to the server.
For information on redundant system configurations with the Terminal Services, refer to the
corresponding Microsoft documentation.

7HUPLQDOVHUYHUV 7HUPLQDO&OLHQWV
3'$

7KLQ&OLHQW

([HFXWLRQRIWKHDSSOLFDWLRQ 1RWHERRN
HJ:LQ&&9LHZHU57

6FUHHQRXWSXW

Advantages of the Terminal Services

• Use of robust hardware with low memory requirements for the clients, for example, without
fans and hard disk in a dusty environment.
• Use of mobile clients with limited power consumption, e.g. handhelds, Palmtops, or PDAs.
• All applications are located on the server in a secure environment.
• Simple, central administration and system maintenance.
• Support of different operating systems, e.g. Windows CE, Windows 95.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

194 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

2.2.3 Configuring the WebNavigator system

2.2.3.1 Overview of the configuration steps

Requirement
• The server and client are interconnected via TCP/IP.
• On the server
– Internet Information Service is installed.
– The WebNavigator Server is installed.
– A license key is installed.
– WinCC is installed.
• On the client
– Internet Explorer is installed.
or
– WinCCViewerRT is installed.

Note
Remote communication
If the WebNavigator client is not running on the same computer as the WebNavigator server,
check the settings in the "Simatic Shell" dialog.
Remote communication must be activated on both the Web client and the Web server.

Basic procedure
It is necessary to complete the following configurations in order to set up the WebNavigator
system:
1. Configuration of the WinCC project.
– Publish the WinCC process pictures for web access
– Configure web settings
– Create and administer users for access of the WebNavigator Client.
2. Configuration of the WebNavigator Server.
– Configure the WebNavigator web page.
– Configure the "Load Balancing" function, if necessary.
3. Consideration of the differences compared to the WinCC basic system and of restrictions.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 195
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

2.2.3.2 Configuring the WinCC project

Publishing WinCC process pictures

Publishing WinCC Process Pictures

Introduction
If you wish to display WinCC process pictures on the WebNavigator Client or DataMonitor Client,
you have to publish the pictures.
For publishing, use the WinCC Web Publishing Wizard. The wizard automatically performs the
necessary adjustments in the project data.
You can open the WinCC Web Publishing Wizard in Windows via "PublishingWizard" or in the
WinCC Explorer in the "Web Navigator" shortcut menu via "Web View Publisher".

Overview
The following types of publishing are possible:
• Publishing on the local computer.
The current WinCC project folder is the source folder.
The target folder is a subfolder, for example, "Projectname/WebNavigator/Pictures".
• Publishing on a dedicated web server with a server prefix.
The source folder is the WinCC project folder on another WinCC computer that is defined by
the server prefix.
The target folder is located in the ".../WebNavigator/Pictures" subfolder of the WinCC project
on the WinCC client.
Pictures of your own project are saved with the name "<picturename>.PD_", while the
pictures of other projects are saved with the name "<serverprefix>_ _<picturename>.PD_".
• Remote publishing.
The source and target folders can be located on the same or different web servers.
You can start the WinCC Web Publishing Wizard on the web server with the source and target
folder or on a third web server.
• Remote publishing on a dedicated web server or WinCC client from a different, remote
station.
The project folder of the WinCC project must be released in Windows on the dedicated web
server/WinCC client.
You can start the WinCC Web Publishing Wizard remotely by opening the WinCC project of the
web server/WinCC client on the remote computer.
On the remote computer, you can publish the WinCC pictures from other WinCC servers to the
dedicated web server.
The WinCC Web Publishing Wizard makes the following adjustments:
• Compression of the data for optimizing performance on the internet.
• Removal of project-specific data that is not required for the operation.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

196 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

• Conversion of picture windows into ActiveX components.

• Conversion of scripts so that they can be run on the client.

Note
Publishing all serve and client process pictures
Always publish all the process pictures that you are using in the WinCC project:
• Publish the process pictures of the servers with the corresponding server prefix.
• Also publish the local process pictures of the clients without the server prefix.
If, for example, you are using a local process picture as the start picture of a WinCC client, select
the published process picture without a server prefix on the web client.

Opening a published picture in Internet Explorer

In order to open a published picture directly, a website must already be set up.
1. In WinCC Explorer, select a published picture in the table area of the WebNavigator.
2. Select the "Copy URL to clipboard" command from the shortcut menu.
3. Paste the link from the clipboard in the address bar of Internet Explorer.
The file with the picture will open in Internet Explorer.

Publication of pictures with faulty scripts

If warnings or errors occur during publishing, the process pictures affected are marked in the
output field of the WinCC Web Publishing Wizard.
Pictures with errors in the scripts are nonetheless published.
However, errors can still occur in Runtime and are reported by the WebNavigator Client.
The "PdlPad" tool can be started directly in the WinCC Web Publishing Wizard in order to
check and, if necessary, correct the scripts used in the published pictures.

Publishing without project functions

Publishing without project functions can be an additional source of error.
When publishing with the WinCC Web Publishing Wizard, the selected project functions are
always published.
When published without project functions, the pictures no longer contain any project
functions. The project functions of the last publishing process are always available in the
published pictures and, therefore, on the client.
The selection of project functions in the Publisher is independent of the pictures published in
the same process.
If, for example, you modify selected project functions but not their interfaces, you need to
publish all necessary project functions. In this case, you do not have to publish the picture.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 197
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Changing the process picture in the Graphics Designer

Process pictures edited in Runtime in the Graphics Designer on the WebNavigator Server must
be published once again.
Only then is the changed process picture displayed on the WebNavigator Client.
You cannot republish unchanged files that have already been published. In the WinCC Web
View Publishing Wizard, these files are displayed in gray.

Dedicated web server

To transfer the changes to the WebNavigator Client when using a dedicated web server,
follow these steps:
1. Open the WinCC project remotely on the dedicated web server.
2. Open and save the modified picture in the Graphics Designer.
3. Publish the picture on the dedicated web server using the WinCC Web Publishing Wizard.
If you have modified a large number of pictures, you can simplify the process:
1. Call the "Convert pictures" function in the shortcut menu of the Graphics Designer.
2. Republish the changed pictures.

See also
How to publish WinCC process pictures using WinCC Web Publishing Wizard (Page 199)
Requirements for publishing pictures (Page 198)

Requirements for publishing pictures

General requirements
Naming conventions:
• The picture names may not contain double underscores, e.g. "__furnace_overview.pdl".
The string before the double underscore will be interpreted as server prefix.
• The package names and/or symbolic computer names may not contain any double
underscores.
• The package names and/or symbolic computer names may not end in an underscore.
• Moreover, the name cannot begin with a single underscore if you are using Basic Process
Control.
When using Picture Tree, the name string of higher-level pictures will have a "@PTN_" prefix.
With the leading underscore, the picture name will then have a double underscore.
Header files:
• If two header files of the same name exist in the project path and in the installation path of
WinCC, WinCC Web Publishing Wizard will use the header file from the installation path.
Microsoft .NET Framework:
• The WinCC Web Publishing Wizard requires the .Net Framework 4.0 or higher.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

198 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Republishing:
• You cannot republish unchanged files that have already been published. In the WinCC Web
View Publishing Wizard, these files are displayed in gray.
Only changed files can be published again.

Requirements for publishing on a dedicated web server

• The Web Navigator Server is installed on the WinCC client.
• The C and VB scripts of all WinCC servers to which the WinCC client has access have been
copied to the WinCC client.
• The WinCC server packages that the WinCC client can access are loaded on the WinCC client.
• The standard server is configured for tags.
Exception:
– If you are working with Basic Process Control, you must not specify a standard server.
• If you wish to publish projects on other computers, these computers must be linked by means
of network drives before you start the WinCC Web Publishing Wizard.
This procedure enables the display of your projects in the selection dialog of the Publisher.
You cannot enter the path directly.

Requirements for remote publishing

• Access to the target and source folders is enabled for the WinCC Web Publishing Wizard.
WinCC creates these Microsoft Windows shares by default.
Verify that these shares are not restricted, for example, valid for specific users only.
• If you wish to publish projects on other computers, these computers must be linked by means
of network drives before you start the WinCC Web Publishing Wizard.
This procedure enables the display of your projects in the selection dialog of the Publisher.
You cannot enter the path directly.

See also
Publishing WinCC Process Pictures (Page 196)
How to publish WinCC process pictures using WinCC Web Publishing Wizard (Page 199)

How to publish WinCC process pictures using WinCC Web Publishing Wizard

Introduction
Use the WinCC Web Publishing Wizard to publish the process pictures that you created in
Graphics Designer.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 199
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Procedure
1. Select "Web Navigator" in the navigation window of WinCC Explorer.
2. Select the "Web View Publisher" command in the shortcut menu.
The WinCC Web Publishing Wizard is now launched.
Click "Next".
Alternatively, start the wizard in Windows via "PublishingWizard".
3. Under "Path to your WinCC project", select the WinCC project folder containing the pictures
you want to publish.
– The folder has the following format for publication on a dedicated web server:
"\\<servername>\<serverprefix>_ _<projectname>"
– If you want to publish from a remote station, select the source project containing the
pictures.
The source project is displayed by its enable name on the other WinCC Server.
The folder has the following format:
"\\<computer name>\<enable name>"
To display hidden objects that are published automatically, activate the "Show hidden
objects" option in the "Diagnostics" area.

4. Activate the "Server prefix" option if you want to publish the pictures on a dedicated web
server.
Select the prefix of the WinCC Server that contains the WinCC project from the selection list.
The list displays the prefixes of the servers whose packages are loaded on the WinCC Client.
Deleting a prefix from the selection changes the paths displayed in the fields below.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

200 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

5. Select the target folder for the published pictures under "Publishing folder of the WinCC web".
– Accept the proposed folder within the WinCC project folder.
Do not change the path specification unless you want to transfer pictures to a different
project, for example. In this case, the prefix selection list will be expanded accordingly.
– Verify the specified target project to which the published pictures are saved during remote
publishing.
The path definition will be updated when you select the source project.
Should the target project be located on another WinCC server, select the corresponding
project.
Click "Next".
6. Move the pictures that you wish to publish to the "Selected files" list.
Already published, unchanged pictures are grayed out and will not be published again.
Click "Next".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 201
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

7. Move the C project functions which you use in the published pictures to the "Selected files"
list.
You cannot publish individual VB scripts.
Already published, unchanged functions are grayed out and will not be published again.
Click "Next".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

202 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

8. Move the referenced graphics that you wish to publish to the "Selected files" list.
The referenced files are in the "GraCS" folder or in subfolders of "GraCS".
Already published, unchanged graphics are grayed out and will not be published again.
Click "Next".

9. To start publishing the pictures, click "Finish".

The selected files are published.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 203
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Result
You have successfully published the pictures and functions.
The results list displays the status of all published objects.
You can click an object to view additional object information.
You can trace publishing using the "<projectfolder>\WebNavigator\WizardLog.txt" file.

Checking the scripts using "PdlPad"

The "WizardLog.txt" log file contains information about errors in the scripts used.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

204 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

You can also find errors using the "PdlPad" debugger.

1. Open "PdlPad" by double-clicking on the affected object in the results list in the WinCC Web
Publishing Wizard.
The script of the published picture is displayed.
Alternatively, open "PdlPad" in the "Siemens Automation" program group.

2. Click in order to check the script.

3. You can temporarily correct and save the scripts.
These corrections are only saved to the published pictures, not in the process picture of the
WinCC project.

See also
Publishing WinCC Process Pictures (Page 196)
Requirements for publishing pictures (Page 198)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 205
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Configuring web settings

Configuring runtime settings

Introduction
You can configure the behavior in Runtime in the "WinCC web settings" dialog.

Opening the dialog

1. Select "WebNavigator" in the navigation window of WinCC Explorer.
2. Select the "Web settings" command from the shortcut menu.
3. Change to the "Runtime" tab in the "WinCC web settings" dialog.

4. Select the required settings.

5. Click "OK" to close the dialog.

Use "WinCC Classic" design

Select this option to improve the performance of the WebNavigator Client.
The original style of WinCC V6 is now used.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

206 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

"Monitoring only" cursor

A default cursor shows that the user of the WebNavigator Client is not allowed to operate
Runtime.
The user has been assigned system authorization no. 1002 - "Web access - monitoring only"
in the WinCC User Administrator.
If you want to use your own cursor, enter its path and file name. You can also use the "..."
button to navigate to the file of the selected cursor.

Server workload

Maximum number of simultaneous connections

Specify the maximum load on the WebNavigator Server:
• Specify the maximum number of connections for simultaneous access to the server.
The number of configured gadgets is included in the count.
The number of simultaneous connections can exceed the number of WebNavigator licenses
if, for example, several tabs are opened in the browser window.
A limitation of "50" is necessary, since the server guarantees a maximum of 50 connections
in normal operation without additional loads. The value must not be less than the actual
number of WebNavigator licenses.

Maximum number of tabs per browser

Specify the maximum number of tabs per browser window.
Multiple tabs in a browser window are counted as one WebNavigator license.

Session logon/logoff

Activate WinCC system messages

The system messages "No. 1012400" or "No. 1012401" are output and archived at the login/
logoff of a WebNavigator Client.

Enable event log messages

A successful session login or logoff is recorded in the Windows event viewer.

Disable local groups of SIMATIC Logon

The WebNavigator Server can only be accessed by groups in the same domain.

Hardware accelerated graphics representation

The Direct2D representation is activated for the entire project on the WebNavigator clients.

WebNavigator licenses
The "Allow WebUX to use the WebNavigator licenses" option enables a better load distribution.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 207
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

When the WebUX licenses are occupied, the user can log on to the WebUX server with a
WebNavigator license.

WinCC pictures as gadget

Gadgets are mini applications for the Windows Sidebar.
On a WebNavigator Client, you can display published WinCC process pictures in a gadget.

Basic procedure
1. Specify the WinCC pictures for the gadget.
2. In Runtime, the WebNavigator Server successively generates a cyclic snapshot image
"pdlImage.jpg" of each picture.
The file is saved to the "\WinCC\Webnavigator\Server\Web\image\_gadget" folder.
3. The gadget accesses the file at cyclic intervals.
In each case, the currently generated picture is displayed alternately.

Unsupported objects
The following objects are not displayed in a gadget:
• Global Script Diagnostics Window
• WinCC Media Control
• WinCC Controls from migrated projects that have been installed with versions before WinCC
V7.0

Note
No operation in the gadget picture
The pictures displayed cannot contain any user interaction.
This includes, for example, calling logon dialogs or notice dialogs by means of functions.
You cannot operate the picture that is displayed in the gadget.

Update cycles
During the configuration you determine the time interval in the "Update Cycle" field, in which the
server recreates the displayed pictures.
The new picture is accessed at the start of the time interval. The current process values are
read from the controller.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

208 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

At the end of the interval the snapshot is created and stored in "pdlImage.jpg".

NOTICE
Short update cycles place a high load on the WebNavigator system
Set a sufficiently long update cycle rate when an AlarmControl is displayed or a large number
of process values for trend views are updated in the gadget.
If a process value has not yet been read from the controller at the time of the snapshot, the
gadget displays the start value instead of the actual process value.

Example
Two process pictures are displayed with an update cycle of 10 seconds:

Time [s] Image

10 Process_Picture_1 -> pdlImage.jpg
20 Process_Picture_2 -> pdlImage.jpg
30 Process_Picture_1 -> pdlImage.jpg
40 Process_Picture_2 -> pdlImage.jpg

Selecting the picture detail

The process picture is usually too large for the display in the Gadget.
During the configuration you determine which section of a picture is displayed in the gadget.
Ensure that the clipping has the same width and height as the gadget, or at least the same
width/height ratio.
Otherwise, the picture will be distorted in the gadget or displayed with a black frame.

Requirement
• The Windows operating system must support the use of gadgets.
• The WebNavigator Client must be installed on the WebNavigator Server to enable
configuration of the gadgets.

Configuring the gadget on the WebNavigator Server

1. Select "WebNavigator" in the navigation window of WinCC Explorer.
2. Select the "Web settings" command from the shortcut menu.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 209
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

3. Change to the "Gadget" tab in the "WinCC web settings" dialog.

4. Use the "..." button to select a published picture under "Name".

5. Specify the settings for the picture:
– Runtime language
– Picture detail
6. Click "Add".
The picture is inserted into the "Pictures" list.
7. If necessary, add additional images.
8. To change the language or picture detail for a picture, select the picture in the list.
Edit the settings and click "Change".
9. In the "Update Cycle" input field, select the time interval in which the server cyclically
recreates the pictures.
10.If you want to display the date and time of the picture generated in the gadget, select the
option "Time stamp" option.
11.Close the dialog with "OK".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

210 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Displaying gadgets on the WebNavigator Client

A pre-configured gadget for displaying WinCC pictures is available in the installation folder at
"\WinCC\Webnavigator\GADGET" on the WebNavigator Client.
To access the gadget with the WebNavigator Client, proceed as follows:
1. Double-click "WebNavigator.gadget" in the installation folder at
"\WinCC\Webnavigator\GADGET".
The gadget is installed in the Windows Sidebar.
2. Specify the update cycle in which the gadget loads a picture from the WebNavigator Server.
3. Enter the address of the WebNavigator Server.
The Gadget establishes a connection to the WebNavigator Server.
4. If necessary, drag-and-drop the Gadget onto the desktop.

Web settings for compatibility

Working with migrated projects

The following restriction existed for C scripts in WinCC/Web Navigator prior to V6.2. Instead of
the complete path and picture name, the following parameters and functions returned only the
picture name on the WebNavigator Client:
• Parameter "lpszPictureName"
• Function "GetParentPicture"
• Function "GetParentPictureWindow"
As of WinCC/WebNavigator V6.2, you can enable absolute addressing and therefore revoke
this restriction for the WebNavigator Client, if required.
Select the desired response for the execution of C scripts:
• Picture name: Absolute addressing is disabled by default. The functions or parameters only
return the picture name. Compatibility with older versions of WebNavigator Client and the C
scripts created for these is maintained.
• Picture name and path: The absolute picture name is returned with the complete path.
This response corresponds with the WinCC basic system. There is no need to modify the C-
Scripts used on the WinCC basic system for execution on the WebNavigator Client.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 211
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Procedure
1. Select "WebNavigator" in the navigation window of WinCC Explorer. Select the "Web settings"
command from the shortcut menu.
2. Change to the "Compatibility" tab in the "WinCC web settings" dialog.

3. Activate the desired response of the C-Scripts.

4. Close the dialog with "OK".

Administering the users for WebNavigator Client

Introduction
Assign authorizations to the user for operator control and monitoring for access to a WinCC
project as WebNavigator Client.
You can select a start picture and Runtime language for each user.
Use the "Automatic Logout" function to specify the timeout for access of the WebNavigator
Client to the WinCC project. The user will then be logged off automatically.

Automatic logout
The automatic logout provides the following advantages on a WebNavigator system:
• Access from the WebNavigator client to the WinCC project is subject to timeout.
This enhances system security, particularly when using unattended clients that access the
WebNavigator Server.
• The license used by the client is released again after the automatic logout.
• The current load on the WebNavigator Server is reduced after the automatic logout.
You can view the status of clients connected to a WebNavigator server on the page "http://
<servername>/status.html".

Manual logout using the ODK function "PWRTLogout"

You can also log off users from the WebNavigator client with the ODK function "PWRTLogout()".
You will find a description of this function in the ODK documentation under "ODK User
Administrator > Functions of the RT > Functions for logging in/out".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

212 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

WinCCViewerRT / Internet Explorer: Different behavior

After the manual logoff, the WebNavigator changes to a page with the "Logon" and "Close"
options.
When the "Log on" button is clicked, the browsers react differently:
• WinCCViewerRT:
If user name and password are configured in WinCCViewerRT, the stored user is automatically
logged on.
• Internet Explorer:
The logon dialog for entering the user name and password opens.

Requirement
• The WinCC process pictures were published using the WinCC Web Publishing Wizard.
• WinCC User Administrator is open.
• A user is created.
• System authorizations of the user are specified.
• The domain-specific authorizations are specified if the WinCC option "Basic Process Control"
is used.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 213
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Procedure
1. Select the desired user in the navigation window.

2. The user's operating authorizations are displayed in the table window.

If system authorization "Web access - monitoring only" has been enabled, the user is only
allowed to monitor the WinCC project when acting as WebNavigator Client.
If this system authorization is disabled, the other operating authorizations assigned to the
user are valid. For this reason, check the settings of the other authorizations.
3. If applicable, specify the time until automatic logout in the "Logout" field in the user
properties.
To get to the properties, select the user group in the navigation window, and then select the
user in the table window.
– If "None" is entered, automatic logout is disabled.
– The time configured for automatic logout starts at the time of logon if you select the
"Absolute" option.
The time expires independent of user actions.
– If you select the "Inactive" option, the configured time starts with the last keyboard or
mouse operation by the user.
The user is automatically logged out after this period of inactivity.
The "Automatic logout: disconnected from server" message is displayed after the automatic
logout.
You can refresh the page by pressing "F5" and reconnect with the WebNavigator Server.
4. In the properties of the user, activate the "WebNavigator" option.
5. Select the start picture for the user in "Web start picture" via the dropdown list.
You can only select published pictures as start pictures.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

214 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

6. Select the Runtime language for the user in "Web language" via the dropdown list.
The languages configured in the Text Library are available for selection.
7. Close the User Administrator.

Restrictions when using SIMATIC Logon

The WebNavigator Server supports SIMATIC Logon. However, the following restrictions apply:
• If the user is a member of several user groups, a random group in which a start picture is
configured will be selected.
You cannot configure which group should be selected.
The authorizations of all groups in which the user is a member are taken into account.
• You must add the domain prefix to the user name in the logon dialog of Internet Explorer:
"<domain>\<username>".
• Password expiration during a client session has no influence on the operability of the
WebNavigator Client.
• You can only change the password on the WebNavigator Server.
• The WebNavigator Client does not support the following functions when SIMATIC Logon is
used on the WebNavigator Server:
– ODK functions
– User Administrator

See also
Diagnosis of the Connections with "Status.html" (Page 257)

2.2.3.3 Configuring the WebNavigator Server

Configuring the WebNavigator web page

WinCC Web Configurator

Introduction
The WinCC Web Configurator is used to set up and manage the Microsoft Internet Information
Service (IIS).

Requirement
• The WebNavigator server is installed.
• The Microsoft Windows component "Internet Information Service" is installed.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 215
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Starting WinCC Web Configurator

1. Select "WebNavigator" in the navigation window of WinCC Explorer.
2. Click the "Web Configurator" command in the shortcut menu.
Alternatively, click on the "Web Configurator" link on the desktop or select the entry
"WebConfigurator" in the "Siemens Automation" program group.

3. Enable the "WebNavigator Web Site - Configuration" option.

Note
The configuration for the WebUX web page and the WebNavigator web page can be carried
out in one operation.

4. Click "Next".

Initial configuration using WinCC Web Configurator

On the start page, select "WebNavigator Web Site - Configuration".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

216 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

During the course of initial configuration, you specify whether you wish to create a new
default web page or a new virtual folder.
• If you operate only the WebNavigator web page on the server, select the "Create a new
standard Web site (stand-alone)" option.
• If you want to add the WebNavigator web page as a subfolder to an existing web page, select
the "Add to an existing Web site (virtual folder)" option.
This option may be necessary if the current default web page must remain active or if the
operating system only supports operation of one web page.

Note
Default Web Page on a 64-Bit Operating System
If you operate the default web page on a 64-bit operating system, you must allow 32-bit
applications in the "DefaultAppPool" application pool in the advanced settings of the "Default
Web Site" of IIS Manager.

Managing the configuration in WinCC Web Configurator

If IIS has already been configured, edit the settings of the existing web server or the virtual folder
using the Web Configurator.
The Web Configurator automatically detects whether a configuration already exists and
applies the settings.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 217
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Note
Web folder was modified or deleted
If you have deleted the web folder, restart the computer before you create a new web folder with
Web Configurator.
Note the following:
• If web communication fails after you have changed the web folder, the Web Configurator
attempts to adjust the settings.
• If this action is unsuccessful, proceed as follows:
1. Exit the IIS console.
2. To delete the WebNavigator web page, enter the following command line in the Microsoft
Windows "Run" window:
"<wincc_installationpath>\WebNavigator\Server\bin\WinCCWebConfigurator.exe"
deinstall="yes".
3. Start the desired web page from the IIS console, for example, the standard web page.

Internal user "WNUSR_DC92D7179E29"

The user "WNUSR_DC92D7179E29" is created during the initial configuration of the WinCC/
WebNavigator server with the WinCC Web Configurator.
The user is only used internally. To maintain the functioning of the Web server, do not delete
or modify this user.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

218 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

To increase the security of the system, change the password for the user on a regular basis.
To do this, use the tool "CCSetWebNavPwd.exe".

Password requirements
Make sure that the passwords meet the standard security guidelines.
Minimum requirements:
• 8 characters
• 1 upper-case letter
• 1 lower-case letter
• 1 digit
• 1 special character

Requirement
• You have administrator rights on the Web server.
• The web page is configured with the WinCC Web Configurator.

Procedure: Change password

1. Open the following file in the installation path:
– ...\WinCC\Webnavigator\Server\bin\CCSetWebNavPwd.exe
The Microsoft Windows command prompt opens.
2. Enter the new password.
3. Confirm the password.
4. To close the window, press any key.
To call help on the tool, enter the following line in the Microsoft Windows command prompt:
• CCSetWebNavPwd.exe /?

Setting a password for the configuration

To define your own password before configuration, you can create a temporary key in the
PC's registry.

Creating a new default web page

Introduction
You can create the standard web page using the WinCC Web Configurator.

Requirement
• The WebNavigator server is installed.
• The Windows "Internet Information Service" component is installed.
• WinCC Web Configurator is started.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 219
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Procedure
1. Select the "Create a new standard web page (standalone)" option and then click "Next".

2. Select "Name of the web page" and enter the name.

3. Enter the number of the port used for access in the "Port" field.
The standard SSL port "4430" is set by default.
To increase the security of your communication, configure the WebNavigator server in such
a way that only HTTPS connections are supported.
If you select a different port number, that number has to be appended to the server name in
the address bar of Internet Explorer when a WebNavigator client logs on, e.g.
"https://<server name>:<port number>".
4. At "IP address", specify whether the computer is to be available on the Intranet or Internet or
on both networks.
Use only the addresses that are available in the selection list.
If the computer is to be accessible over the intranet and Internet, select "All".
5. Select the default web page to be displayed on the WebNavigator client after selection of the
web server.
– MainControl.asp
Opens the "Download Hub" WinCC Web Navigation interface and the start picture
specified in the user administration.
You need the Web Navigation interface to download plug-ins, for example.
– WebClient.asp
Opens the start picture you specified in the user administration.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

220 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

6. Specify the time interval for automatic connection setup after a connection failure.
A time setting of "0" disables the "Automatic reconnection" function.
7. Specify whether the web page is started once the configuration is completed.
8. If you have not activated a firewall, or if the firewall has already been configured, click "Finish".
If you have installed a firewall, click "Firewall".
– The settings for your firewall are opened, e.g. Windows "Control Panel\System and
Security\Windows Defender Firewall".
– Modify the settings to meet your requirements.
– Click "Finish".

Result
You have created the Web folder.
The web page is activated.
You have configured the internal user "WNUSR_DC92D7179E29" To increase the security
of the system, change the password for the user on a regular basis with the tool
"CCSetWebNavPwd.exe".

See also
Working with the WinCC Download Hub (Page 243)
Configuring the firewall (Page 224)
Creating a virtual folder (Page 221)

Creating a virtual folder

Introduction
You can create a virtual folder using the WinCC Web Configurator.

Requirement
• The WebNavigator server is installed.
• The Windows "Internet Information Service" component is installed.
• WinCC Web Configurator is started.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 221
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Procedure
1. Enable "Add to existing web (virtual folder)".
Click "Next".
2. Select the active web page to which you want to add the virtual folder.

3. Click "Next".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

222 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

4. Enter the name for the web page in "Name of the virtual folder".

5. Web Configurator applies the IIS settings as port number and IP address.
6. Specify the time interval for automatic connection setup after a connection failure.
A time setting of "0" disables the "Automatic reconnection" function.
7. Specify whether the web page is started once the configuration is completed.
8. Click "Finish" to complete the configuration.

Result
The virtual web folder has been created.
The web page is activated.
On the WebNavigator client, add the name of the virtual web folder to the URL to enable
access to the web page, e.g. "https://WebServer/WebNavigator".

No active web page

If no active web page is found, the Web Configurator terminates with a message.
Activate a web page before you restart the Web Configurator. You can find more information
under "Checking the activated web page (Page 226)".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 223
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

See also
Checking the activated web page (Page 226)
Creating a new default web page (Page 219)

Configuring the firewall

Introduction
This section describes how to activate "HTTP" and "HTTPS" services using Windows Server 2016
as an example.
Consult your network administrator if you want to set up the Windows Firewall with
advanced security or for a different port.

Requirement
• You have created a default web page with Web Configurator.
• The Firewall is activated.
• The user who is logged has Windows administrator rights.
• You have to set up the HTTPS service in IIS if you are using it for WebNavigator.
More information: "WinCC Installation Notes / Release Notes > WinCC/DataMonitor
Installation Notes > Setting up a secure connection via HTTPS (Page 117)"

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

224 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Procedure for the default port

1. Change to the "Configuring the Windows Firewall" page in the "WinCC Web Configurator".

2. Click the "Windows Firewall" button.

The "Windows Firewall" dialog opens.
3. Click "Allow apps to communicate through Windows Firewall".
4. Activate "Secure World Wide Web Services (HTTPS)".
5. Close all Windows dialogs with "OK".
6. Click "Finish" in the Web Configurator.
The server configuration is completed.

See also
Setting up a secure connection over HTTPS (Page 117)
Creating a new default web page (Page 219)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 225
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Checking the activated web page

Procedure
1. In the "Administrative Tools" program group, select the entry "Internet Information Services
(IIS) Manager".

2. Double-click the computer name in the "Connections" field.

3. Display the entry "Default Web Site".
4. Check whether the web pages are displayed as "Started": .
5. If the status "Stopped" is displayed, start the web page: .
In the shortcut menu of the website or in the "Actions" area under "Manage Website", select
the "Start" command.
6. Close the "Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager".
The web page is activated.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

226 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Load Distribution Using the "Load Balancing" Function

Load balancing on WebNavigator Servers

Overview
The "Load balancing" function allows you to automatically distribute the WebNavigator Clients
evenly to different Web Navigator servers. All WebNavigator Servers can participate in load
balancing using their respective server license.
A WebNavigator Server can act either as Load Balancing Server or only as participating
WebNavigator Server.
The respective WebNavigator Server is then configured as follows in the "Load Balancing
Configuration" dialog:
• The WebNavigator server is only a participating WebNavigator Server.

• The WebNavigator server is a load balancing server.

A Load Balancing Server is automatically a participating WebNavigator Server, too.

Several Load Balancing Servers can be configured in a group of participating WebNavigator
Servers.

Load balancing sequence

Following the login of a WebNavigator Client, the Load Balancing Server transfers the client to
the participating WebNavigator Server with the lowest load.
The clients are allocated using the "LBConfig.xml" file. The file is available in the "Project
folder/WebNavigator".
If the fewest clients are logged on to the Load Balancing Server, the new client remains
connected to that server.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 227
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

If a participating WebNavigator Server fails, the clients logged on to it remain in the

Reconnect Screen until this Webserver is available again.
The address of a WebNavigator Server does not depend on whether it is activated as a Load
Balancing Server.

Licensing
The "Load balancing" function supports a maximum of 32 interconnected WebNavigator
Servers.
All participating WebNavigator Servers and Load Balancing Servers need a "Load balancing"
license.
No license is necessary on the WebNavigator Clients.
When using WinCC computers with WinCC Redundancy, you can operate a Load Balancing
Server or participating WebNavigator Server using the "WinCC Redundancy" and "Load
Balancing Step-Up" licenses.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

228 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Example

:HE1DYLJDWRUFOLHQW :HE1DYLJDWRUFOLHQWQ

,QWHUQHW

:HE1DYLJDWRUFOLHQW

)LUHZDOO

/$1

:HE1DYLJDWRUVHUYHU :HE1DYLJDWRUVHUYHU
/RDGEDODQFLQJVHUYHU
SDUWLFLSDWLQJVHUYHU

:HE1DYLJDWRUVHUYHU :HE1DYLJDWRUVHUYHU
SDUWLFLSDWLQJVHUYHU /RDGEDODQFLQJVHUYHU
SDUWLFLSDWLQJVHUYHU

/RDGEDODQFLQJOLFHQVH

5HGLUHFWLRQIRUWKH:HE1DYLJDWRUFOLHQW

In the figure, WebNavigator Servers 1 to 3 participate in "Load Balancing". A "Load Balancing"

license is installed on the WebNavigator Servers.
WebNavigator Servers 1 and 2 are configured as Load Balancing Server.
When WebNavigator Client 1 logs on to WebNavigator Server 1 or 2, it is routed automatically
to the server that is with the lowest load.
If the WebNavigator Server to which it is connected fails, Client 1 is re-routed to one of the
remaining WebNavigator Servers.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 229
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

WebNavigator Server 3 participates in "Load Balancing", but it is not configured as Load

Balancing Server.
In the case of a high load or on the failure of Server 1 or Server 2, the WebNavigator Clients
can be re-routed to Server 3. If WebNavigator Server 3 fails, the client cannot be re-routed to
Server 1 or 2, irrespective of any active connection.
WebNavigator Server 4 does not participate in "Load Balancing". A logon of WebNavigator
Client 2 to this server will possibly fail because load limits are exceeded on the server. On
failure of WebNavigator Server 4, the client cannot be re-routed to one of the WebNavigator
Servers 1 to 3, irrespective of any active connection.

Settings for the use of a proxy server

The use of a proxy server may have the effect that the target address "http://<servername>" of
the participating WebNavigator Server or Load Balancing Server is replaced with "http://
<servername.proxyname>".
The addressed WebNavigator Server will not be found. For this reason, you must enter the
target addresses on the servers involved of all other participating servers in Internet Explorer.
Enter the addresses in "Tools > Internet Options > Connections > LAN Settings > Advanced",
"Exceptions" field.

See also
Configuring the "Load Balancing" Function (Page 230)

Configuring the "Load Balancing" Function

Introduction
You need a license on each participating WebNavigator Server and Load Balancing Server.
All Load Balancing Servers and participating WebNavigator Servers are included in the list of
Load Balancing Servers.
The order of all listed participating servers must be identical on all Load Balancing Servers.
Set up the query interval and activate the "Load Balancing" function.
A configuration is not necessary on the WebNavigator Clients.

Note
Identical lists of participating WebNavigator Servers
The lists on the Load Balancing Servers and all participating WebNavigator Servers must be
identical to ensure uniform functionality in the case of the failure of a WebNavigator Server.
Settings for a migrated project
The "Load Balancing" settings are saved for each specific project. You need to save the settings
once again in order to activate these for a migrated project. Start the configuration dialog and
confirm the settings with "OK".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

230 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Requirement
• The WinCC basic system, WebNavigator Server and a "Load Balancing" license are installed.
• The same users are configured on all participating WebNavigator Servers and Load Balancing
Servers.
• The default web page for WebNavigator must have been created as "standalone" on the
WebNavigator Server.

Procedure
1. In WinCC Explorer, select the "Load Balancing" command from the "WebNavigator" shortcut
menu. The "Load Balancing Configuration" dialog is opened.
2. In the top field, enter the address of a WebNavigator Server that participates in "Load
Balancing". Click "Add" to include the address in the list of servers.
Repeat the process for each WebNavigator Server that participates in "Load Balancing".
Supplement the name of the Load Balancing Server in the list.
You can always remove a server name from the list. Select a name from the list and click
"Remove".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 231
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

3. Select the "Enable Load Balancing" check box to activate the local WebNavigator Server as
Load Balancing Server.
The check box remains deactivated on the participating WebNavigator Servers.
The list of servers is retained even when you clear the check box.
4. In the "Polling Interval" field, select the time interval for polling the other participating
WebNavigator Servers. The time interval is only relevant on a Load Balancing Server.
5. Click "Save".
6. Close the dialog with "OK".
7. Repeat the procedure on all participating WebNavigator Servers and Load Balancing servers.
The modifications take effect when WinCC Runtime is restarted.

2.2.3.4 Differences to the WinCC Basic System

Functional restrictions

Introduction
The WebNavigator has certain functional restrictions compared to the WinCC basic system.
You should therefore check your WinCC projects for these restrictions and adjust the project
settings as required.

Overview
When you use functions that are not supported in a project, corresponding messages are
generated in Runtime to draw your attention to the fact.
The following restrictions apply to the WebNavigator client:
• The client provides only a view of the running WinCC project.
It is not possible to configure the WinCC Server projects.
• You can only use WinCC options and WinCC add-ons if specified explicitly in the
documentation.
• Not all "Runtime API functions" are supported.
A list of supported functions is available at "Supported functions (Page 270)".
• You can find restrictions in connection with Basic Process Control in the WinCC Information
System under:
– "Options for Process Control > Overview of process control system options > Configuring
in the PCS 7 environment > Web Client".
• The message archive and message system can only be operated and monitored.
• WinCC AlarmControl: The "Triggers an action" property for a message is not supported.
For the correct display of message blocks, the "Apply project settings" option cannot be
activated.
You can find this option on the "Message blocks" tab of the "WinCC AlarmControl" properties
dialog.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

232 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

• WinCC AlarmControl: When a user-defined selection is created, the "Authorizations for

selection editing" selection is not supported.
• WinCC Controls before WinCC V7:
You cannot modify the selection of archives and tags for the display of the process values.
The button for selection is deactivated.
• The "Channel diagnostics" function is only supported if the WinCC basic system is also
installed on the WebNavigator client.
• The hotkeys configured in WinCC are not supported.
Operation via the tab key is supported.
• The following objects of the WinCC global library in the folder "Global Library/Operation/
Operation Panels" are not supported:
– 1_Slider
– 2_Slider
– 4_Slider
• National special characters in names of process pictures or referenced graphics are not
supported on the Internet.
• The overlap lock in process pictures is not supported.
• The advanced zoom functions cannot be disabled.
If you do not want to use the zoom functions, do not use a wheel mouse with the "Auto-scroll"
setting on the client.
• The redundancy switch is only supported on the dedicated web server.

See also
Using the "Hardcopy" function (Page 254)

Using Scripts

Scripts running exclusively for the WebNavigator

To execute scripts for the WebNavigator only, use the pre-processor definition
"RUN_ON_WEBNAVIGATOR" in ANSI-C or the "IsWebNavigator" function in VBS in the script.

Example of ANSI-C
void OnOpenPicture (char* lpszPictureName, char* lpszObjectName,
char* lpszPropertyName)
{
#ifdef RUN_ON_WEBNAVIGATOR
// here you enter the code that is to be executed only in the
WebNavigator
#else
// here you enter the code that is executed only in the WinCC basic
system
#endif
}

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 233
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Example for VBS

If IsWebNavigator() Then
// here you enter the code that is to be executed only in the
WebNavigator
Else
// here you enter the code that is executed only in the WinCC basic
system
End If

Visual Basic Script

There are only slight restrictions imposed by unsupported functions when VBS is used.
A list of these functions is available at "Unsupported functions (Page 280)".

Global Script
You configure the scripts on the WinCC Server in the server project.
Global scripts cannot be executed on the WebNavigator Client. Global Scripts on the server
are supported.

Dynamic Wizard
The scripts generated using the Dynamic Wizard can contain unsupported functions. These
scripts cannot be executed on the WebNavigator client.
Check and correct the scripts, if necessary. Add the following condition, for example: "#ifdef
RUN_ON_WEBNAVIGATOR".

Script with trigger tags

The WebNavigator queries tags at cyclic intervals of "1 second". The update cycle of trigger tag
"upon change" is also one second.
This may lead to an increased communication load between the AS and WinCC Server. Take
increased loads into account if communication between the AS and WinCC Server is operated
at load limits.
If tag-triggered scripts request additional tags having a name that is generated using a string
function, for example, unknown tags can only be read synchronously. Enter the tag names
you are using in the trigger list in order to avoid extended selection times.

Script for picture selection and deselection

In contrast to the basic system, a picture is downloaded in asynchronous mode when
WebNavigator is used. Account for this fact when using scripts that contain picture changes.
If a picture selection for a picture window is initiated within a script, you cannot access the
objects of the new picture within the same script afterwards. The picture is not yet loaded
at this time. A time delay, such as "Sleep(2000)" is of no help since the script and the web
browser are waiting.
Execute the following script parts in the "OpenPicture" function. This function is triggered
when the picture is loaded.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

234 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Alternatively, you can use the "WaitForDocumentReady" function. The

"WaitForDocumentReady" function waits for the picture to load in the picture window. From
the same script, you can then access the objects of the picture loaded in the picture window.
Other functions called in the script following a picture deselection will be executed with
errors or not at all. The picture context is lost due to the picture deselection.

Synchronous script functions

Synchronous script functions impose a heavy load on the system.
You should therefore refrain from using the "SetTagxxx" function in cyclic scripts. The server
will be overloaded when many clients call the "SetTagxxx" functions in a fast cycle, e.g. 1 sec
or less.
Note that the following script functions and calls are transferred synchronously to the server:
• Functions that write a tag in synchronous mode and then wait for the result, e.g. "xxxWait"
• C-API calls
The frequent use of these scripting functions and calls has a negative effect on the
performance of the WebNavigator Client. In the case of an Internet connection, the duration
of these calls may even be in the seconds range.
Script functions that manipulate the objects in the displayed picture are of no concern since
no data traffic takes place between the client and server.

Picture in picture method and cyclic scripts

Many synchronous calls in a picture may reduce performance, for example, in the following
cases:
• When more than 10 windows are configured in a picture window.
• When cyclic scripts with synchronous calls, for example, "SetTagxxx", are used in the
windows.
Execution of certain scripts may fail due to timeout.
The following elements are supported in a window:
• 16 windows with cyclic scripts
• 31 windows without cyclic scripts

Script output on the web client

C scripts or VBS scripts which are triggered by services such as Global Script, Alarm Logging, or
Tag Logging, are independent of Graphics Runtime.
These scripts only run on the web server.
The output of these functions, such as via "printf()" or "HMIRuntime.Trace()" is not displayed
in the script diagnostics window on a web client.
Function accesses included in these scripts on Graphics Runtime always address the local
Graphics Runtime on the WinCC server.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 235
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

See also
WaitForDocumentReady (Page 278)

Using tags

Computer-local tags
The WebNavigator Client supports computer-local tags with the following restrictions:
• When a dedicated web server is used, only the computer-local tags of that server are available
on the client. The tags on the client cannot assume their own values.
• Computer-local tags of the subordinate WinCC servers cannot have their own values on the
client.
• The start value of computer-local text tags can only contain characters that are allowed in tag
names. If the start value of a text tag contains a colon, for example, the tag is not recognized
on the client.
• Computer-local tags are not supported on the client when User Archives are used, because
User Archives can only identify the local tags of the server, but not the tags of the
WebNavigator Client.

Defining picture-local script tags

Do not use WinCC tags for WebNavigator if picture-specific data is stored in scripts.
The reading or writing of data in scripts always generates data traffic to the server. This
places a load on the communication.
You can save picture-specific data as follows:
• Configure "hidden" graphic objects so that you can use their properties as picture-specific
tags. Actions are executed at the object properties upon changes to the stored values.
• You have created the hidden "static text" object, for example. The "Text" property is used to
store any texts, while the color properties are used to store any colors. The properties are read
and/or written using scripts and influence the picture status without requiring a roundtrip to
the server.

2.2.4 Operating the WinCC project

2.2.4.1 General properties of the WebNavigator Client

Automatic connection setup after connection interruption

If communication between the WebNavigator client and WebNavigator Server goes down, a
message is output to the user on the client.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

236 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

The client performs an automatic connection establishment. Upon successful connection

setup, the start page of the WinCC project is selected.
Specify the time interval between attempts to set up a connection in the Web Configurator.

ICMP ping
If a firewall or proxy server is used in client/server communication, the client logon may be
successful, but automatic reconnection does not work. When attempting to reconnect, the
client uses "ICMP Ping", which may be blocked by the firewall or proxy server.
In this case, deactivate the use of "ICMP-Ping" by the client for reconnection.
The "Reconnect > Deactivate ICMP Ping" setting is available under "Settings > WebClient
Properties" in the Web Navigation interface or via the "ClientConfig.asp" page.
For more information if automatic reconnect fails: SiePortal: FAQ 21147385 (https://
support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/21147385)

URL: WebNavigator pages and deep links to process pictures

You can call a published process picture directly via a deep link.

Requirements
• You have created a default web page with Web Configurator.
• The WinCC process pictures were published using the WinCC Web Publishing Wizard.

Procedure
1. Click on the "WebNavigator" entry in the WinCC Explorer.
The published process pictures are displayed.
2. Select the "Copy deep link URL to clipboard" entry in the shortcut menu of the desired process
picture.
The URL of the process picture on the web server is copied to the clipboard as deep link.
The link depends on the configuration and contains the server name, the port and the file
name, among other things.
3. Go to the address bar of the browser and enter the link.
Apply the deep link without change.
If you call up the process picture without being logged on, you will be prompted to log on
when you open the browser.

Browser: Contents of the address bar

Character strings which cannot be interpreted and are not relevant to the user are displayed
in the address bar of the browser.
For example, the "loadbalancing=no" entry may appear, but it does not represent a status
indication for the servers participating in Load Balancing.
Enter characters in the address bar when logging on and check the server name and port.

"AutoComplete" entries and links in the progress bar

The entries in the address bar of the browser are displayed as a link in the progress bar or
suggested as "AutoComplete" entries for subsequent inputs.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 237
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

However, you cannot use these functions without verification when a WebNavigator client
logs on to a WebNavigator Server with Load Balancing.
• At its initial login on a server with Load Balancing, the client is re-routed to a second server.
Internet Explorer displays the address of the second server in the progress bar or as an
"AutoComplete" entry.
• The link in the progress bar or the "AutoComplete" is applied without verification at the next
client login.
• The client is then logged on to the second server.

WebNavigator client with several power users

Once a power user has installed a new WebNavigator client version on a computer, all other
power users of this computer must upgrade to the new version.
Inconsistency of the versions employed by power users may lead to problems.
This also applies when a power user connects to a server that hosts an older version of
WebNavigator.

Persistency in Runtime
The persistency data for pictures and objects is stored in each case on the WebNavigator client.
Observe the following points when working on the server with several projects that contain
pictures or objects of the same name:
• If you create a persistency for a project picture in Runtime, that persistency is also applied to
the picture of the same name in other projects.
• The persistency settings you defined once for a server picture on the dedicated web server is
applied to the respective WebNavigator client.

Persistency for WinCC controls

In controls for WinCC V7 or later, reset the settings in the control properties in the "Online
Configuration" tab.
The persistency files for controls prior to WinCC V7 are located in the folder "Documents
and Settings/User/Application Data/Siemens/SIEMENS.WINCC/WebNavigator/Client" on the
WebNavigator client.
You have the following options of undoing the settings in the controls in which Runtime
persistency was activated:
• Resetting individual settings in the control.
• Deleting the file.

Text changes in the text library

If you change a text from the text library in Runtime, the WebNavigator client does not
automatically detect this.
In order to refresh the displayed pictures, reload the picture in Internet Explorer using the
"Refresh" icon or the "F5" key.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

238 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Language-dependent texts as text references

Language-dependent texts via text references are displayed on the WebNavigator client in the
language currently set for the client in the "User Administrator" editor.

WinCC Slider Control

Set the "Continuous_Update" property to "No" when using the WinCC Slider Control.
If you set this property to "Yes", the slightest change to the position generates an event
trigger. This setting causes a heavy communication load on the WebNavigator client.

Access of the WebNavigator client to a WinCC flexible Sm@rt Server

A WebNavigator client can call the "Change server" function using the Web Navigation interface
to access a WinCC flexible Sm@rt Server.

Removing the ProTool/Pro software

The controls of the HMI Symbol Library are deregistered if you remove the ProTool/Pro software
on a WebNavigator client.
Reinstall the WebNavigator client in order to recover access to the controls.

Login by means of direct input in Internet Explorer

The Microsoft Security Patches for Internet Explorer now prevent the WebNavigator client login
by input of the user name and password in the address bar.

See also
Process pictures on the WebNavigator Client (Page 239)
How to use WebUX (Page 502)

2.2.4.2 Process pictures on the WebNavigator Client

Deep links to process pictures

To call a process picture via a deep link, use the URL that you retrieve in the WinCC Explorer.
You cannot use the URL in the address bar of the browser as reliable link.
More information:
• "General properties of the WebNavigator Client (Page 236)"

Picture change on dedicated web server

If a picture with a server prefix was loaded on the dedicated web server, no picture of the local
WinCC project can subsequently be displayed without server prefix.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 239
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

To display a picture of the local client project, use the server prefix "@local" for addressing,
e.g. "@local::picture123.pdl".
When executed, the OpenPicture() function opens the higher-level picture of the executing
object on the dedicated web server.

Project functions in pictures

The project functions are loaded when a project is initially selected after the start picture has
been loaded.
For this reason, a delay may be generated between the initial display of the start picture and
execution of operator actions. Although the picture is displayed, it cannot be operated until a
delay of approximately 1 second has expired.

Picture window on the WebNavigator client

After you rename a picture in a picture window, the "Object change" event of the picture window
is executed several times on the WebNavigator client.
The event is executed only once in the WinCC basic system.
This response on the client is system-related, because the asynchronous operating principle
of the Internet connection may trigger multiple updates of the picture window object.
This response has no implications in terms of functionality.

WinCC web browser OCX on the WebNavigator client

• The WinCC web browser serves to display static web contents or CHM documents in process
pictures.
Contents with scripting functionality are not supported.
• If you select a link in a process picture on the WebNavigator client using the WinCC web
browser, the "Back" button does not work during the initial display of the linked page.
The function is not properly executed until the page is called a second time.
The incorrect behavior persists after a change of the process picture.
• The "Allow ActiveX controls" check box has to be activated in the "Security" tab in the Internet
options of Internet Explorer.
• You can disable the right mouse button in the WinCC web browser to prevent the WinCC
client from accessing the shortcut menu. Proceed as follows:
– Open the Microsoft local group policy editor with "Gpedit.msc".
– Select the following path:
"User Configuration > Administrative Template > Windows Components > Internet
Explorer > Browser Menus"
– Change the status of the "Disable shortcut menu" setting to "Enabled".

Performance when using WinCC UserArchiveControl

Changes to a user archive trigger the update of the WinCC UserArchiveControl that is displayed.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

240 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

The following factors affect the performance of the process pictures with WinCC
UserArchiveControls on the WebNavigator client:
• Reduce the number of WinCC UserArchiveControls that simultaneously access a user archive
to the minimum.
• Do not configure more than the necessary number of cyclic changes in the user archive.

See also
General properties of the WebNavigator Client (Page 236)

2.2.4.3 Operating the WinCC project with the web browser

Operating the WinCC project with the web browser

Requirement
• On the server
– The WebNavigator server is installed.
– The "WinCC WebNavigator" license is installed.
– Remote communication is enabled if required. 1)
– The WinCC pictures are configured and published for web access.
– A user for the WebNavigator client was created in WinCC User Administrator.
– A start picture was specified for the user in the User Administrator.
– The WinCC project is in Runtime.
• On the client
– The WebNavigator client is installed.
– A web browser is installed.
– Remote communication is enabled if required. 1)
1) If the WebNavigator client is not running on the same computer as the WebNavigator
server, remote communication must be activated in the "Simatic Shell" dialog.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 241
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Procedure
1. In the address bar of the web browser, enter the address "https://<servername>" of the
WebNavigator server.
Confirm your entries.
2. Type in the user name and password.
Confirm your entries.
Note
Passwords are case-sensitive.

Result
The default web page is displayed.
The view depends on the configuration:
• With "WebClient.asp" setting for the default web page, the WebNavigator client starts with
the start picture that is specified for the user.
• With "MainControl.asp" setting for the default web page, the WebNavigator client starts with
the start picture that is specified for the user plus the WinCC Web navigation interface.

Internet Explorer replacement

Microsoft is replacing "Internet Explorer" with the "Microsoft Edge" browser.
This results in new requirements for the configuration of the browser when operating WinCC/
WebNavigator or WinCC/DataMonitor clients (web clients).
Depending on the system configuration, you have different options for replacing Internet
Explorer (IE). IE V11 can be disabled (Scenario 1) or uninstalled (Scenario 2), resulting in
different behaviors.
For information on how to replace the "Internet Explorer" browser, see the following FAQ:
• SiePortal: FAQ 109792981 (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/
109792981)

See also
Administering the users for WebNavigator Client (Page 212)
Working with the WinCC Download Hub (Page 243)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

242 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Working with the WinCC Download Hub

The "Download Hub" WinCC Web Navigation Interface

If the default web page is configured as "MainControl.asp", the navigation interface "Download
Hub" is displayed on the WebNavigator client next to the start screen.

Note
Download Hub: Logon
Use only characters of the ASCII character set in the user name to log onto the download page.
National special characters, for example umlauts, are not permitted in the user name.

"Download Hub" web page

The Download Hub allows the download and installation of the web client, the WebNavigator
and DataMonitor components and plug-ins. You can use this successor of the "WinCC
WebNavigator interface" with any browser.

"Manage server" web page

The Download Hub also takes over some functions of the "Status.html" diagnostics page.
On the second page for server administration you get an overview of the web servers, web
clients, and active licenses.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 243
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Functions

Header / Footer
Navigation in the header Switches between the two web pages "Download Hub" and "Manage
server".
"User shortcut" icon Contains information about the logged-in user:
• User name
• Information about whether the user is logged on to the web server as
an administrator
• "Switch user" function
• "Log off" function
Language Language change function for the WinCC Web Navigation interface
Five languages are available by default. You can customize the language
options in the "Menu.xml" file.
The languages are stored in CSV file format in the "_languages / <lan‐
guage_identifier>" subfolder on the WebNavigator server. In order to add
languages, reference the language files in the "mainControl.asp" file.
News Link to the SIMATIC WinCC web page
Webcenter Switches to the DataMonitor client
Help Opens the WebNavigator Information System in "HTML5" format

"Download Hub" website

WinCC/WebNavigator compo‐ Download of the available components for WinCC/WebNavigator and
nents WinCC/DataMonitor from the web server
WinCC/WebNavigator user- Expansions for WebNavigator and plug-ins that were created using
defined plug-ins WinCC Plug-In Builder.
The plug-ins are available at "WebNavigator/Server/Web/Install/Custom"
in the installation folder on the WebNavigator server
Various Additional tools and files
Can be extended by the user

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

244 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

"Manage server" web page

Server version Installed WebNavigator version
Server file date Last web server change
Number of licenses Number of licenses used on the server
To log off inactive users, use the "Status.html" diagnostics page.
Runtime mode Status of the server
Connection overview Number of connected web clients

See also
Creating a new default web page (Page 219)
Operating the WinCC project with the web browser (Page 241)
Internet Explorer: Working with the WinCC Web Navigation interface (Page 245)
Diagnosis of the Connections with "Status.html" (Page 257)
Configuring WinCCViewerRT (Page 248)

Internet Explorer: Working with the WinCC Web Navigation interface

Menu of the WinCC Web Navigation interface

For working with Internet Explorer, WinCC provides essential web functions in the WinCC Web
navigation interface.
For other web browsers, use the "Download Hub" navigation interface instead.
The WinCC Web navigation interface is displayed in Internet Explorer next to the start picture
when "MainControl.asp" is configured as the default web page.
If the navigation bar is not displayed, move the mouse cursor over the left-hand border. To
display the navigation bar permanently, click on the key icon.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 245
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

The Web Navigation interface provides a compilation of different web functions in its menus:

Navigation Contents
Change server Changes to a different WebNavigator server
Used servers Navigates to the WebNavigator servers used previously
<Name of the current server> Process pictures:
(e.g. "MyProject" or "local‐ • Display or picture navigation of the current WebNavigator server
host") Diagnostics:
• "Status.html" for diagnosing the WinCC project and the connection to
the WebNavigator server
Additional tools:
• Can be expanded by the user, e.g. "DataMonitor"
Download area:
• Expansions for WebNavigator and plug-ins that were created using
WinCC Plug-In Builder
The plug-ins are available at "WebNavigator/Server/Web/Install/
Custom" in the installation folder on the WebNavigator server.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

246 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Navigation Contents
Settings Settings for the WebNavigator client, for example, size of the process
picture or activation of the screen keyboard
You define the display of the process picture in the browser under "Proc‐
ess pictures" with the "Adapt Size" option.
Under "Disable Keys", activate the actions that the operator is not per‐
mitted to perform in Runtime.
Under "Printer configuration", you specify the printer you use to print the
configured print job in WinCC controls.
Alternatively, you can print the print job with the "RPTJobPrint" function.
A preview via "RPTJobPreview" is not possible on the web client.
News Link to the SIMATIC WinCC web page
Language Language change function for the WinCC Web Navigation interface
Five languages are available by default. You can customize the language
options in the "Menu.xml" file.
The languages are stored in CSV file format in the "_languages / <lan‐
guage_identifier>" subfolder on the WebNavigator server. In order to add
languages, reference the language files in the "mainControl.asp" file.

See also
Working with the WinCC Download Hub (Page 243)

Expanding the WinCC Web Navigation interface

Introduction
The menu of the Web Navigation interface may be expanded by additional entries and functions.
Configure the expansion in an XML file. This file is saved to the "_custom_data" subfolder
on the WebNavigator Server. You can give the file any name you choose, since all files with
"XML" extension are processed in this folder.

Example
The following example adds the "My Private Menu" submenu to the "Server" menu. The
submenu consists of three entries, namely "My Link", "Relative Link" and "Run Script".

Code Description
<?xml version="1.0"?> Version information
<menu hook-on="server"> The "menu hook-on" command is used to reference the name
"server" that defines the "Current Server" menu on the Web
Navigation interface.
<caption><lng>My Private Menu</lng></caption> Defines an empty entry.
<command> Defines the "My Link" entry with a direct link.
<caption>My Link</caption>
<open-url target="right">http://www.msdn.com</open-url>
</command>

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 247
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Code Description
<command> Defines the "Relative Link" entry with a relative link.
<caption>Relative Link</caption>
<open-url target="right">project.asp</open-url>
</command>
<command> Defines the "Run Script" entry that is used to start scripts.
<caption>Run Script</caption>
<run-script>alert("Hallo !")</run-script>
</command>
</menu> End of menu.

See also
SiePortal: FAQ 109792981 (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109792981)

2.2.4.4 Operating the WinCC project using WinCCViewerRT

Configuring WinCCViewerRT

Introduction
WinCCViewerRT is a program for visualizing WinCC projects.
The response of the WebNavigator server and Graphics Runtime is configured in the
WinCCViewerRT settings.

Use project settings

If you enable the "Use project settings" option, the following settings are applied by the
WebNavigator server:
• User Administrator:
– Automatic logoff
• Computer properties:
– Runtime language
– Runtime Default Language
– Start Picture
– Start configuration of Menu and Toolbars
– Hardware accelerated graphics representation (Direct2D):

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

248 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Requirement
• On the server
– The WebNavigator server is installed.
– A WinCC/WebNavigator license is installed.
– The WinCC project is in Runtime.
– The WinCC pictures are configured and published for web access.
• On the client
– The WebNavigator client is installed.

Procedure
1. In the "Siemens Automation" program group, select the entry "WinCCViewerRT".
Alternatively, you can find the "WinCCViewerRT.exe" link in the installation folder under
"Webnavigator\Client\bin".
– The configuration dialog opens if you set up WinCCViewerRT for the first time.
– WinCCViewerRT opens if WinCCViewerRT has already been set up.
To open the configuration dialog of WinCCViewerRT, use the key combination
<Ctrl+Alt+P>.
Change the key combination on the "Parameters" tab.
2. Enter the login data in the "General" tab:
– Server address: "https://<Server name>:<Port>" or "https://<IP address>:<Port>"
– Use project settings: Apply settings of the WebNavigator server
– User name and password, if you want to specify a default user for the login dialog.
To read in a previously saved configuration, select the corresponding configuration file.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 249
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

3. On the "Parameters" tab, configure the following settings:

– Select the Runtime language and the Runtime default language.
– If necessary, lock any key combinations that allow operators to switch to other programs.
– If necessary, change the default key combination <Ctrl+Alt+P> that opens the
configuration dialog of WinCCViewerRT.
– Define a key combination with which a user can log off and a new user can log on.
The key combination can only be used if no default user has been set in the "General" tab.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

250 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

4. Configure the WinCC Runtime properties in the "Graphics Runtime" tab:

– Start Picture
– Configuration file for user-defined menus and toolbars
– Window Attributes
You define the display of the process picture in the browser with the "Full Screen" and
"Adapt Picture" options.
– Turn off: Impermissible user actions
Activate the actions that the operator is not permitted to perform in Runtime.
– Activation of Direct2D to accelerate graphics representation.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 251
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

5. Configure additional user actions in the "Runtime" tab:

– Activating the monitor keyboard
– <Ctrl+Alt+Del> key combination to allow switching to the Task Manager or operating
system via the monitor keyboard.
– Auto-logoff settings
– Specify the printer you use to print the configured print job in WinCC controls
Alternatively, you can print the print job with the "RPTJobPrint" function. A preview via
"RPTJobPreview" is not possible on the web client.

6. Click "OK" to close the dialog.

Result
WinCCViewerRT is configured.
The connection to the WebNavigator server is set up after you close the dialog.
The settings are saved to the "WinCCViewerRT.xml" configuration file. The configuration file
settings are used at the next start of WinCCViewerRT.
WinCCViewerRT applies the user interface language from WinCC.
The configuration file is stored in the following folder based on the operating system:
• <User>\AppData\LocalLow\Siemens\SIMATIC.WinCC\WebNavigator\Client
You can rename the file, for example, to "User1.xml".
You can also start WinCCViewerRT by means of the command line with the user-specific
configuration file, e.g. "WinCCViewerRT.exe User1.xml". This procedure allows for different
configurations, depending on the logged-on user.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

252 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

The WinCCViewerRT configuration dialog opens at the start if you rename or delete
"WinCCViewerRT.xml". Configure WinCCViewerRT anew or select a different configuration file.

Note
Buttons disabled: Exit WinCCViewerRT
WinCCViewerRT can only be closed by means of script function if you disable a key combination
or hide the "Close" button.
Function in the C-Script: DeactivateRTProject; function in the VBScript: HMIRuntime.Stop.

See also
Working with the WinCC Download Hub (Page 243)

Operating the WinCC project

Requirement
• On the server
– The WebNavigator Server is installed.
– The "WinCC WebNavigator" license is installed.
– Remote communication is enabled if required. 1)
– The WinCC pictures are configured and published for web access.
– The user is created in WinCC.
– The WinCC project is in Runtime.
• On the client
– WinCCViewerRT is configured.
– Remote communication is enabled if required. 1)
1) If the WebNavigator client is not running on the same computer as the WebNavigator
server, remote communication must be activated in the "Simatic Shell" dialog.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 253
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Procedure
1. In the "Siemens Automation" program group, select the entry "WinCCViewerRT".
2. Log on to the WebNavigator Server:
– A login dialog is not displayed if the user name and password is preset in the
"WinCCViewerRT" configuration dialog.
You are logged on automatically with the stored login data.
– The login dialog is displayed if a user name and password is not set in the
"WinCCViewerRT" configuration dialog.
Enter the user name and password of the WinCC user.
Passwords are case-sensitive.
Click "OK".
3. To change the user, use the specified key combination for "WinCCViewerRT" login/logoff.
The previous user is logged off.
The key combination can only be used if no default user has been set.
4. Enter the user name and password of the new WinCC user in the login dialog.
Passwords are case-sensitive.
Click "OK".

Result
WinCCViewerRT automatically connects to the activated WinCC project. The start picture that is
configured for the user is displayed.
The user may operate or monitor the project, depending on authorizations. Users assigned
system authorization No. 1002 "Web access - monitoring only" in the User Administration are
only allowed to monitor the WinCC project.
The "View Only Cursor" indicates that process-related operations are not possible.

Certain operations, such as opening the properties dialog of a WinCC OnlineTrendControl,

are still possible.
You can also use your own cursor icon as a "View Only Cursor", if required. For more
information, refer to "Configuring Runtime settings (Page 206)".
The <F5> key triggers a reselection of WinCCViewerRT.

2.2.4.5 Using the "Hardcopy" function

Introduction
On the WebNavigator client, the current view can be output to the default printer.
You can generate a screenshot using a configurable key combination or a script.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

254 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

You can enter the definition of the key combination or the screen area to be printed via the
command line, for example.
To print out Runtime data with a print job, use the buttons of the WinCC controls or the
"RPTJobPrint" function.

Note
Limited functionality on the Web Client
You execute the "Hard Copy" function with the "Print" button of the WinCC controls toolbar on
the Web Client.
When you click this button, however, a screenshot of the Web server is created.
Instead of the "Print" button use the "PrtScr.exe" application.

Note
Disabled shortcut keys
If the shortcut keys are disabled via the option "Disable shortcut keys for operating system
access", the hardcopy function only prints to physically connected printers.
No printout is possible on printers with the "Print to file" function, e.g. save as PDF file. The
hardcopy function is not performed for these printers.
If several printers are connected and the configured default printer enables the "Print to file"
function, the next physically connected printer in the printer list is used instead of the default
printer.

Starting the hardcopy application

Start the "PrtScr.exe" application on the WebNavigator client, for example, by means of the
command line input or a user-defined function.
The application is stored in the following folder:
• ...\Common Files\Siemens\bin

Transfer the parameters

The parameters are transferred once only at the start.
• Separate the parameters with a space.
• Please note that this is case sensitive.
Close the application before you edit the parameters.
Edit the parameters and restart the application.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 255
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Overview: Parameters
The following parameters specify the procedure for printing a screenshot:

Parameters Function
Without parameters Not allowed on the WebNavigator client.
Use "-infinit" as a substitute.
Example:
• PrtScr.exe –infinit –hotkey="<ALT>+p"
-end Terminates an active instance of PrtScr.exe.
-hardcopy Starts PrtScr.exe.
Creates a screenshot of the current view.
The hardcopy function then waits for the key combination for output to the printer.
Use the parameter on a WebNavigator client only in combination with the "Infinite" and "Hotkey"
parameters.
-nomcp Starts PrtScr.exe.
Creates a screenshot and prints the current view.
PrtScr.exe is then closed.
-C= left;top;right;bot‐ Starts PrtScr.exe.
tom Creates a screenshot of the screen section that is specified in pixels and prints the current view.
PrtScr.exe is then closed.
"-C=" is always followed by a space.
Example:
• PrtScr.exe -C= 50;50;100;100
-l Prints in landscape format.
You can add the parameter to any parameter combination.
-infinit Serves as parameter for starting PrtScr.exe on a system without WinCC.
Always use the parameter in combination with "hotkey".
-hotkey="x" Specifies the key combination that starts output to the printer.
The following characters and combinations are allowed:
• <ALT>, <SHIFT>,<CTRL> + {0-9, A-Z, 0xXX}
Write the parameters in uppercase letters.
Combinations of the <Alt>, <Shift>, and <Ctrl> keys are allowed but not mandatory.
You can specify the "Virtual Key Code" with "XX" using the hexadecimal input "0xXX". For more
information about "Virtual Key Codes", refer to the MSDN Library.
Examples:
• Key combination <Ctrl+P>:
-hotkey="<CTRL>+P"
• Print button ("Print-Screen"):
-hotkey="0x2C"
• Key combination <Alt> and "Print-Screen":
-hotkey="<ALT>+0x2C"

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

256 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Examples of parameter combinations

Starting the hardcopy function by means of a

key combination
PrtScr.exe –infinit – Starts PrtScr.exe and waits for input of the <ALT+P>
hotkey="<ALT>+p" key combination.
Enter the following in the command line: The current screen view is printed as screenshot
"C:\Program Files (x86)\Common when you hit the key combination.
Files\Siemens\Bin\PrtScr.exe" –
infinit –hotkey="<ALT>+p"
PrtScr.exe –infinit – Starts PrtScr.exe and waits for input of the <ALT+P>
hotkey="<ALT>+p" –C= 10;10;100;100 key combination.
Only the screen section that is defined in pixels will
be printed as screenshot when you hit the key com‐
bination.

Starting the hardcopy function by means of

script
PrtScr.exe –nomcp Starts PrtScr.exe.
Creates a screenshot and prints the current view.
PrtScr.exe is then closed.
PrtScr.exe –C= 10;10;100;100 Starts PrtScr.exe.
Creates a screenshot of the section that is specified
in pixels and prints the current view.
PrtScr.exe is then closed.

2.2.4.6 Diagnosis of the Connections with "Status.html"

Overview
The "Status.html" page is used to diagnose the WebNavigator server and the connected clients.
The page offers an overview of the currently connected WebNavigator clients and their status.
Access to this page is restricted to the users created in the User Administrator.
Functions of this page can also be found on the "Download Hub" web navigation interface.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 257
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Calling up Status.html
To call up the diagnostics page, enter the following address in the browser:
• The WebNavigator is configured as the default web page:
"https://<servername>/status.html"
• The WebNavigator is configured as a virtual web page:
"https://<servername>/<folder name>/Status.html"
• Select the "Status" command from the "Diagnostics" menu if the Navigation interface is
available via "MainControl.asp".

Saving status information

To save the page, select the "Save As" function in the browser.
Select the file type *.txt.
For other file types, e.g. *.htm or *.html, the included contents are not saved.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

258 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Logging off clients from WebNavigator server

Users with the authorization level "User administration" can log off individual clients.
This means they can release WebNavigator licenses of inactive clients.
If the connection to a client was not terminated correctly, for example, this client may be
inactive but it remains logged on and uses the license. To release the license, log off this
client on the WebNavigator server.

Operational elements
The blue texts correspond to a clickable link.
During clicking, an additional dialog is either opened or the corresponding action is
executed, e.g. sorting.

Field Description
Switch User Switch current user
Filter by host names Search for computer name in the list of WebNavigator clients
The list is filtered during the input.
Only clients whose computer names include the entered string are displayed.
Time Sort the list of WebNavigator clients by time the connection was established
or when the client logged on.
Status Sort the list of WebNavigator clients by status.
Disconnect WebNaviga‐ Log off WebNavigator clients
tor Clients When you click the text, a check box is shown next to each WebNavigator
client.
Select the check box for desired clients and click on "Disconnect".
This function is only available if the logged-on user has the "User administra‐
tion" authorization.

Diagnostics information on the WebNavigator server

Field Description
<Name> (Administra‐ User name of the current user
tor) / (Non-Administra‐ Users with the authorization level "User administration" are displayed as "Ad‐
tor) ministrator".
All other users are displayed as "Non-Administrator".
Server Version WebNavigator server version
Server Filedate Date of the server version
License Count Number of licenses on the WebNavigator server
Runtime Mode Status of WinCC Runtime
Last Update Date and time of the last display refresh
Connected WebNaviga‐ Number of connected WebNavigator clients
tor-Clients
Connected Diagnose- Number of connected Diagnostics Clients
Clients

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 259
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Field Description
Connected DataMoni‐ Number of connected DataMonitor clients
tor-Clients
Connected WebUX-Cli‐ Number of connected WebUX clients
ents

Diagnostics information on the connected clients

The diagnostics information starts with the name of the relevant client.

Field Description
Logged on Users Number of logged on users
<Computer name> Name of the PC on which the WebNavigator client is running
Login Login name of the current user
Time Login time of the current user or time of the most recent automatic connec‐
tion setup.
Status Activity status of the WebNavigator clients
To identify all connected clients that are inactive, sort the list by status.
The time period of inactivity is displayed, e.g.:
• "Inactive since 2 minute(s)"
Type Type of client, e.g. standard, DataMonitor
PID Process ID of the instance of WebNavigatorRT.exe on the web server commu‐
nicating with the client.

See also
Administering the users for WebNavigator Client (Page 212)
Troubleshooting (Page 267)
WebUX licensing (Page 476)
Working with the WinCC Download Hub (Page 243)

2.2.5 Installation of the WinCC Plug-In Builder

2.2.5.1 Overview of the WinCC Plug-In Builder

Introduction
You use the WebNavigator Plug-In Builder to create MSI setup programs for downloading
additional components to the WebNavigator-Clients, e.g., custom-created ActiveX-Controls. The
Plug-Ins can be downloaded by the user, e.g., via the Web Navigator interface and can only be
used in the WebNavigator environment.
No knowledge of the setup technology is required for using the Plug-In Builder. You only have
to know which files are installed and registered by the setup program.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

260 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

The created Plug-In setup takes the form of a self-extracting "EXE" file. The file is made
available in a folder on the WebNavigator-Server for download to the clients.
A WebNavigator Plug-In is integrated in a previously installed WebNavigator-Client and is also
uninstalled again with this Client.

User interface of WinCC Plug-in Builder

You install the WebNavigator Plug-In Builder from the WinCC-DVD.
To open the Plug-In Builder, select the entry "Web Navigator Plug-In Builder" in the "Siemens
Automation" program group.
The Plug-In Builder shows an overview and the status of the existing Plug-In projects. Older
Plug-Ins may have to be generated again.

• The functions for creating a Plug-In are available via the navigation area, the menu
commands and the toolbar.
• All open PlugIn projects are listed in the project explorer.
• In the "Information" area, you see the project status of the selected PlugIn project.
• In the "Installed Software" area, you see the WebNavigator components that are installed or
still needed on the computer. The functions for testing and publishing a Plug-In are only
available with certain WebNavigator components.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 261
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

2.2.5.2 How to publish a plug-in

Introduction
You can publish the Plug-In on the local WebNavigator-Server. As a result, the Plug-In is available
to all Clients for installation.
If WebNavigator-Server and Plug-In Builder are located on the same computer, you can export
the Plug-In directly to the WebNavigator-Server. If the Plug-In Builder is on another computer,
you must transfer the Plug-In manually to the WebNavigator-Server.

Requirement
• The Plug-In has been generated successfully.
• Publishing requires the WebNavigator-Server.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

262 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Procedure
1. In the navigation area, click "Publish", or get to this dialog from "Test" with "Next".

2. Click or on the"Publish" button. The created Plug-In is stored on the WebNavigator-Server

in the following installation folder: "WebNavigator/Server/Web/Install/Custom".
3. You receive information on the status of the publishing in the "Publish Plugin" results
window. You go directly to the storage location by clicking the link.
4. Click the menu command "File > Close" to close the project or close the Plug-In Builder
with .

Installing a plug-in on the WebNavigator client

In order to install plug-ins created with the Plug-In Builder on the WebNavigator-Client, you must
have Windows administrator rights. The versions of the Plug-In Builders and WebNavigator-
Clients used must be identical.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 263
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

You use the Web Navigator interface to install the Plug-In. In the "Download Area/Download
plugins" menu, select the desired Plug-In.

2.2.6 Configuring terminal services for WebNavigator

2.2.6.1 Communication Using Terminal Services

Access from WebNavigator client and WinCC clients to the WebNavigator server
When a WebNavigator Client via the terminal service and WinCC Clients access the
WebNavigator Server, the WebNavigator Client operating as Terminal Client must not open a
Windows Desktop in the session.
You have the following options of preventing the WebNavigator Client from opening the
Windows Desktop at the beginning of a session:
• Enter all users directly in the Terminal Service configuration.
• In the Computer Management, enter Internet Explorer as start program for individual users.

2.2.6.2 Terminal Services Setup

Introduction
The following chapters show you how to set up the terminal services with regard to the
WebNavigator Client.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

264 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Requirement
• The WinCC basic system and WebNavigator Server do not run under the terminal services.
• The WinCC basic system and WebNavigator Server must be installed on the server before you
activate the terminal services for the following configuration steps.

Configuration steps
1. Activate the terminal services on the Terminal Server
2. Install the application on the Terminal Server, e.g. the WebNavigator Client. Information
pertaining to the installation can be found in the corresponding documentation and the
Online Help.
3. On the Terminal Server, create the users for access via the terminal services.
4. Run the application on the Terminal Client.
For more information, refer to "Terminal services" in the Microsoft Online Help.

2.2.6.3 Activating terminal services on the Windows Server

Introduction
Activate the Terminal Services on the server before you install the actual applications, e.g.
WebNavigator Client.
Install the application on the server using the "Add or Remove Programs" dialog in the
Control Panel. This makes it possible for all users to configure the applications. If the
application is installed in any other way, only the user who actually installed the application
can use it.

Requirement
• Windows administrator rights
• Windows server

Procedure
1. Open the Control Panel and double-click "Software".
2. Click "Add/Remove Windows Components" in the "Software" dialog. The "Windows
Components Wizard" opens.
3. Activate "Terminal Server" and "Terminal Server Licensing".
4. Click "Next". Follow the instructions.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 265
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

2.2.6.4 Creating users for access to the Terminal Server

Requirement
• Terminal Server is installed.
• A Windows user is created.

Procedure
1. Open Computer Management via the Control Panel. Select "Local Users and Groups".
2. Double-click the "Users" folder.
3. Double-click the user to be granted access to the Terminal Service.
4. Click on the "Membership" tab. Click "Add". The "Select Group" dialog opens.
5. Add the "Remote Desktop Users" group. Click "OK" to close all open dialogs.
6. Check the membership of the users in other groups. If required, add the user to other groups
in order to assign the necessary user authorizations.
7. Close Computer Management.

2.2.6.5 Starting the Terminal Server on the Terminal Client

Requirement
• The Terminal Service is started on the Windows Server
• On the Terminal Server, you created a user for access.

Procedure
1. On the Terminal Client, select the entry "Remote Desktop Connection" in the "Windows
Accessories" program group.
The "Remote Desktop Connection" dialog opens.
2. Enter the name of the Terminal Server.
3. Click "Connect". Log on with the user that you created for access to the Terminal Server.

Result
The connection is established. The desktop of the Terminal Server is displayed. Start an
application on the Terminal Server, for example, WebNavigator Client via Internet Explorer.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

266 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

2.2.7 Appendix

2.2.7.1 Troubleshooting

Communication between the WebNavigator Server and WebNavigator Client is down

If a provider (participating proxy, Firewall) has set Content Filtering for an Internet connection,
WebNavigator communication is no longer possible.
With content filtering, only certain contents of HTML pages are permitted. Communication is
routed via a defined port to an IP address, e.g. the address of the WinCC Server.

Corrective measure
Disable Smart Filtering of the IP address on the WebNavigator Server.
Because there is no HTML content on the WinCC server, filtering is not particularly useful in
any case.
The data is transferred in encrypted form if you are using SSL technology. In this case, Smart
Filtering of contents is not possible.

Connection abort
In the Internet environment, connection failures, delays, and fluctuation in communication can
occur.
If communication between the WebNavigator Client and WebNavigator Server goes down, a
message is output to the user on the WebNavigator Client.
The WebNavigator Client then attempts to perform an automatic connection setup in order to
restore the connection.

Corrective measure
Set the waiting times between connection attempts with the "Web Configurator".
If the value "0" is set, the WebNavigator Client does not attempt to reconnect automatically.
In this case, a message is output on the WebNavigator Client querying whether you wish to
re-establish the connection.

Confirm this prompt to re-establish the connection.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 267
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

No pictures are displayed.

Check that the correct web page is activated on the WebNavigator Server.

Multiple tab browsing

You need the "ControlHost.exe" process to enable multiple tab browsing in Internet Explorer.
When you append "?inplacecontrol=no" to the server name in the address bar, the
WebNavigator Client is no longer hosted in the ControlHost, but instead in Internet Explorer.
This means that multiple tab browsing is no longer possible and that the "Multiple viewer
instance disabled" message is output.

Demo mode
If a required license is missing on the WebNavigator Server, a message is displayed informing you
of this and the WebNavigator Client runs in demo mode.
In this mode, the WebNavigator Client is fully operational for a period of 30 days.
After 30 days, the error message "Still no License on Server, Demo mode expired" is shown.
The WebNavigator Client can no longer connect to the WebNavigator Server.

Security levels as of Internet Explorer 8

Protected mode is activated by default for Internet Explorer 8 in Windows 7.
While protective mode is activated, you cannot connect to the WebNavigator Server. The
error message "Low integrity level is not supported:. Please deactivate protected mode" is
displayed.
Disable the mode in "Tools > Internet Options > Security".

Internet Explorer on the Web client: Compatibility settings

When using Internet Explorer, you may experience display problems of the Web server on the
Web client.
To display the Web server correctly on the Web client, enable the compatibility view of the
Internet Explorer on the Web client.

Wrong start picture

You have edited a new picture in the Graphics Designer.
1. Start the WinCC Web Publishing Wizard in order to publish the new picture.
You open the WinCC Web Publishing Wizard in Windows via "PublishingWizard" or in the
WinCC Explorer in the "Web Navigator" shortcut menu via "Web View Publisher".
2. Select "Tools > Internet Options" in Internet Explorer to delete the temporary Internet files.
3. You can assign an individual start picture to each user in the User Administration.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

268 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

No connection to WebNavigator Server possible.

The following section lists several error messages and reasons that prevent the WebNavigator
Client from connecting to the WebNavigator Server:

"The WinCC Server is currently not active":

A server is not started in Runtime.

"Unknown user name or password":

This error can only occur in WinCCViewerRT.
The user or password was stored or entered incorrectly.
Internet Explorer allows you to enter the user name and password three times. The "HTTP
Error 401.1" error page is then displayed.

Note
Passwords are case-sensitive.

"Maximum count of users reached":

The WinCC/WebNavigator license was exceeded on the WebNavigator Server.

"Maximum number of simultaneous client connections reached as all licenses are in

use".
The available WinCC/WebNavigator licenses are allocated.
If the WinCC/WebUX option is also used in the WinCC system, a WebUX client can also occupy
a WebNavigator license. This reduces the number of available WebNavigator licenses.
To identify any inactive clients and to disconnect them, use the page "http://<servername>/
status.html".

"Server workload exceeds limit":

The maximum number of simultaneous connections was exceeded.
You make the setting in "WebNavigator > Web settings > Runtime" in WinCC Explorer.
The number of clients connected to a server is shown on the page "http://<servername>/
status.html".
The number of simultaneous connections could exceed the number of connected clients if,
for example, several tabs are opened in the browser window.

"Maximum count of tabs reached":

The maximum number of tabs per browser was exceeded.
You make the setting in "WebNavigator > Web settings > Runtime" in WinCC Explorer.

"No connection to server":

The server cannot be reached.
The precise cause of error is unknown.
For diagnostics information, refer to the page "http://<servername>/status.html".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 269
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

If the WebNavigator client is not running on the same computer as the WebNavigator server,
check the settings in the "Simatic Shell" dialog. Remote communication must be activated on
both the Web client and the Web server.

Note
WebNavigator client on a 64-bit PC
If the WebNavigator Client is a 64-bit computer, you first have to install the required "Visual C++
Redistributable" on the computer.
You have to perform this installation before the connection is established.
You can install the software via the menu "Web Navigator and System Updates" in the "download
area" of the Navigation user interface of "MainControl.asp".
If you are connecting to an older WebNavigator Server, the link is not available. Then you can
install the required Visual C++ Redistributable from the Microsoft homepage.

"Failed to load http://<servername>/Pictures/For_example.PD_":

Access to the configured start picture has failed.
Check the authorizations on the WebNavigator Server. The published picture may no longer
be available on the server.

See also
Checking the activated web page (Page 226)
Diagnosis of the Connections with "Status.html" (Page 257)

2.2.7.2 Functions

Supported functions

Introduction
The following list shows the functions supported by WebNavigator.
Functions not included in this list are not automatically enabled for the WebNavigator.

Functions

WaitForDocumentReady

Get_Focus GetTagChar
GetAssignments GetTagCharState
GetBasePicture GetTagCharStateWait
GetFlashPicture GetTagCharWait

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

270 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

GetFontName GetTagMultiStateWait
GetInputValueChar GetTagMultiWait
GetLastChange GetText
GetOutputFormat SetTagMultiWait
GetOutputValueChar SetTagMultiStateWait
GetPictureName SetTagRaw
GetPropChar SetTagRawState
GetServerName SetTagRawStateWait

AXC_OnBtnArcLong AXC_OnBtnMsgNext
AXC_OnBtnArcShort AXC_OnBtnMsgPrev
AXC_OnBtnComment AXC_OnBtnMsgWin
AXC_OnBtnEmergAckn AXC_OnBtnScroll
AXC_OnBtnInfo AXC_OnBtnSelect
AXC_OnBtnLock AXC_OnBtnSinglAckn
AXC_OnBtnLoop AXC_OnBtnVisibleAckn
AXC_OnBtnMsgFirst AXC_SetFilter
AXC_OnBtnMsgLast

OnBtnArcLong OnBtnMsgLast
OnBtnArcShort OnBtnMsgNext
OnBtnComment OnBtnMsgPrev
OnBtnEmergAckn OnBtnMsgWin
OnBtnHornAckn OnBtnPrint
OnBtnInfo OnBtnScroll
OnBtnLanguage OnBtnSelect
OnBtnLock OnBtnSinglAckn
OnBtnLoop OnBtnVisibleAckn
OnBtnMsgFirst

TLGGetTemplateParameter TlgTableWindowPressPrevButton
TLGPressToolbarButton TlgTableWindowPressPrevItemButton
TlgGetColumnPosition TlgTableWindowPressStartStopButton
TlgGetNumberOfColumns TlgTrendWindowPressFirstButton
TlgGetNumberOfRows TlgTrendWindowPressLastButton
TlgGetNumberOfTrends TlgTrendWindowPressLinealButton
TlgGetRowPosition TlgTrendWindowPressNextButton
TlgGetRulerArchivNameTrend TlgTrendWindowPressNextItemButton
TlgGetRulerTimeTrend TlgTrendWindowPressOneToOneButton
TlgGetRulerValueTrend TlgTrendWindowPressOpenArchiveVariableSelectionDlgBut‐
ton

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 271
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

TlgGetRulerVariableNameTrend TlgTrendWindowPressOpenDlgButton
TlgGetTextAtPos TlgTrendWindowPressOpenItemSelectDlgButton
TlgTableWindowPressFirstButton TlgTrendWindowPressOpenTimeSelectDlgButton
TlgTableWindowPressLastButton TlgTrendWindowPressPrevButton
TlgTableWindowPressNextButton TlgTrendWindowPressPrevItemButton
TlgTableWindowPressNextItemButton TlgTrendWindowPressStartStopButton
TlgTableWindowPressOpenArchiveVariableSelectionDlgBut‐ TlgTrendWindowPressZoomInButton
ton
TlgTableWindowPressOpenItemSelectDlgButton TlgTrendWindowPressZoomOutButton
TlgTableWindowPressOpenTimeSelectDlgButton

GetLanguage GetParentPicture
SetLanguage GetParentPictureWindow
GetLink GetServerTagPrefix
SetLink OpenPicture
GetLinkedVariable SetPictureDeactivated
GetLocalPicture SetPictureDown
SetMultiLink SetPictureUp
RPTJobPrint

_makepath fscanf setvbuf

_splitpath fsetpos sprintf
abs ftell srand
abort fwrite sscanf
asctime getc strcat
atexit getchar strcmp
atof getenv strcpy
atoi gets strchr
atol gmtime strcspn
bsearch labs strerror
calloc ldiv strftime
clearerr localtime strlen
clock malloc strncat
ctime memchr strncmp
difftime memcmp strncpy
div memcpy strpbrk
exit memmove strrchr
fclose memset strspn
feof mktime strstr
ferror perror strtod
fflush printf strtok
fgetc putc strtol

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

272 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

fgetpos putchar strtoul

fgets puts SysMalloc
fopen qsort system
fprintf rand time
fputc realloc ungetc
fputs remove vfprintf
freopen rename vprintf
fread rewind vsprintf
free scanf
fseek setbuf

Check ProgramExecute

GetActualPointLeft GetExponent GetPicDeactTransparent

GetActualPointTop GetExtendedOperation GetPicDeactUseTransColor
GetAdaptBorder GetFillColor GetPicDownReferenced
GetAdaptPicture GetFilling GetPicDownTransparent
GetAdaptSize GetFillingIndex GetPicDownUseTransColor
GetAlarmHigh GetFillStyle GetPicReferenced
GetAlarmLow GetFillStyle2 GetPicTransColor
GetAlignment GetFlashBackColor GetPicUpReferenced
GetAlignmentLeft GetFlashBorderColor GetPicUpTransparent
GetAlignmentTop GetFlashFlashPicture GetPicUpUseTransColor
GetAssumeOnExit GetFlashForeColor GetPicUseTransColor
GetAssumeOnFull GetFlashPicReferenced GetPictureDeactivated
GetAverage GetFlashPicTransColor GetPictureDown
GetAxisSection GetFlashPicUseTransColor GetPictureUp
GetBackBorderWidth GetFlashRateBackColor GetPointCount
GetBackColor GetFlashRateBorderColor GetPosition
GetBackColor2 GetFlashRateFlashPic GetPressed
GetBackColor3 GetFlashRateForeColor GetProcess
GetBackColorBottom GetFontBold GetPropBOOL
GetBackColorTop GetFontItalic GetPropDouble
GetBackFlashColorOff GetFontSize GetPropLong
GetBackFlashColorOn GetFontUnderline GetPropWord
GetBasePicReferenced GetForeColor GetRadius
GetBasePicTransColor GetForeFlashColorOff GetRadiusHeight
GetBasePicUseTransColor GetForeFlashColorOn GetRadiusWidth
GetBitNumber GetGrid GetRangeMax
GetBorderBackColor GetGridColor GetRangeMin
GetBorderColor GetGridHeight GetReferenceRotationLeft
GetBorderColorBottom GetGridWidth GetReferenceRotationTop

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 273
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

GetBorderColorTop GetHeight GetRightComma

GetBorderEndStyle GetHiddenInput GetRotationAngle
GetBorderFlashColorOff GetHotkey GetRoundCornerHeight
GetBorderFlashColorOn GetHysteresis GetRoundCornerWidth
GetBorderStyle GetHysteresisRange GetScaleColor
GetBorderWidth GetIndex GetScaleTicks
GetBoxAlignment GetInputValueDouble GetScaling
GetBoxCount GetItemBorderBackColor GetScalingType
GetBoxType GetItemBorderColor GetScrollBars
GetButtonColor GetItemBorderStyle GetSelBGColor
GetCaption GetItemBorderWidth GetSelTextColor
GetCheckAlarmHigh GetLanguageSwitch GetSizeable
GetCheckAlarmLow GetLayer GetSmallChange
GetCheckLimitHigh4 GetLeft GetStartAngle
GetCheckLimitHigh5 GetLeftComma GetToggle
GetCheckLimitLow4 GetLimitHigh4 GetToleranceHigh
GetCheckLimitLow5 GetLimitHigh5 GetToleranceLow
GetCheckToleranceHigh GetLimitLow4 GetTop
GetCheckToleranceLow GetLimitLow5 GetTrend
GetCheckWarningHigh GetLimitMax GetTrendColor
GetCheckWarningLow GetLimitMin GetTypeAlarmHigh
GetClearOnError GetListType GetTypeAlarmLow
GetClearOnNew GetLongStrokesBold GetTypeLimitHigh4
GetCloseButton GetLongStrokesOnly GetTypeLimitHigh5
GetColorAlarmHigh GetLongStrokesSize GetTypeLimitLow4
GetColorAlarmLow GetLongStrokesTextEach GetTypeLimitLow5
GetColorBottom GetMarker GetTypeToleranceHigh
GetColorChangeType GetMax GetTypeToleranceLow
GetColorLimitHigh4 GetMaximizeButton GetTypeWarningHigh
GetColorLimitHigh5 GetMin GetTypeWarningLow
GetColorLimitLow4 GetMoveable GetUnselBGColor
GetColorLimitLow5 GetNumberLines GetUnselTextColor
GetColorToleranceHigh GetOffsetLeft GetUpdateCycle
GetColorToleranceLow GetOffsetTop GetVisible
GetColorTop GetOnTop GetWarningHigh
GetColorWarningHigh GetOperation GetWarningLow
GetColorWarningLow GetOperationMessage GetWindowBorder
GetCursorControl GetOperationReport GetWindowsStyle
GetDataFormat GetOrientation GetWidth
GetDirection GetOutputValueDouble GetZeroPoint
GetEditAtOnce GetPasswordLevel GetZeroPointValue
GetEndAngle GetPicDeactReferenced GetZoom

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

274 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Set_Focus SetEditAtOnce SetPicDownUseTransColor

SetActualPointLeft SetEndAngle SetPicTransColor
SetActualPointTop SetExponent SetPicUpTransparent
SetAlarmHigh SetExtendedOperation SetPicUpUseTransColor
SetAlarmLow SetFillColor SetPicUseTransColor
SetAlignment SetFilling SetPictureName
SetAlignmentLeft SetFillingIndex SetPointCount
SetAlignmentTop SetFillStyle SetPosition
SetAssumeOnExit SetFillStyle2 SetPressed
SetAssumeOnFull SetFlashBackColor SetProcess
SetAverage SetFlashBorderColor SetPropBOOL
SetAxisSection SetFlashFlashPicture SetPropDateTime
SetBackBorderWidth SetFlashForeColor SetPropChar
SetBackColor SetFlashPicTransColor SetPropDouble
SetBackColor2 SetFlashPicUseTransColor SetPropLong
SetBackColor3 SetFlashRateBackColor SetPropWord
SetBackColorBottom SetFlashRateBorderColor SetRadius
SetBackColorTop SetFlashRateFlashPic SetRadiusHeight
SetBackFlashColorOff SetFlashRateForeColor SetRadiusWidth
SetBackFlashColorOn SetFontBold SetRangeMax
SetBasePicTransColor SetFontItalic SetRangeMin
SetBasePicUseTransColor SetFontName SetRightComma
SetBitNumber SetFontSize SetReferenceRotationLeft
SetBorderBackColor SetFontUnderline SetReferenceRotationTop
SetBorderColor SetForeColor SetRotationAngle
SetBorderColorBottom SetForeFlashColorOff SetRoundCornerHeight
SetBorderColorTop SetForeFlashColorOn SetRoundCornerWidth
SetBorderEndStyle SetHeight SetScaleColor
SetBorderFlashColorOff SetHiddenInput SetScaleTicks
SetBorderFlashColorOn SetHysteresis SetScaling
SetBorderStyle SetHysteresisRange SetScalingType
SetBorderWidth SetIndex SetSelBGColor
SetBoxAlignment SetItemBorderBackColor SetSelTextColor
SetBoxCount SetItemBorderColor SetSmallChange
SetBoxType SetItemBorderStyle SetStartAngle
SetButtonColor SetItemBorderWidth SetText
SetCheckAlarmHigh SetLeft SetTop
SetCheckAlarmLow SetLeftComma SetTrend
SetCheckLimitHigh4 SetLimitHigh4 SetTrendColor
SetCheckLimitHigh5 SetLimitHigh5 SetToleranceHigh
SetCheckLimitLow4 SetLimitLow4 SetToleranceLow
SetCheckLimitLow5 SetLimitLow5 SetToggle

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 275
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

SetCheckToleranceHigh SetLimitMax SetTypeAlarmHigh

SetCheckToleranceLow SetLimitMin SetTypeAlarmLow
SetCheckWarningHigh SetLongStrokesBold SetTypeLimitHigh4
SetCheckWarningLow SetLongStrokesOnly SetTypeLimitHigh5
SetClearOnError SetLongStrokesSize SetTypeLimitLow4
SetClearOnNew SetMarker SetTypeLimitLow5
SetColorAlarmHigh SetMax SetTypeToleranceHigh
SetColorAlarmLow SetMin SetTypeToleranceLow
SetColorBottom SetNumberLines SetTypeWarningHigh
SetColorChangeType SetOffsetLeft SetTypeWarningLow
SetColorLimitHigh4 SetOffsetTop SetUnselBGColor
SetColorLimitHigh5 SetOperation SetUnselTextColor
SetColorLimitLow4 SetOperationMessage SetVisible
SetColorLimitLow5 SetOperationReport SetWarningHigh
SetColorToleranceHigh SetOrientation SetWarningLow
SetColorToleranceLow SetOutputValueChar SetWindowsStyle
SetColorTop SetOutputValueDouble SetWidth
SetColorWarningHigh SetPasswordLevel SetZeroPoint
SetColorWarningLow SetPicDeactTransparent SetZeroPointValue
SetCursorControl SetPicDeactUseTransColor SetZoom
SetDirection SetPicDownTransparent

GetTagBit GetTagDateTime GetTagByteStateQCWait

GetTagByte GetTagDoubleWait GetTagCharStateQC
GetTagDouble GetTagDWordWait GetTagCharStateQCWait
GetTagDWord GetTagFloatWait GetTagDoubleStateQC
GetTagFloat GetTagRawWait GetTagDoubleStateQCWait
GetTagRaw GetTagSByteWait GetTagDWordStateQC
GetTagSByte GetTagSDWordWait GetTagDWordStateQCWait
GetTagSDWord GetTagSWordWait GetTagFloatStateQC
GetTagSWord GetTagWordWait GetTagFloatStateQCWait
GetTagWord GetTagBitStateWait GetTagRawStateQC
GetTagBitState GetTagByteStateWait GetTagRawStateQCWait
GetTagByteState GetTagDoubleStateWait GetTagSByteStateQC
GetTagDoubleState GetTagDWordStateWait GetTagSByteStateQCWait
GetTagDWordState GetTagFloatStateWait GetTagSDWordStateQC
GetTagFloatState GetTagRawStateWait GetTagSDWordStateQCWait
GetTagRawState GetTagSByteStateWait GetTagSWordStateQC
GetTagSByteState GetTagSDWordStateWait GetTagSWordStateQCWait
GetTagSDWordState GetTagSWordStateWait GetTagValueStateQC
GetTagSWordState GetTagWordStateWait GetTagValueStateQCWait
GetTagWordState GetTagBitStateQC GetTagWordStateQC

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

276 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

GetTagBitWait GetTagBitStateQCWait GetTagWordStateQCWait

GetTagByteWait GetTagByteStateQC GetTagMultiStateQCWait

SetTagBit SetTagFloatState SetTagSWordWait

SetTagByte SetTagRawState SetTagWordWait
SetTagDouble SetTagSByteState SetTagBitStateWait
SetTagDWord SetTagSDWordState SetTagByteStateWait
SetTagFloat SetTagSWordState SetTagDoubleStateWait
SetTagRaw SetTagWordState SetTagDWordStateWait
SetTagSByte SetTagBitWait SetTagFloatStateWait
SetTagSDWord SetTagByteWait SetTagRawStateWait
SetTagSWord SetTagDoubleWait SetTagSByteStateWait
SetTagWord SetTagDWordWait SetTagSDWordStateWait
SetTagBitState SetTagFloatWait SetTagSWordStateWait
SetTagByteState SetTagRawWait SetTagWordStateWait
SetTagDoubleState SetTagSByteWait
SetTagDWordState SetTagSDWordWait

Supported ODK Functions

PWRTCheckPermission
PWRTCheckAreaPermission
PWRTCheckPermissionOnArea
PWRTCheckPermissionOnPicture // Only the "permlevel" parameter is evaluated.
MSRTStartMsgService
MSRTStopMsgService
MSRTCreateMsg
MSRTCreateMsgInstanceWithComment
MSRTSetComment
PDLRTGetLink
PDLRTSetLink
PDLRTSetMultiLink
PDLRTGetPropEx // Only reading is supported.
PDLRTSetPropEx // Only setting is supported.
TXTRTConnect
TXTRTDisconnect
TXTRTGetInfoText
TXTRTGetInfoTextMC

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 277
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Supported User Archive-Functions

Note
User archive functions must always start with "ua" in lower case.
Functions beginning with the uppercase letters "UA" are ODK functions. These ODK functions
are not supported on the WebNavigator Client.

uaArchiveClose uaArchiveGetName uaArchiveSetFieldValueLong

uaArchiveDelete uaArchiveGetSort uaArchiveSetFieldValueString
uaArchiveExport uaArchiveImport uaArchiveSetFilter
uaArchiveGetCount uaArchiveInsert uaArchiveSetSort
uaArchiveGetFieldLength uaArchiveMoveFirst uaArchiveUpdate
uaArchiveGetFieldName uaArchiveMoveLast uaArchiveWriteTagValues
uaArchiveGetFields uaArchiveMoveNext uaArchiveWriteTagValuesByName
uaArchiveGetFieldType uaArchiveMovePrevious uaConnect
uaArchiveGetFieldValueDate uaArchiveOpen uaDisconnect
uaArchiveGetFieldValueFloat uaArchiveReadTagValues uaGetLastError
uaArchiveGetFieldValueDouble uaArchiveReadTagValuesByName uaGetLastHResult
uaArchiveGetFieldValueLong uaArchiveRequery uaQueryArchive
uaArchiveGetFieldValueString uaArchiveSetFieldValueDate uaQueryArchiveByName
uaArchiveGetFilter uaArchiveSetFieldValueDouble uaReleaseArchive
uaArchiveGetID uaArchiveSetFieldValueFloat

Supported MBCS Functions

_ismbcalnum _mbscat _mbsncmp

_ismbcalpha _mbschr _mbsncpy
_ismbcdigit _mbscmp _mbsnicmp
_ismbcgraph _mbscpy _mbspbrk
_ismbclower _mbsdec _mbsrchr
_ismbcprint _mbsicmp _mbsspn
_ismbcpunct _mbsinc _mbsstr
_ismbcspace _mbslen _mbstok
_ismbcupper _mbscspn _mbctolower
_mbclen _mbsncat _mbctoupper

WaitForDocumentReady

Function
The function checks whether a picture is loaded in the specified picture window.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

278 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

A difference must be made in the scripts of process pictures or project functions between the
runtime environment of WinCC and of the WebNavigator Client.
The following Compiler commands exist to this purpose:
• #ifdef RUN_ON_WEBNAVIGATOR
• #ifndef RUN_ON_WEBNAVIGATOR
This allows you to distinguish between WinCC and the WebNavigator Client in your
configuration as follows:
• Script delay with "WaitForDocumentReady"
• Differing picture addressing
• Different function names for control system functions
• Functions that are not supported on the WebNavigator Client

Syntax in ANSI-C
int WaitForDocumentReady(LPCSTR lpszPictureWindow)

Parameters

lpszPictureWindow
Pointer to the name of the picture window that is opened in the WebNavigator client.
The following addressing syntax is possible:

Picture window "xxx" in the current picture ./xxx

Picture window "yyy" in the child picture "xxx" ./xxx/yyy
Picture window "xxx" in the parent picture ../xxx
Picture window "xxx" in the parent picture of the parent pic‐ ../../xxx
ture
Absolute path compatible with WinCC xxx.yyy:

Note
Addressing via absolute path
Add a colon at the end of the path for addressing the picture window via an absolute path.
After the colon, you can optionally refer to a specific picture in the picture window.
Example:
• WaitForDocumentReady("Start.PictureWindow1:Picture1")

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 279
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

Return value

Value Explanation
TRUE 0 The picture window has been found and the status checked.
FALSE -1 The picture window has not been found.

Example of ANSI-C
#ifdef RUN_ON_WEBNAVIGATOR
SetPropChar("../", "View", "PictureName", szViewName);
WaitForDocumentReady("../View");
#else
SetPropChar(lpszParent, "View", "PictureName", szViewName);
#endif

Note
Syntax check
The syntax of the code section for WinCC/WebNavigator is not checked during compilation of the
WinCC script. Instead, it is only checked when the pictures are published.

Syntax in VBS
Expression.WaitForDocumentReady()

Example for VBS

If IsWebNavigator() Then
WaitForDocumentReady(PictureName) 'Byref
End If

Unsupported Functions
The following list is only an extract of the unsupported functions. The list contains the functions
that are explicitly stated as being unsupported.

Functions

GetHWDiag OnDeactivateExecute ReportJob

GetHWDiagLevel OnErrorExecute RPTJobPreview
GetKopFupAwl OnTime RptShowError
GetKopFupAwlLevel OpenPrevPicture

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

280 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

VBScript functions
• HMIRuntime.Stop: Terminates Internet Explorer and WinCCViewerRT, but not WinCC
Runtime.
• AlarmLogs Object
• DataLogs Object
• Logging Object
• Project Object

Functions That Are not Required:

• DeactivateRTProject: Terminates Internet Explorer and WinCCViewerRT, but not WinCC
Runtime.
• ExitWinCC
• FillDiagnoseInTags
• InquireLanguage
• TraceText
• TraceTime

Other Functions
These functions are included in the functional scope in order to ensure error-free compilation on
the WebNavigator Client. The functions are not supported by the WebNavigator Client.

AXC_OnBtnHornAckn GetCursorMode GmsgFunction

AXC_OnBtnPrint SetCursorMode MSRTMsgWinCommand
AXC_OnBtnProtocol TlgTableWindowPressHelpButton

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 281
WinCC/WebNavigator
2.2 WinCC/WebNavigator Documentation

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

282 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
WinCC/DataMonitor 3
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

3.1.1 DataMonitor

Overview
You can display and evaluate current process states and historical data with WinCC/DataMonitor
via the Intranet/Internet.
WinCC/DataMonitor consists of a server component and a client component. The
DataMonitor server makes functions available to the DataMonitor client for analysis and
display of data. Access rights control access to the functions.
• "WinCCViewerRT":
Program for monitoring of WinCC projects. The DataMonitor client is a so-called "View Only
Client".
• "Excel Workbook":
Display of process values and archive values in an Excel table for evaluation and display via
the web or as a print template for reports
• "Reports":
Creating reports from WinCC print jobs or from published Excel workbooks. This also allows
for statistics and analyses of certain process data or historical data. The reports are created
in PDF format and forwarded as e-mail if necessary.
• "Webcenter":
Central information portal for access to WinCC data via user-specific views. Clearly structured
Webcenter pages with individual user rights for reading, writing and creating Webcenter
pages.
• "Trends & Alarms":
For display and analysis of archived process values and alarms. The data is displayed in tables
and diagrams on predefined Webcenter pages.

Quantity Structure
WinCC/DataMonitor allows the simultaneous operation of up to 50 clients per server.

Using terminal services

A configuration with 50 DataMonitor clients per terminal services server has been tested as a
typical scenario.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 283
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

3.1.2 Preparations

Introduction
For the Getting Started, you will implement a WinCC single user system, on which the
DataMonitor server will be installed. To access the data and display them with the DataMonitor
client, the client is started on the DataMonitor server.

Requirement
Please follow the Installation Notes of WinCC and WinCC/DataMonitor.
• Internet Information Service is installed.
• WinCC is installed and has been started.
• The DataMonitor server is installed.
• The DataMonitor client is installed.
• A WinCC/DataMonitor license is installed.
• Internet Explorer is installed.

Configuration steps
You have to complete the following configuration steps to set up the DataMonitor system.
1. Configure the DataMonitor system.
– Define Windows user and access rights in Windows.
– Define WinCC user and access rights in "WinCC User Administrator" for WinCCViewerRT
and "Excel Workbook".
– Set up the web page and firewall.
– Publish WinCC pictures.
2. Start the WinCC Runtime.
3. Set up the DataMonitor client.
– Configure the security settings of the Internet Explorer.
4. Use the DataMonitor client.
– Start the Internet Explorer and enter the address of the DataMonitor server.
– Log on to the DataMonitor server and access the DataMonitor functions.
5. Monitor the WinCC project with the WinCCViewerRT.
– Set up WinCCViewerRT.
– Display pictures.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

284 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

3.1.3 Configuring the DataMonitor system

3.1.3.1 Defining users in Windows

User groups in Windows

Overview
The following user groups are created automatically in Windows when the DataMonitor server
is installed.

SIMATIC Report Administrators

Membership of the user group "SIMATIC Report Administrators" is required for extended rights,
especially for configuration purposes. At least one user must be created and assigned to the
"SIMATIC Report Administrators" user group.
• You can also do the following as "SIMATIC Report Administrators" in the "Webcenter":
– Configuring connections
– Creating templates for Webcenter pages
– Creating and configuring public and private Webcenter pages
• You can also do the following as "SIMATIC Report Administrators" in "Reports":
– Configuring reports based on WinCC print jobs or Excel workbooks.

SIMATIC Report Users

Membership of the user group "SIMATIC Report Users" or of your own user group is required for
the "Webcenter", "Trends & Alarms" and "Reports".
• You can also do the following as "SIMATIC Report Users" in the "Webcenter":
– Setting up and configuring Webcenter pages. The Webcenter pages are stored in
different directories.
– Opening public pages
• You can also do the following as "SIMATIC Report Users" in "Reports":
– Opening reports based on WinCC print jobs or Excel workbooks.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 285
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

Defining Users and Access Rights in Windows

Introduction
When using DataMonitor, users need different authentications.
• All users must be members of the "SIMATIC HMI" user group.
• For access to the WinCC database via DataMonitor, you need a Windows user with password
who is a member of the "SIMATIC HMI VIEWER" user group.
This means you must create users with the matching user rights.

Requirement
• WinCC is installed.
• The DataMonitor server is installed.

Procedure
1. Open the Windows Computer Management.
2. Under "System Tools" navigate to "Local Users and Groups > User".
In the shortcut menu select the entry "New user".

3. Enter a name such as "DM_Demo" in the "New User" dialog box in the "User name" field.
Enter a name such as "User for DataMonitor" in the "Full name" field.
Type the desired password into the "Password" field and then repeat it in the "Confirm
password" field.
Create the user with "Create".
Close the "New user" dialog.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

286 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

4. In the table window, click on the newly created user.

Select the "Properties" command in the shortcut menu.
5. Click "Add" in the "Member of" tab.
6. In the "Select Groups" dialog, click the "Advanced" and then "Find now" button.
7. In the opened list, select the following entries:
– SIMATIC Report Administrators
– SIMATIC HMI
– SIMATIC HMI VIEWER
8. Click "OK" twice to close the dialog.
In the properties of the user, the groups are added to the list.
9. Click "OK" and close the Computer Management.

Result
The user "DM_Demo" with membership of the user groups "SIMATIC Report Administrators",
"SIMATIC HMI" and "SIMATIC HMI VIEWER" has been set up.
The user can now create directories in the Webcenter and make connections to WinCC
databases.

Note
Login for remote access
If a user wants to access remote computers via the DataMonitor server, the Windows user must
be set up on the DataMonitor server as well as the remote servers with the same password.

3.1.3.2 Administering users for DataMonitor

Introduction
For the use of certain functions on the DataMonitor client, users need authentication as
DataMonitor user as well as authentication as WinCC user. Use one WinCC user for
"WinCCViewerRT" and "Excel Workbook".
If you are working as DataMonitor user and WinCC user at the DataMonitor client you have to
log on twice. You have two alternatives to only log on once:
• The DataMonitor user and the WinCC user have identical names and passwords.
The user must be configured in Windows and in WinCC and added to the "SIMATIC HMI" and
"SIMATIC HMI VIEWER" user groups.
• SIMATIC logon allows the central administration of users.
In order to use SIMATIC logon in connection with DataMonitor, DataMonitor users must also
be added to the user group "SIMATIC HMI VIEWER".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 287
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

Procedure
1. Select the entry "User Administrator" in the navigation window of WinCC Explorer. Select the
"Open" command from the shortcut menu. The editor "User Administrator" is opened.

2. In the navigation window, select a user or create a new user.

3. Select a user group and then open the shortcut menu. Select the entry "New User". The name
of the user can be changed directly with the <F2> function key or the shortcut menu
command "Rename". The user must be selected beforehand for this purpose.
4. Enter a name and a password with at least six characters for "Login".
Click "OK".
5. Select the newly created user in the table window. The properties of the user are displayed.
6. Activate the option "WebNavigator". Select a start picture from the dropdown list next to
"Web start picture".
7. Check the selected language and change this setting if desired via the dropdown list next to
"Web language". You can only select a new language from the dropdown list if one of the two
options "WebNavigator" or "PureWebClient" is activated. The languages created in the Text
Library are available for selection.
8. The user needs at least the authorization "Web Access - monitoring only".
In the row in the table window, activate the corresponding authorization in the "Enable"
column.
9. Close the User Administrator.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

288 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

3.1.3.3 Configuring the DataMonitor web page

Introduction
You create the DataMonitor web page with the WinCC Web Configurator.

Requirement
• The DataMonitor server is installed.
• The Windows "Internet Information Service" component is installed.

Procedure
1. Select "Web Navigator" in the navigation window of WinCC Explorer.
Select "Web Configurator" in the shortcut menu.
Alternatively, select the "WebConfigurator" entry in the "Siemens Automation" program
group.
The WinCC Web Configurator opens.
2. On the home page, activate the "WebNavigator Website - Configuration" option.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 289
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

3. The Web Configurator detects whether a configuration already exists.

– No configuration found:
Activate "Create a new standard website (Standalone)".
Click "Next".
– Configuration found:
Click "Next" and check the configuration.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

290 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

4. Select "Name of the web page" and enter the name.

5. Select an SSL certificate from the drop-down list.

If the drop-down list does not contain a certificate, select the "Create new certificate" option.
Enter a name in the "New certificate" dialog and confirm with "OK".
6. Enter the number of the port used for access in the "Port" field.
The HTTPS standard port "443" is set by default.
7. At "IP address", specify whether the computer is to be available on the intranet or Internet or
on both networks.
Use only the addresses that are available in the selection list.
Select "All not assigned" to enable intranet and Internet access to the computer.
8. Select "DataMonitor.asp" as the default web page.
9. Specify the time interval after which the DataMonitor client starts to reestablish a connection
automatically in case of a connection error.
A time setting of "0 s" disables the "Automatic reconnection" function.
10.Specify whether the web page is started once the configuration is completed.
11.Click "Next" if you have installed a firewall. The next steps are described under "Configuring
the firewall (Page 292)".
Click "Finish" if you have not activated a firewall.

Result
You have created the Web folder and activated the web page.
When you have activated the firewall, use the Web Configurator to configure its settings.

See also
Configuring the firewall (Page 292)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 291
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

3.1.3.4 Configuring the firewall

Introduction
This section describes how to activate "HTTP" and "HTTPS" services using Windows Server 2016
as an example.
Consult your network administrator if you want to set up the Windows Firewall with
advanced security or for a different port.

Requirement
• You have created a default web page with Web Configurator.
• The Firewall is activated.
• The user who is logged has Windows administrator rights.
• You have to set up the HTTPS service in IIS if you are using it for WebNavigator.
More information: "WinCC Installation Notes / Release Notes > WinCC/DataMonitor
Installation Notes > Setting up a secure connection via HTTPS (Page 104)"

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

292 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

Procedure for the default port

1. Change to the "Configuring the Windows Firewall" page in the "WinCC Web Configurator".

2. Click the "Windows Firewall" button.

The "Windows Firewall" dialog opens.
3. Click "Allow apps to communicate through Windows Firewall".
4. Activate "Secure World Wide Web Services (HTTPS)".
5. Close all Windows dialogs with "OK".
6. Click "Finish" in the Web Configurator.
The server configuration is completed.

See also
Setting up a secure connection over HTTPS (Page 104)
Configuring the DataMonitor web page (Page 289)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 293
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

3.1.3.5 How to publish WinCC process pictures using WinCC Web Publishing Wizard

Introduction
Use the WinCC Web Publishing Wizard to publish the process pictures that you created in
Graphics Designer.

Procedure
1. Select "Web Navigator" in the navigation window of WinCC Explorer.
2. Select the "Web View Publisher" command in the shortcut menu.
The WinCC Web Publishing Wizard is now launched.
Click "Next".
Alternatively, start the wizard in Windows via "PublishingWizard".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

294 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

3. Under "Path to your WinCC project", select the WinCC project folder containing the pictures
you want to publish.
– The folder has the following format for publication on a dedicated web server:
"\\<servername>\<serverprefix>_ _<projectname>"
– If you want to publish from a remote station, select the source project containing the
pictures.
The source project is displayed by its enable name on the other WinCC Server.
The folder has the following format:
"\\<computer name>\<enable name>"
To display hidden objects that are published automatically, activate the "Show hidden
objects" option in the "Diagnostics" area.

4. Activate the "Server prefix" option if you want to publish the pictures on a dedicated web
server.
Select the prefix of the WinCC Server that contains the WinCC project from the selection list.
The list displays the prefixes of the servers whose packages are loaded on the WinCC Client.
Deleting a prefix from the selection changes the paths displayed in the fields below.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 295
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

5. Select the target folder for the published pictures under "Publishing folder of the WinCC web".
– Accept the proposed folder within the WinCC project folder.
Do not change the path specification unless you want to transfer pictures to a different
project, for example. In this case, the prefix selection list will be expanded accordingly.
– Verify the specified target project to which the published pictures are saved during remote
publishing.
The path definition will be updated when you select the source project.
Should the target project be located on another WinCC server, select the corresponding
project.
Click "Next".
6. Move the pictures that you wish to publish to the "Selected files" list.
Already published, unchanged pictures are grayed out and will not be published again.
Click "Next".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

296 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

7. Move the C project functions which you use in the published pictures to the "Selected files"
list.
You cannot publish individual VB scripts.
Already published, unchanged functions are grayed out and will not be published again.
Click "Next".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 297
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

8. Move the referenced graphics that you wish to publish to the "Selected files" list.
The referenced files are in the "GraCS" folder or in subfolders of "GraCS".
Already published, unchanged graphics are grayed out and will not be published again.
Click "Next".

9. To start publishing the pictures, click "Finish".

The selected files are published.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

298 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

Result
You have successfully published the pictures and functions.
The results list displays the status of all published objects.
You can click an object to view additional object information.
You can trace publishing using the "<projectfolder>\WebNavigator\WizardLog.txt" file.

Checking the scripts using "PdlPad"

The "WizardLog.txt" log file contains information about errors in the scripts used.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 299
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

You can also find errors using the "PdlPad" debugger.

1. Open "PdlPad" by double-clicking on the affected object in the results list in the WinCC Web
Publishing Wizard.
The script of the published picture is displayed.
Alternatively, open "PdlPad" in the "Siemens Automation" program group.

2. Click in order to check the script.

3. You can temporarily correct and save the scripts.
These corrections are only saved to the published pictures, not in the process picture of the
WinCC project.

3.1.4 Working with the DataMonitor client

3.1.4.1 Configuring security settings in Internet Explorer

Introduction
For full functionality on the DataMonitor client, adapt the security settings in the Internet
Explorer.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

300 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

Requirement
• Internet Explorer is installed.

Procedure
1. Click "Tools > "Internet Options" in the Internet Explorer.
This will open the "Internet Options" dialog.
2. Select the "Security" tab.
3. Select the "Trusted Sites" icon and click the "Sites" button.
The "Trusted Sites" dialog opens.
4. Enter the address of the DataMonitor server in the "Add this website to the zone" field.
Possible formats and wildcards include "*://157.54.100 - 200", "ftp://157.54.23.41", or
"http://*.microsoft.com".
5. Deactivate the "Require server verification (https:) for all sites in this zone" check box.
Click "Add".
Confirm the entry by clicking "OK".
6. Select the "Trusted Sites" icon.
7. Click "Default Level".
Click "Adapt Level" in the next dialog.
The "Security settings" dialog box is opened.
– Activate the "Activate" option under "Initialize and script ActiveX controls not marked as
safe".
– Confirm the entry by clicking "OK".
8. Close the "Internet Options" dialog by clicking "OK".

Result
The necessary settings in the Internet Explorer of the DataMonitor client are configured.

User authentication: Activated setting "Automatic logon with current user name and password"
in Internet Explorer
If the setting "Automatic logon with current user name and password" is activated in Internet
Explorer in "Tools > Internet Options > "Security" tab > "Adapt Level" button > entry "User
Authentication" > Logon", this can lead to unexpected behavior under the following
requirements.

Requirement
• The "Automatic logon with current user name and password" The setting is activated in
Internet Explorer.
• The user logs onto the DataMonitor client as a WinCC user who is not configured in the user
groups on the DataMonitor server.
• The user is logged onto the computer with a Windows logon that is set up as a user name on
the DataMonitor server.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 301
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

Behavior
1. The DataMonitor server does not recognize the WinCC user name the user has used to log
onto the DataMonitor client and therefore rejects it. The user cannot see this behavior.
2. Internet Explorer automatically starts a new logon using the current Windows logon as user
name.
3. The DataMonitor server recognizes the Windows logon as DataMonitor user name and
accepts the logon for this user.
4. The user is logged on but not with the DataMonitor user name the user has entered. The
current DataMonitor user is not displayed.

Recommendation
Disable the "Automatic logon with current user name and password" setting.
Use the setting only when there is a clear distinction between Windows logon and
DataMonitor user name.

3.1.4.2 DataMonitor start page on the DataMonitor client

Overview
You start the DataMonitor client on a standalone computer or on a DataMonitor server. The start
page of the DataMonitor summarizes the functions of the DataMonitor:
• "Reports":
Creation and output of analysis results and process data in print jobs and published Excel
workbooks.
• "Webcenter":
Creation of Webcenter pages for the display of archived data.
• "Trends & Alarms":
Display of alarms and process values from archives in tables and diagrams.
• "Administration"
Configuration of connections and management of users, archives and pictures.

Requirement
• The user is created in WinCC.
• The user must be a member of the Windows user group "SIMATIC Report Administrators" or
"SIMATIC Report Users" .
• The WinCC project on the DataMonitor server is in runtime.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

302 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

Procedure
1. Start the Internet Explorer on the DataMonitor client.
2. Enter the name of the DataMonitor server in the format "http://<servername>" in the URL.
Confirm the entry with "Enter".
The log-in dialog is opened.
3. Enter the name of a Windows user and the associated password. Confirm with "OK".

Result
The start page with the DataMonitor functions will be displayed. The use of the functions
depends on the access right of the user.

General Operations of the DataMonitor Client

• Select the desired interface language from the selection field in the header.
• Hide the header on the pages of "Webcenter" and "Trend & Alarms", if necessary.
Click .
To show the header line again, click on the symbol .
• In order to log off from the DataMonitor server, click on the "Log off" link.
Exit Internet Explorer to free-up the used license immediately.

See also
Working with reports (Page 461)
Working with trends and alarms (Page 428)
Working with the Webcenter (Page 398)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 303
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

3.1.5 Working with WinCCViewerRT

3.1.5.1 Configuring WinCCViewerRT

Introduction
WinCCViewerRT is a program for visualizing WinCC projects.
The behavior of the DataMonitor server and Graphics Runtime is configured in the
WinCCViewerRT settings.

Use project settings

If you select the "Use project settings" option, the following settings are applied by the
DataMonitor server:
• User Administrator:
– Automatic logoff
• Computer properties:
– Runtime language
– Runtime Default Language
– Start Picture
– Start configuration of Menu and Toolbars
– Hardware accelerated graphics representation (Direct2D):

Requirement
• On the server
– The DataMonitor server is installed.
– A WinCC/DataMonitor license is installed.
– The WinCC project is in Runtime.
– The WinCC pictures are configured and published for web access.
– The WinCC user must be assigned authorization no. 1002 - "Web Access - monitoring
only".
• On the client
– The DataMonitor client is installed.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

304 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

Procedure
1. In the "Siemens Automation" program group, select the entry "WinCCViewerRT".
Alternatively, you can find the "WinCCViewerRT.exe" link in the installation folder under
"Webnavigator\Client\bin".
The configuration dialog opens if you reconfigure WinCCViewerRT.
WinCCViewerRT opens if WinCCViewerRT has already been set up.
Use the <Ctrl+Alt+P> key combination to open the configuration dialog of WinCCViewerRT.
2. Enter the login data in the "General" tab:
– Server address: "http://<Servername>" or "http://<IP-Adresse>"
– Use project settings: Apply settings of the DataMonitor server
– User name and password, if you want to specify a default user for the login dialog.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 305
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

3. On the "Parameter" tab, configure the following settings:

– Select the Runtime language and the Runtime default language.
– If necessary, lock any key combinations that allow operators to switch to other programs.
– If necessary, change the default key combination <Ctrl+Alt+P> that opens the
configuration dialog of WinCCViewerRT.
– Define a key combination with which a user can log off and a new user can log on.
The key combination can only be used if no default user has been set in the "General" tab.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

306 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

4. Specify the WinCC Runtime properties in the "Graphics Runtime" tab:

– Start Picture
– Configuration file for user-defined menus and toolbars
– Window Attributes
You can define the display of the process picture in the browser with the "Full screen" and
"Adapt picture" options.
– Turn off: Impermissible user actions
Activate the actions that the operator is not permitted to perform in Runtime.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 307
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

5. Specify additional user actions in the "Runtime" tab:

– Activating the monitor keyboard
– <Ctrl+Alt+Del> key combination to allow switching to the Task Manager or operating
system via the screen keyboard.
– Auto-logoff settings
– Activating Direct2D to accelerate graphics representation.
– Specifying the printer you use to print the configured print job in WinCC controls
Alternatively, you can print the print job with the "RPTJobPrint" function. A preview via
"RPTJobPreview" is not possible on the Web client.

6. Click "OK" to close the dialog.

Result
WinCCViewerRT is configured.
The connection to the DataMonitor server is set up after you close the dialog.
The settings are saved to the "WinCCViewerRT.xml" configuration file. The configuration file
settings are used at the next start of WinCCViewerRT.
WinCCViewerRT applies the user interface language from WinCC.
The configuration file is stored in the following folder based on the operating system:
• <User>\AppData\LocalLow\Siemens\SIMATIC.WinCC\WebNavigator\Client
You can rename the file, for example, to "User1.xml".
You can also start WinCCViewerRT by means of the command line with the user-specific
configuration file, e.g. "WinCCViewerRT.exe User1.xml". This procedure allows for different
configurations, depending on the logged-on user.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

308 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

The WinCCViewerRT configuration dialog opens at the start if you rename or delete
"WinCCViewerRT.xml". Reconfigure WinCCViewerRT or select a different configuration file.

Note
Buttons disabled: Exit WinCCViewerRT
WinCCViewerRT can only be closed by means of script function if you disable a key combination
or hide the "Close" button.
Function in the C-Script: DeactivateRTProject; function in the VBScript: HMIRuntime.Stop.

3.1.5.2 Displaying pictures

Requirement
• A WinCC/DataMonitor license is installed on the DataMonitor server.
• The WinCC project on the DataMonitor server is in runtime.
• The WinCC pictures are configured and published for web access.
• The WinCC user must be assigned authorization no. 1002 - "Web Access - monitoring only".
• WinCCViewerRT is configured on the DataMonitor client.

Procedure
1. In the "Siemens Automation" program group, select the entry "WinCCViewerRT".
2. Log on to the DataMonitor server:
– A login dialog is not displayed if the user name and password are set in the
WinCCViewerRT configuration dialog. You are logged on automatically with the stored
login data.
– The login dialog is displayed if a user name and password is not set in the WinCCViewerRT
configuration dialog. Enter the user name and password of the WinCC user. Click "OK".
3. To change the user, use the specified key combination for login/logoff of "WinCCViewerRT".
The previous user is logged off. Enter the user name and password of the new WinCC user in
the login dialog. Click "OK".
The key combination can only be used if no default user has been set.

Result
WinCCViewerRT automatically connects to the activated WinCC project. The pictures of WinCC
project are displayed.
The "View Only Cursor" indicates that process-related operations are not possible.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 309
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

Certain operations, such as opening the properties dialog of a WinCC OnlineTrendControl,

are still possible.
You can also use your own cursor icon as a "View Only Cursor", if required. For more
information, refer to "Configuring Runtime settings (Page 379)".
The <F5> key triggers a reselection of WinCCViewerRT.

3.1.6 Use of DataMonitor

3.1.6.1 Create connection and set up language

Introduction
For access of the DataMonitor client to runtime data and archived data, configure connections
to the WinCC databases in the "Webcenter".
For each data source, set up a connection, e.g., to the WinCC server.
You need the configured connections for Webcenter pages and "Trends & Alarms".

Requirement
• The user is a member of the Windows user group "SIMATIC Report Administrators".
• For access to the WinCC database via DataMonitor, a Windows user with password is created
who is a member of the "SIMATIC HMI VIEWER" user group.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

310 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

Procedure
1. Click "Webcenter > Administration" on the start page.
2. Click the "Connection Administration" tab.

3. Select the option "New Connection".

After the new installation, no selection is possible in the "Connection" box, as no connections
have been configured yet.
4. Select the language that corresponds with the linguistic region of the server or archive to be
linked in "Linguistic Region".
The setting ensures that special national characters are displayed correctly.
5. Enter a name in the "Connection Name" box, such as "WinCC1_Runtime".
The name should include a reference to the selected connection type.
Do not use any blank spaces or special characters.
6. Enter the computer name on which the archive backup data are stored.
As an alternative, select the name of the computer using the "Find" button.
7. Enter the Windows user with password for the connection with the WinCC database.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 311
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

8. Select the connection type to the WinCC data:

– "Swapped-out WinCC archive".
Additional steps are necessary to access data on swapped archives. More information is
available under "Connecting or separating swapped archives (Page 407)".
– "WinCC Runtime".
Only the open single segment of the Runtime database is used.
– "WinCC Runtime + all segments".
The open single segment and all other connected segments of the Runtime database are
used.
9. Select the database for the connection type:
– "Swapped-out WinCC archive":
Click "Display database" or select the archive from the list.
– "WinCC Runtime":
Select the Runtime database of the activated WinCC project. As an alternative, select the
name of the database using the "Find" button.
– "WinCC Runtime + all segments":
"CC_ExternalBrowsing" is automatically entered as database.
10.Activate "Automatic adaptation of RT database" so that the database name is adjusted in the
connection administration during a segment change.
11.Click the "Create" button.

Result
The connection to the data source is created and can be selected in the "Connection" box of the
connection administration.

3.1.6.2 Displaying process values and messages via "Trends and Alarms"

Displaying process values in a table

Introduction
Use "Trends & Alarms" to display archived process values and archived texts in a table.

Requirement
• The connection to the WinCC data is established.
• The start page of the DataMonitor is open.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

312 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

Procedure
1. Click "Trends & Alarms" on the start page.
2. Click the "Process Value Table" tab.
The Web part "Process Value Table" is displayed.
3. Click . The configuration dialog of the Web part opens.
4. Change the title in the "Title" field. Enter a note in the "Tooltip" field.
5. Select one of the configured connections in the "Connection" field.
The archive tags available via this connection will be displayed.
Limit the display of the tags, if necessary:
– Select individual archives with "Archive selection".
– Set the filter criteria with "Tag filter".
6. Click "Add" for the required archive tag.
7. Set the time range in the area "Time period".
With relative times, enter a negative value into the respective field.
For more information on entering time, click .
Click "Preview" to check the set time range in the column "Preview Time Range".
8. Specify the number of decimal points in the area "Representation of decimal points".
9. In the "Table size" area, define the size of the display window.
If the value "0" is entered in both fields, the size is determined automatically. The size depends
on the space requirement of the Web part.
10.The available Webcenter pages are displayed in the area "Link to Webcenter pages". Click
to assign the web part to one or several Webcenter pages.
11.Click "OK" to confirm your entries.

Result
The values of the archive tags and the quality code are output in the process value table.
If the manual entry of archive values is allowed during runtime, the modified or newly
created values are identified as such. There is an "m" in a separate column to show a manual
entry of the archive value.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 313
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

Operation:

In absolute time required to scroll forward or backward in the selected time range.
Arrow buttons To scroll forward or backward in multi-page tables.
Export alarms in CSV format.
Changing the settings of the Web part.

Displaying process values in a diagram

Introduction
Use "Trends & Alarms" to display archived process values in trends.

Requirement
• The connection to the WinCC data is established.
• The start page of the DataMonitor is open.

Procedure
1. Click "Trends & Alarms" on the start page.
2. Click the "Trend (Process Values)" tab. The Web part "Trend (process values)" is displayed.
3. Click . The configuration dialog of the Web part opens.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

314 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

4. Change the title in the "Title" field. Enter a note in the "Tooltip" field.
5. Select one of the configured connections in the "Connection" field. The archive tags available
via this connection will be displayed.
Limit the display of the tags, if necessary:
– Select individual archives with "Archive selection".
– Set the filter criteria with "Tag filter".
6. Click "Add" for the required archive tags, e.g. "TREND_0", "TREND_1", "TREND_2.
The archive tags are listed in the area "Current selection".
7. In the section "Current selection", you specify for the individual archive tag:
– Color of time axis and value axis
– Trend presentation type
8. In the section "Value axis editor", you can activate the automatic scaling for the different
value axes or you can assign a minimum and maximum value to each axis.
9. Set the time range in the area "Time period".
With relative times, enter a negative value into the respective field.
For more information on entering time, click .
Click "Preview" to check the set time range in the column "Preview Time Range".
10.In the section "Diagram settings", you define the size of the display window.
If the value "0" is entered in both fields, the size is determined automatically. The size depends
on the space requirement of the Web part.
11.Activate the option "Show legend" to display the legend.
12.The available Webcenter pages are displayed in the area "Link to Webcenter pages". Click
to assign the Web part to one or several Webcenter pages.
13.Click "OK" to confirm your entries.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 315
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

Result
The selected process values are displayed as trends in a diagram.

The legend shows the assignment of the colors to the archive tags.
Operation:

In absolute time required to scroll forward or backward in the selected time range.
Enlarge the presentation and diagram range left or right of the center line.
Restore the original view.
Exporting values of the displayed diagrams in CSV format
Changing the settings of the Web part.

Displaying messages in the alarm table

Introduction
Use "Trends & Alarms" to display alarms in an alarm table.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

316 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

Requirement
• The connection to the WinCC data is established.
• The start page of the DataMonitor is open.

Procedure
1. Click "Trends & Alarms" on the start page.
2. Click on the "Alarm Table" tab.
The web part "Alarm Table" is displayed.
3. Click . The configuration dialog of the Web part opens.
4. Change the title in the "Title" field. Enter a note in the "Tooltip" field.
5. Select one of the configured connections in the "Connection" field.
6. Set the time range in the area "Time period".
With relative times, enter a negative value into the respective field.
For more information on entering time, click .
Click "Preview" to check the set time range in the column "Preview Time Range".
7. In the section "Language of the alarm texts", select the language, in which the alarms are
displayed.
8. Select the respective WinCC server with "Selection of WinCC server", if necessary. The setting
is necessary if you select a connection to swapped archives that include archives of several
WinCC servers.
9. In the section "Filter selection", you may limit the expected search results with SQL syntax.
Set the filter conditions for individual columns to do so.
Enter the filter condition for all columns in the "Extended Filter" field.
For more information on filter conditions, click .
10.For representation of the data set the following:
– Sort order: For more information on sorting, click .
– Visible columns: To display all columns, click "Select All".
– Number of decimal places.
11.In the "Table size" area, define the size of the display window.
If the value "0" is entered in both fields, the size is determined automatically. The size depends
on the space requirement of the Web part.
12.The available Webcenter pages are displayed in the area "Link to Webcenter pages".
Click to assign the Web part to one or several Webcenter pages.
13.Click "OK" to confirm your entries.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 317
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

Result
The messages are output in a table.

Operation:

In absolute time required to scroll forward or backward in the selected time range.
Arrow buttons To scroll forward or backward in multi-page tables.
Export alarms in CSV format.
Changing the settings of the Web part.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

318 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

3.1.6.3 Displaying process values in an Excel workbook

Excel workbook

Overview
With the Excel add-In "Excel Workbook" you can display the following data of the WinCC project
in an Excel workbook on the DataMonitor client:
• Alarms
• Values of process tags and archive tags
• Additional information, such as time stamp or quality code of tags
Data of swapped archives is not displayed.
The data is evaluated by Excel and presented as graphic, e. g. as average value calculation
or diagram representation. The created Excel workbooks are made available as templates for
"Reports" and as report tools.

Requirement
• Use the Download area in "Reports" to install the Excel add-ins "ExcelWorkbook Wizard" and
"Excel Workbook" on the DataMonitor client.
• The "Remote Desktop" user is a member of the Windows user group "SIMATIC HMI Viewer".

Configuring with XML file or online

Simultaneous online access to process data of different WinCC servers is possible using the "Excel
Workbook". This requires that you either take the data from an XML file or from a local WinCC
project during the configuration with the Excel add-in "Excel Workbook Wizard" . A separation
between process and evaluation is possible with the XML file.
• A WinCC project is open on the DataMonitor server.
The XML file is generated with the "Export Configuration Data" function.
Then transfer the XML file to a computer with Microsoft Excel.
Configure the process data display in the workbook.
Afterwards, transfer the workbook to a DataMonitor client that displays the process data
online.
• To accept the data of the WinCC project online, configure directly on the WinCC server or on
a WinCC client with an online connection to the respective WinCC server.
• Import the data into an Excel workbook using the "Excel Workbook Wizard".
Then configure the display of alarms and tag values.
Note
If you rename a table in an Excel workbook, the configuration data of the table is lost.
You can configure up to 32,767 process and archive tags in an Excel workbook. During online
display with "Excel Workbook" you may experience considerable delays in updating when
there is a large number of tags.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 319
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

Configuring the Excel workbook

Applying data from WinCC project

Introduction
You need the WinCC configuration data for the configuration of Excel workbooks. This means
you apply the data from a local WinCC project during configuration in the "Excel Workbook
Wizard" .

Requirement
• Server computer
– Microsoft Office is installed.
– The Excel add-in "Excel Workbook" is installed.
– The DataMonitor server is installed.
– The WinCC project is in Runtime.
– A user is created in WinCC.
• Configuration PC
– Microsoft Office is installed.
– The Excel add-in "Excel Workbook Wizard" is installed.
• MS Office
– Only Excel files with extensions "XLS, "XLSX, "XLSB", and "XLSM" may be used.

Procedure
1. Open an empty Excel workbook.
Select the command "Excel Workbook Wizard" in the "DataMonitor" menu.
2. Activate the option "Establish connection with WinCC server". The "WinCC Server" field is
shown.
3. Enter the desired name of the server and click "Connect". The log in dialog is displayed.
4. Enter the name and password of a WinCC user.
5. Click "Next". The "Add / delete tags" dialog opens.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

320 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

Result
The Excel workbook is set up to configure the display of process data. Then publish the
workbook. The workbook is made available on the DataMonitor client as report tool or as
template for "Reports".

Note
Language for the Office package and the Windows Regional Settings
Make sure that the language is the same for the Office package, the "Microsoft Office Language
Settings", and the Windows Regional Options.
Examples:
• If you are using Office with language "English (U.K.)", select the regional setting "English
(United Kingdom)".
• If you have set "Chinese (PRC)" as the region and language option in Windows, you must also
select "Chinese (PRC)" as the primary editing language in the "Microsoft Office Language
Settings".
More information can be obtained through Microsoft Support: http://support.microsoft.com/kb/
320369/en (http://support.microsoft.com/kb/320369/en)

See also
Configuring the display of tag values (Page 323)
Configuring the display of archive tags (Page 327)
Configuring the display of alarms (Page 331)

Applying data from a configuration file

Introduction
You can create reports without connection to the WinCC server.

Configuration steps:
• Create a configuration file on the server.
• Configure data access with the configuration file.
• You can also configure the data access of a dedicated Web server / WinCC client.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 321
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

Requirement
• Server computer
– The DataMonitor server is installed.
– The online tags of the WinCC project are part of one tag group or one structure type.
– The WinCC project is in Runtime.
– A user is created in WinCC.
• Configuration PC
– Microsoft Office is installed.
– The Excel add-in "Excel Workbook Wizard" is installed.
• MS Office
– Only Excel files with extensions "XLS, "XLSX, "XLSB", and "XLSM" may be used.

Creating a configuration file on the server

1. Select the entry "WebNavigator" in the navigation window of WinCC Explorer.
Open the menu command "Export Configuration Data" in the shortcut menu.
2. Specify the data to be exported in the "Export configuration data" dialog.
If you do not want to create the online tags in one tag group or one structure type, use the
"Without structure (fast export)" option for the export.
3. Specify the path and the name of the XML file.
4. Click "Export". An XML file is generated.
5. If no Excel installation exists on the server, transfer the XML file to another computer, on
which Excel and the "Excel Workbook Wizard" are installed.

Configuring data access with configuration file

1. Open an empty Excel workbook on the computer with Excel.
Select the command "Excel Workbook Wizard" in the "DataMonitor" menu.
2. Activate the option "Load configuration data from file". Click "Next".
3. Navigate to the desired XML file.
4. Click "Next". The "Add / delete tags" dialog opens.

Result
The Excel workbook is set up to configure the display of process data. Then publish the
workbook. The workbook is made available on the DataMonitor client as report tool or as
template for "Reports".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

322 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

Configuring data access of a dedicated Web server / WinCC client via XML file
If you want to display the project data from a dedicated Web server / WinCC client in the Excel
workbook, you need to observe the following when configuring the Excel workbook via an XML
file:
• The XML file now includes the data of subordinate servers whose packages are located on the
DataMonitor server. The export of the loaded packages to the dedicated DataMonitor server /
WinCC client can take several minutes, depending on the size of the package.
• This XML file must be available on the Excel configuration computer. Enter the server prefix
when importing the configuration data in the "Excel Workbook Wizard".
• If you configure the data display in the Excel workbook on the WinCC client in the WinCC
project, you do not have to specify a server prefix. The server prefix is automatically used
when data is inserted from the package.
Note
Language for the Office package and the Windows Regional Settings
Make sure that the language is the same for the Office package, the "Microsoft Office
Language Settings", and the Windows Regional Options.
Examples:
• If you are using Office with language "English (U.K.)", select the regional setting "English
(United Kingdom)".
• If you have set "Chinese (PRC)" as the region and language option in Windows, you must
also select "Chinese (PRC)" as the primary editing language in the "Microsoft Office
Language Settings".
More information can be obtained through Microsoft Support: http://
support.microsoft.com/kb/320369/en (http://support.microsoft.com/kb/320369/en)

See also
Configuring the display of tag values (Page 323)
Configuring the display of archive tags (Page 327)
Configuring the display of alarms (Page 331)
Publishing the Excel workbook (Page 336)

Configuring the display of tag values

Introduction
This chapter describes how to configure the display of tag values.

Requirement
• The "Excel Workbook Wizard" is started and an Excel workbook is configured.
• The dialog "Add/delete tags" is open.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 323
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

Procedure
1. Check the add sequence of tag groups in the "Adding tags" area.

2. Click on . The tag selection dialog opens.

3. Select the required tag and move the tag into a field in the Excel table with drag-and-drop.
4. Close the selection dialog. The tag is displayed in the tag list.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

324 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

5. Select the tag in the tag list and select the "Server settings" entry in the shortcut menu.

6. Enter the name and password of a WinCC user in the "Server setting" dialog.
To avoid an additional login during online display of process data, enable "Activate automatic
login".
Confirm your entries with "OK".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 325
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

7. Select the tag in the tag list and select the "Properties" entry in the shortcut menu.
The dialog "Tag properties" will be opened.

8. You set the properties for the display in the table. For example, the update cycle or the display
of time stamp and quality code.
9. Specify settings for the headings.
10.You can save the settings to the properties. You can then load the settings and use them again
after exiting Excel and opening it again. Click "Save" to save the settings in an "xml" file.
11.Confirm your entries with "OK". If necessary, repeat the procedure for additional online tags.
The settings for the properties will be used again. Multiple selection of tags is also possible
in the tag list.
12.Click "Next" to display archive tags and alarms.
Additional information is available under "Configuring display of archive tags (Page 327)" and
"Configuring display of alarms (Page 331)".

Result
The display of tag values is configured in the Excel workbook. Once you have saved the
properties, you can use the settings whenever you need to.
Each table field receives a short text and a comment in the Excel workbook.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

326 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

The short text "OV" in tag values stands for online tags. In the comments, the source of the
displayed values is shown in the format "WDWO_<number>_<tagname>".

Note
Running the Excel Workbook Wizard again
You need to run the Excel Workbook Wizard again:
• after deleting or moving cells with configuration data.
• after deleting or inserting new rows or columns in the Excel workbook.
The configuration data is checked and automatically adapted as a result. Confirm the data
displayed with "Next". Save the workbook and close Excel.
Tags with local computer updating are not supported
In multiple station projects, you can activate the "Computer-local update" option in the tag
management for internal tags. Any change of the tags only has an effect on the local computer
in this case. This function is not supported by Excel Workbooks.

See also
Publishing the Excel workbook (Page 336)

Configuring the display of archive tags

Introduction
This chapter describes how to configure the display of archive tags.

Requirement
• The "Excel Workbook Wizard" is started and an Excel workbook is configured.
• The "Add/delete archive tags" dialog is open.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 327
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

Procedure
1. Click in the dialog "Add/delete archive tags".

2. The tag selection dialog opens.

Select the desired archive tag.
Drag the tag to a cell in the Excel table with drag-and-drop.
3. Close the selection dialog. The tag is displayed in the tag list.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

328 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

4. Select the archive tag in the tag list, and select the "Properties" entry in the shortcut menu.
The "Archive tag properties" dialog opens.

5. Specify the settings for the insertion sequence and headings.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 329
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

6. Specify how much data you want to display. For a user-defined resolution, specify an integer
number and the time unit or specify the quantity of data.
Note
If you use a user-defined data resolution with a combination of "Resolution" and "Quantity of
data", it is possible that the amount of extracted data is not correctly determined. This results
under certain circumstances in a mismatch between the displayed values and the
configured quantity of data.
If you use the option "Quantity of data" in "User-defined resolution", enter an even value in
the input box. Even values ensure a trend-true display.

7. In the "Time window" box, specify the time window from which you want to display archive
tags:
• The time settings on the "Standard time" tag are based on the standard times:
– The settings for the relative time period refer to a period starting from the current time.
You can enter positive and negative values for the past time period in the lines "From" and
"To". For example, it is 12:00 (noon). You want to display the values for the last ten
minutes. Activate all time options in the "Relative" line. Enter the value "-10" in the
"Minutes" column of the "From" line.
– For settings of the absolute time period, enter the corresponding time parameters in the
"From" and "To" lines and in the corresponding columns.
Click on the "Preview" button to check the time range set.
• You can define a time window yourself or set a fixed interval, for example, "last week", on the
"Legacy time" tab. If you want to define a time window yourself, you have the following
possible settings:
– Relative time window: Specify the starting point and the duration. You can specify a
duration ranging from a minute to days.
– Absolute time window: Specify the start and end of the time window.
1. If you select the option "Display manually entered values", an additional column is displayed.
You then see the letter "m" if an archived value was manually entered during runtime.
2. You can save the settings to the properties. You can then load the settings and use them again
after exiting Excel and opening it again. Click "Save" to save the settings in an "xml" file.
3. Confirm your entries with "OK".
If necessary, repeat the procedure for additional archive tags. The settings for the properties
will be used again. Multiple selection of tags is also possible in the tag list.
4. Click "Next" to display alarms. For more information, refer to "Configuring display of alarms
(Page 331)".

Result
The display of archive tag values is configured in the Excel workbook. Once you have saved the
properties, you can use the settings whenever you need to.
Each table field receives a short text and a comment in the Excel workbook.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

330 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

The short text "AV" in tag values stands for archive tags. In the comments, the source of the
displayed values is shown in the format "WDWA_<number>_<tagname>".

Note
Running the Excel Workbook Wizard again
You need to run the Excel Workbook Wizard again:
• after deleting or moving cells with configuration data
• after deleting or inserting new rows or columns in the Excel workbook
The configuration data is checked and automatically adapted as a result. Confirm the data
displayed with "Next". Save the workbook and close Excel.

See also
Publishing the Excel workbook (Page 336)

Configuring the display of alarms

Introduction
This chapter describes how to configure the display of alarms.

Requirement
• The "Excel Workbook Wizard" is started and an Excel workbook is configured.
• The "Add/delete alarms" dialog is open.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 331
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

Procedure
1. Configure the alarms in the dialog "Add/delete alarms".

2. Select the required cell in the Excel table.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

332 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

3. Click . The "Alarm - properties" dialog opens.

4. On the "Standard configuration" tab, define the display options for alarms in the Excel table.
5. Enter a filter condition in the "Filter string" box or use the selection dialog to define a filter, for
example, to display only specific alarms. If the filter contains a date or time, the "Time
window" box is disabled.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 333
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

6. In the "Time window" box, specify the time window from which you want to display alarms:
– The settings for the relative time period refer to a period starting from the current time.
You can enter positive and negative values for the past time period in the lines "From" and
"To". For example, it is exactly 12:00. You want to display the alarms for the last ten
minutes. Activate all time options in the "Relative" line. Enter the value "-10" in the
"Minutes" column of the "From" line.
– For settings of the absolute time period, enter the corresponding time parameters in the
"From" and "To" lines and in the corresponding columns.
Click on the "Preview" button to check the time range set.
7. Use the "Maximum number of alarms" option to limit the number of most recent alarms
displayed. You can display maximum 1,000 messages.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

334 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

8. On the "Attributes" tab, select the required attributes of the alarms that you want to display.
Further details can be found in "Alarm attributes (Page 459)".

9. Specify the settings for the attribute insertion sequence and headings.
10.You can save the settings to the properties. You can then load the settings and use them again
after exiting Excel and opening it again. Click "Save" to save the settings in an "xml" file.
11.Confirm your entries with "OK".
If necessary, repeat the procedure for additional alarms. The settings for the properties will
be used again. Multiple selection of alarms is also possible in the "Alarm list".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 335
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

12.Click "Next". The "Description" dialog box opens.

13.You can enter a comment if needed. This comment is displayed when selecting files provided
for download by the DataMonitor server.

Result
The display of alarms is configured in the Excel workbook. Once you have saved the properties,
you can use the settings whenever you need to.
Each table field receives a short text and a comment in the Excel workbook.
The short text for alarms is "AL". In the comments, the source of the displayed alarm is shown
in the format "WDWL_<number>_<box name>".

Note
Running the Excel Workbook Wizard again
You need to run the Excel Workbook Wizard again:
• after deleting or moving cells with configuration data
• after deleting or inserting new rows or columns in the Excel workbook
The configuration data is checked and automatically adapted as a result. Confirm the data
displayed with "Next". Save the workbook and close Excel.

See also
Publishing the Excel workbook (Page 336)

Publishing the Excel workbook

Introduction
You make the configured Excel workbooks available on the DataMonitor client. The workbooks
are published as report tool for the Intranet/Internet or used as template for "Reports".

Requirement
• The DataMonitor server is installed on the computer.
• The display of tag values, archive values and alarms is configured.
• The "Description" dialog is open in the "Excel Workbook Wizard".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

336 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

Procedure
1. You make the workbooks available in the "Description" dialog.

2. If you click "Publish", the Excel workbook is made available on the DataMonitor client under
"Report tools" in "Reports".
If you click "Template", the Excel workbook is made available on the DataMonitor client as
template in "Reports" under "Excel Workbooks".
3. Exit the Excel Workbook-Wizard.
4. Save the workbook and close Excel.

Alternative Procedure
You upload the Excel workbooks on the DataMonitor client. Additional information is available
under "Making Excel workbooks available as template (Page 461)" and "Making Excel workbooks
available as report tool (Page 463)".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 337
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

Result
The Excel workbooks are made available on the DataMonitor client:
• The workbook is available on the "Report tools" tab. You can use the workbook to display
process data in runtime. For more information, refer to "Displaying process data in an Excel
workbook (Page 457)".
• You can create time-controlled and event-controlled reports using the workbook as
template. For more information, refer to "Creating reports with an Excel workbook
(Page 466)".

See also
Configuring the display of tag values (Page 323)
Configuring the display of archive tags (Page 327)
Configuring the display of alarms (Page 331)

Displaying process data in an Excel workbook

Introduction
You can display process values or archive values and alarms in an available Excel workbook. You
can edit and save the workbook.

Requirement
• The Excel workbooks were made available as report tool.
• MS Excel for online display in the Excel workbook
• The DataMonitor server is installed.
• The WinCC project is in Runtime.
• The start page of the DataMonitor is open.
• A user is created in WinCC.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

338 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

Procedure
1. Click "Reports" on the start page.
2. Click "Report tools".
You see the Excel workbooks that you have published in the Excel Workbook Wizard or made
available as report tool.

3. Select a workbook.
4. Double-click the icon of the Excel workbook.
5. In the dialog that follows, click "Open". The workbook is opened.
6. Select the entry "Excel Workbook" in the "DataMonitor" menu.
7. The name of the server whose process data are configured in the workbook is displayed in the
"WinCC server" field.
The "WinCC Server" field can include the following information:
– Access via domain: The server name and the domain are listed for access outside the
network domain.
– The DataMonitor start page is the default web page: The "WinCC Server" field contains
only the server name.
– The DataMonitor start page is in the virtual folder: The server name and the name of the
virtual folder are displayed, e.g. "/webnavigator".
8. If the tags in the Excel sheet are from several servers, activate "all servers". The tag values of
all servers are updated in the online display.
Note
To establish connections to all servers, activate "all servers" with "Connect" before you
establish the connections.

9. Activate the connection to the WinCC project via the button "Connect". After a successful
connection, the log-in dialog will be opened.
Type in the user name and associated password.
In case of several servers, the log-in dialogs of the respective servers open one after the other.
If a connection was not established, a corresponding alarm is displayed. Clicking on the
dialog will display additional information about the error that has occurred.
Note
Do not close the "Excel Workbook" dialog as long as the log-in dialog for connection
establishment to the server is still open.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 339
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

10.The connection status will be displayed in the dialog.

Click the "Read tags", "Read archive tags" and "Read alarms" buttons to update the respective
values or displays.

11.Activate the check box "Read cyclically" to update the tag values in cycles.
12.Close the "Excel Workbook" dialog after finishing your calculations in Excel.
13.Save the results in the workbook with the "Save as" menu command.
14.Close Excel.

Result
The process data are displayed in the Excel workbook and can be processed further.
If errors occur during display of the Excel workbook or no connection to the WinCC server
is established, the log entries are displayed in a workbook. The entries contain the date, the
tags or alarms affected, the server, and the error message.

3.1.6.4 Outputting data using "Reports"

Reports

Introduction
Use "Reports" to create time-controlled and event-controlled reports independent of the SCADA
system. Use the WinCC print jobs and published Excel workbooks to output analysis results and
process data. The reports are output as PDF or XLS file and can be attached to an e-mail.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

340 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

Requirement
• You need a PDF reader for output as PDF file. The PDF reader can be obtained from
www.adobe.com for example.
• For Output as XLS-file (Excel workbook):
– MS Excel is installed.
To use the automatic creation of Excel reports on the DataMonitor server, MS Excel must
be installed on the server.
– The Excel workbook is created and published as template on the DataMonitor server.
• Use the Download area in "Reports" to install the Excel add-ins "ExcelWorkbook Wizard" and
"Excel Workbook".

Using reports
You determine on the DataMonitor server when you want to create reports:
• Manually, for example, by a plant operator.
• Event-controlled, for example, when a tag value changes.
• Time-controlled, such as daily, for example.
The created reports are centrally saved in the directories on the DataMonitor server. Users
can access the different folders with appropriate authorization from the DataMonitor client.

Note
The creation time is always displayed on a DataMonitor client in the local time zone of the server.

Making an Excel workbook available as template

Introduction
You can make Excel workbooks available as templates to create ""Reports"". For this you have the
following options:
• You publish the Excel workbooks on the WinCC server with "Excel Workbook Wizard" using
the "Template" button.
• You upload an Excel workbook not yet published to the DataMonitor client.
This page includes a description of how you make a template available on a DataMonitor
client.

Requirement
• The Excel workbook is created.
• The file size of the Excel workbook is less than 4 MB.
• The start page of the DataMonitor is open.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 341
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

Procedure
1. Click "Reports" on the start page.
2. Click the "Upload templates" tab.

3. Select a directory, in which the template will be stored in the "Target directory" field.
Only the directories, for which the user that is logged in has "Create" access rights, can be
selected.
4. Click "Find" for the "Selected template". Navigate to the desired Excel workbook.
5. Click the "Upload" button.

Result
You can create time-controlled and event-controlled reports using the workbook as template.

See also
Displaying a report with an Excel Workbook (Page 345)

Making an Excel workbook available as a report tool

Introduction
You can make Excel workbooks centrally available as report tools in "Reports". For this you have
the following options:
• You publish the Excel workbooks on the WinCC server with "Excel Workbook Wizard" using
the "Publish" button.
• You upload an Excel workbook not yet published to the DataMonitor client.
Here you find a description of how you make an Excel workbook not yet published available
on the DataMonitor client.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

342 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

Requirement
• The Excel workbook is created.
• The file size of the Excel workbook is less than 4 MB.
• The start page of the DataMonitor is open.

Procedure
1. Click "Reports" on the start page.
2. Click the "Upload templates" tab.

3. Click "Find" for "Uploading templates for Excel workbooks". Navigate to the desired Excel
workbook.
4. Click the "Upload" button.

Result
The workbook is available on the "Report tools" tab. You can use the workbook to display process
data in runtime.

See also
Displaying process data in an Excel workbook (Page 338)

Making Settings for Reports

Introduction
Different settings are required for using the "Reports" function in DataMonitor.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 343
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

Requirement
• PDF Reader is installed.
• The WinCC project is activated on the DataMonitor server.
• The option "Report Runtime" is activated in the WinCC project in the properties of the
computer.
• The start page of the DataMonitor is open.

Procedure
1. Click "Reports" on the start page.
2. Click on the "Settings" tab. The "Settings" page is displayed.

3. Check the entries in the section "General project settings".

You can now select the printer of the Web server. Printing is only possible in files.
4. To enable the output to a PDF file, activate the option "Activate API print".
5. Enter the data for sending mail in the "Mail" area:
– Server: Outgoing mail server (SMTP)
– User name: Name for the sender
– Password
– Sender: E-mail account used to sending the e-mail
6. Click the disk icon in the section "General project settings" to save your settings.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

344 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

7. In the "Settings of the circular buffer" area, you can define the number of created reports that
are stored in the selected destination directory. The box has a pre-assigned value of 20. If the
maximum number of reports of the same type has been reached, the "First in First out"
principle applies. For example, if 21 reports of "Alarm Table" type have been created, the
report that was created first is removed.
8. Click the disk icon in this section to save your settings.

Result
The settings for "Reports" have been made.

Product support - example

FAQ "51334611" on the Internet under "Product support" gives a detailed example:
• http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/51334611

Displaying a report with an Excel Workbook

Introduction
Use "Reports" to create reports from Excel workbooks or print jobs in PDF format. The following
is a description for creating reports from Excel workbooks.

Note
Information on event-controlled "Excel Workbooks"
An event-controlled report is only created if the time period in which the tag changes is greater
than one minute.
Keep in mind that the frequent creation of one or more event-controlled reports over a long
period of time takes up a lot of memory and uses up valuable resources. This case occurs, for
example, with frequent signal changes of a tag that triggers an event-controlled report.

Requirement
• The WinCC project is activated on the DataMonitor server.
• The option "Report Runtime" is activated in the WinCC project in the properties of the
computer.
• You have already published or made available as templates the Excel workbooks you want to
use.
• The start page of the DataMonitor is open.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 345
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

Procedure
1. Click "Reports" on the start page.
2. Click on the "Excel Workbooks" tab.
The "Excel Workbooks" page is displayed.
The icons in front of "List of time-controlled Excel workbooks" and "List of event-controlled
Excel workbooks" are deactivated. The icons indicate that no reports are currently configured.

3. Select one of the available Excel workbooks under "Available Excel workbooks".
4. Select the target directory in which you want to store the reports.
Only the directories, for which the user that is logged in has "Create" access rights, can be
selected.
5. If you want to send the report as an e-mail, enter the e-mail addresses in the "E-mail recipient"
field. You can enter several recipients as you would with any standard e-mail program.
6. Use to create the report immediately.
7. If you do not want to create the report immediately, configure a time-controlled or event-
controlled creation of the report in the following steps.
8. To configure a time-controlled report, enter the following in the "Time-controlled Excel
workbooks" area:
– Date: Enter the date in the respective field or enter the date using the calendar. To open
the calendar, click the "Calendar" icon.
– Time: Define the time when you want the report to be created.
– Repetition: Define the repetition rate, for example, "Once" or "Weekly".
9. Click "Add" in the "Time-controlled Excel workbooks" area.
The report is displayed in the "List of time-controlled Excel workbooks".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

346 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

10.To configure an event-controlled report, enter the following in the "Event-controlled Excel
workbooks" area:
– Selected WinCC tag:
Click . Select the required tag in the selection dialog.
Use the filter to limit the number of tags displayed.
– Defining event control:
Set the triggering event, for example, when the tag value changes.
If you have selected "lower limit", "upper limit" or "both limits" for event control, enter the
respective limits.
11.Click "Add" in the "Event-controlled Excel workbooks" area.
The report is displayed in the "List of event-controlled Excel workbooks".

Result
A time-controlled or event-controlled report is configured as "Excel Workbook".
The configured reports are displayed in the lists of the "Excel Workbooks" . You can edit or
delete the reports in the lists.
Once the report has been created, it is available in runtime on the "Published Reports" tab in
the selected directory.

Creating a report with a print job

Introduction
Use "Reports" to create reports from Excel workbooks or print jobs in PDF format. The following
is a description for creating reports using print jobs in PDF format.

Note
Opening Asian PDF files with Acrobat Reader
To open Asian PDF files created with "Reports", you need the country-specific version or the
respective font package of Adobe Acrobat Reader.
The four Asian languages are each permanently associated with one font. This means the font
settings in the report layout will not have an effect on the Asian languages.
Information on event-controlled print jobs
An event-controlled print job is only created if the time period in which the tag changes is greater
than one minute.
Keep in mind that the frequent creation of one or more event-controlled print jobs over a long
period of time takes up a lot of memory and uses up valuable resources. This case occurs, for
example, with frequent signal changes of a tag that triggers an event-controlled print job.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 347
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

Requirement
• PDF Reader is installed.
• The WinCC project is activated on the DataMonitor server.
• The option "Report Runtime" is activated in the WinCC project in the properties of the
computer.
• The start page of the DataMonitor is open.

Procedure
1. Click "Reports" on the start page.
2. Click on the "Print jobs" tab.
The "Print jobs configuration" page is displayed.
The icons in front of "List of time-controlled print jobs" and "List of event-controlled print jobs"
are deactivated. The icons indicate that no print jobs are currently configured.

3. Select the desired print job under "Available print jobs".

4. Select the target directory in which you want to store the reports.
Only the directories, for which the user that is logged in has "Create" access rights, can be
selected.
5. If you want to send the report as an e-mail, enter the e-mail addresses in the "E-mail recipient"
field. You can enter several recipients as you would with any standard e-mail program.
6. Use to create the report immediately.
7. If you do not want to create the report immediately, configure a time-controlled or event-
controlled creation of the report in the following steps.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

348 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

8. To configure a time-controlled report, enter the following in the "Time-controlled print jobs"
area:
– Date: Enter the date in the respective field or enter the date using the calendar. To open
the calendar, click the "Calendar" icon.
– Time: Define the time when you want the report to be created.
– Repetition: Define the repetition rate, for example, "Once" or "Weekly".
9. Click "Add" in the "Time-controlled print jobs" area.
The report is displayed in the "List of time-controlled print jobs".
10.To configure an event-controlled report, enter the following in the "Event-controlled print
jobs" area:
– Selected WinCC tag:
Click . Select the required tag in the selection dialog.
Use the filter to limit the number of tags displayed.
– Defining event control:
Set the triggering event, for example, when the tag value changes.
If you have selected "lower limit", "upper limit" or "both limits" for event control, enter the
respective limits.
11.Click "Add" in the "Time-controlled print jobs" area.
The report is displayed in the "List of event-controlled print jobs".

Result
A time-controlled or event-controlled report is configured as print job in PDF format.
The configured reports are displayed in the lists of the print jobs. You can edit or delete the
reports in the lists.
The report is created in the language that was set during WinCC configuration. The WinCC
Runtime language does not have an effect on the representation of dynamic elements, such
as tables.
Once the report has been created, the PDF files are available in runtime on the "Published
Reports" tab in the selected directory.

3.1.6.5 Creating Webcenter pages in "Webcenter"

Web center

Overview
The Webcenter is the central information portal for access to WinCC data via Intranet/Internet.
Users can use the Webcenter pages and web parts to compile and save their views of WinCC data.
The Webcenter pages are stored in directories.
The Webcenter pages are stored in modular fashion. The modules are defined by layout
templates. Users can either use the supplied layout templates or the ones they create
themselves.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 349
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

The web parts are the individual blocks that prepare and display data. You can combine up
to 15 web parts in one screen view. For more information, refer to "Overview of web parts
(Page 350)".
Within the WebCenter pages, the configuration of the respective web part is stored and
can be called up again at any time. The multiple use of the same web part with different
configuration is also possible. The WebCenter pages that have been created in this way can
be opened with the same configuration by different users depending on the assigned rights.
You can export the configuration of web parts as XML file.
To transfer the configuration data to another computer, copy the folder:
"\Siemens\WinCC\WebNavigator\DataMonitorServer\WebCenter\App_Data\WebCenter"

Basic procedure
1. Creating directories for Webcenter pages
2. Assigning Access Rights
3. Establishing connection to the WinCC data
4. Publishing pictures for the Webcenter
5. Creating layout template for Webcenter pages
6. Creating Webcenter page
7. Inserting web parts to the Webcenter page
8. Configuring web parts within Webcenter pages

Overview of Web Parts

Overview
You compile Webcenter pages from the web parts in the "Webcenter".
The following web parts are available:
• Process value table
The available process values are displayed for the defined time period.
• Process Values in the Table (Timestep)
The complete archive name and the tag name are displayed as tooltip in the column header.
The process values are combined beginning with the starting time in the defined time
interval.
Depending on the set aggregate type, the interval for the interval event is displayed.
For example, a process value was archived every 30 seconds. You have selected an interval
of 60 seconds and the aggregate type "Average value". It determines the average value of two
archive values each, which is then displayed in the table with the first time stamp of the
averaging interval.
If you select an aggregate type without interpolation, and if no value is present in the
interval, no interval result will be displayed. If you select an aggregate type with linear
interpolation, an interval result is displayed for each interval.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

350 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

• Statistics functions for process values

All available process values are used for the defined time period, for example, to calculate and
display the average value.
• Trend Process Values
The process values are displayed with trends.
• Trend (Timestep)
Clear presentation of precompressed values in trends with aggregate functions, such as sum
or average.
• Bar Chart (Aggregates)
• Pie Chart (Aggregates)
• Alarm table
Presentation of accrued alarms.
• Alarm hit list
Presentation of statistical information on alarms.
• Link to WebCenter pages
• Links (external)
Links to internal Webcenter pages and external Internet pages, such as stock market news.
• Displaying information
Such as news, for example.
• Static process pictures
WinCC pictures are integrated into the Webcenter without installation download. A JPG
screenshot of the process picture is created on the DataMonitor server at regular intervals.
• Display Graphic
JPG screenshots, such as company logo.
• The Last Reports
Display the reports created last, for example, the last ten print jobs in PDF format created with
"Reports".

See also
Displaying process values in a table (Page 428)
Displaying process values in a diagram (Page 429)
Displaying the hit list of messages (Page 435)
Displaying messages in the alarm table (Page 431)
Displaying statistics function for process values (Page 437)

Creating layout template for Webcenter pages

Introduction
You need a layout template to create a Webcenter page. Predefined layouts were installed during
the installation. Additionally, you can create your own Layout Templates.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 351
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

Requirement
• The logged in user is a member of the Windows user group "SIMATIC Report Administrators".
• The start page of the DataMonitor is open.

Procedure
1. Click "Webcenter > Configuration" on the start page.
2. Click on the "Creating layout" tab.

3. Define the number of columns and the number of lines.

4. Enter the name in the "Name of the layout file" box, for example, "mylayout_23". Click "Next".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

352 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

5. Combine the table fields, if necessary. To do so, click the desired arrow symbol, such as
"Arrow up", in the desired field, for example line 3 / column 1. The modified view will be
displayed.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 353
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

6. To restore the original table layout, click "Reset configuration". Click "Next".

7. Arrange the web parts in the table fields. If necessary, activate the corresponding symbol in
a table field to place the web parts vertically or horizontally.
8. Click "Save".

Result
The layout template "mylayout_23" is created. You can use the layout template as a template for
creating a Webcenter page.

Creating Webcenter page

Introduction
You create Webcenter pages in which you add web parts. The Webcenter pages are stored in
directories. In this example, the WebCenter page is saved in the "myPart" directory.
You can only change or create Webcenter pages in directories for which the Windows user
group has the "Edit" or "Create" access rights.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

354 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

Requirement
• The directory "myPart" is set up.
• The logged in user is a member of the Windows user group "SIMATIC Report Administrators"
or "SIMATIC Report Users".
• The Windows user groups have the access rights "Edit" or "Create" for the directory.
• The start page of the DataMonitor is open.

Procedure
1. Click "Webcenter > Configuration" on the start page.
2. Click on the "Creating page" tab.
3. Click on the desired layout template. The file name is displayed in the "Layout file" box.
4. Enter a name in the "Webcenter page" box, for example, "My_Webcenter".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 355
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

5. Select the directory in which the Webcenter page is stored. The selected directory is displayed
in the box "Save WebCenter page as".

6. Click "Save".

Result
The Webcenter page "My_Webcenter" is created and saved.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

356 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

Inserting web parts to the Webcenter page

Introduction
You compile the contents of the Webcenter pages from the web parts.

Requirement
• The directory "myPart" is set up.
• The Webcenter page "My_Webcenter" is stored in the directory.
• The logged in user is a member of the Windows user group "SIMATIC Report Administrators"
or "SIMATIC Report Users".
• The Windows user groups have the access rights "Edit" or "Create" for the directory.
• The start page of the DataMonitor is open.

Procedure
1. Click "Webcenter > Pages" on the start page.
2. Click on the "myPart" tab.

3. Click on the entry "My_Webcenter".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 357
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

4. To add web parts, click at the top right edge of the page. The available web parts are listed.
If you have exported web parts that have already been configured, they are listed under
"Imported web parts". If necessary, insert these web parts into your Webcenter page.

5. Activate the entry "Trend (Timestep)".

6. Select the entry "WPZ_01_01" and click "Add".
7. Activate the entry "Hit list of alarms".
If you insert several web parts into a table field, the web parts are arranged horizontally or
vertically. You specify the arrangement when you create the layout template.
8. Select the entry "WPZ_02_01" and click "Add".
9. Click "Exit".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

358 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.1 WinCC/DataMonitor Getting Started

Result
Web parts to display data are inserted into the Webcenter page "My_Webcenter". The current
compilation of the Webcenter page is displayed.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 359
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

3.2.1 Basic principles

3.2.1.1 DataMonitor

Overview
You can display and evaluate current process states and historical data with WinCC/DataMonitor
via the Intranet/Internet.
WinCC/DataMonitor consists of a server component and a client component. The
DataMonitor server makes functions available to the DataMonitor client for analysis and
display of data. Access rights control access to the functions.
• "WinCCViewerRT":
Program for monitoring of WinCC projects. The DataMonitor client is a so-called "View Only
Client".
• "Excel Workbook":
Display of process values and archive values in an Excel table for evaluation and display via
the web or as a print template for reports
• "Reports":
Creating reports from WinCC print jobs or from published Excel workbooks. This also allows
for statistics and analyses of certain process data or historical data. The reports are created
in PDF format and forwarded as e-mail if necessary.
• "Webcenter":
Central information portal for access to WinCC data via user-specific views. Clearly structured
Webcenter pages with individual user rights for reading, writing and creating Webcenter
pages.
• "Trends & Alarms":
For display and analysis of archived process values and alarms. The data is displayed in tables
and diagrams on predefined Webcenter pages.

Quantity Structure
WinCC/DataMonitor allows the simultaneous operation of up to 50 clients per server.

Using terminal services

A configuration with 50 DataMonitor clients per terminal services server has been tested as a
typical scenario.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

360 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

3.2.1.2 WinCCViewerRT

Overview
The Web Viewer "WinCCViewerRT" is solely a display program for WinCC projects that is installed
with the DataMonitor client. The DataMonitor Client is therefore a "View Only Client".
You run the "WinCCViewerRT.exe" application instead of Internet Explorer on the DataMonitor
Client.
The Web Viewer accesses the DataMonitor server using its own communication. This way
you prevent access by users to the Internet and protect the system from viruses and trojans.
The viewer only displays the pictures that you configured for web access and published on
the DataMonitor server.
The WinCC user must be assigned authorization no. 1002 - "Web Access - monitoring only".
The "View Only Cursor" indicates that process-related operations are not possible. Certain
operations, such as opening the properties dialog of an OnlineTrendControl, are still possible.
If the WinCC user does not have authorization no. 1002, the DataMonitor client runs in demo
mode after logon.

3.2.1.3 Web center

Overview
The Webcenter is the central information portal for access to WinCC data via Intranet/Internet.
Users can use the Webcenter pages and web parts to compile and save their views of WinCC data.
The Webcenter pages are stored in directories.
The Webcenter pages are stored in modular fashion. The modules are defined by layout
templates. Users can either use the supplied layout templates or the ones they create
themselves.
The web parts are the individual blocks that prepare and display data. You can combine up
to 15 web parts in one screen view. For more information, refer to "Overview of web parts
(Page 362)".
Within the WebCenter pages, the configuration of the respective web part is stored and
can be called up again at any time. The multiple use of the same web part with different
configuration is also possible. The WebCenter pages that have been created in this way can
be opened with the same configuration by different users depending on the assigned rights.
You can export the configuration of web parts as XML file.
To transfer the configuration data to another computer, copy the folder:
"\Siemens\WinCC\WebNavigator\DataMonitorServer\WebCenter\App_Data\WebCenter"

Basic procedure
1. Creating directories for Webcenter pages
2. Assigning Access Rights

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 361
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

3. Establishing connection to the WinCC data

4. Publishing pictures for the Webcenter
5. Creating layout template for Webcenter pages
6. Creating Webcenter page
7. Inserting web parts to the Webcenter page
8. Configuring web parts within Webcenter pages

3.2.1.4 Overview of Web Parts

Overview
You compile Webcenter pages from the web parts in the "Webcenter".
The following web parts are available:
• Process value table
The available process values are displayed for the defined time period.
• Process Values in the Table (Timestep)
The complete archive name and the tag name are displayed as tooltip in the column header.
The process values are combined beginning with the starting time in the defined time
interval.
Depending on the set aggregate type, the interval for the interval event is displayed.
For example, a process value was archived every 30 seconds. You have selected an interval
of 60 seconds and the aggregate type "Average value". It determines the average value of two
archive values each, which is then displayed in the table with the first time stamp of the
averaging interval.
If you select an aggregate type without interpolation, and if no value is present in the
interval, no interval result will be displayed. If you select an aggregate type with linear
interpolation, an interval result is displayed for each interval.
• Statistics functions for process values
All available process values are used for the defined time period, for example, to calculate and
display the average value.
• Trend Process Values
The process values are displayed with trends.
• Trend (Timestep)
Clear presentation of precompressed values in trends with aggregate functions, such as sum
or average.
• Bar Chart (Aggregates)
• Pie Chart (Aggregates)
• Alarm table
Presentation of accrued alarms.
• Alarm hit list
Presentation of statistical information on alarms.
• Link to WebCenter pages

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

362 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

• Links (external)
Links to internal Webcenter pages and external Internet pages, such as stock market news.
• Displaying information
Such as news, for example.
• Static process pictures
WinCC pictures are integrated into the Webcenter without installation download. A JPG
screenshot of the process picture is created on the DataMonitor server at regular intervals.
• Display Graphic
JPG screenshots, such as company logo.
• The Last Reports
Display the reports created last, for example, the last ten print jobs in PDF format created with
"Reports".

See also
Displaying process values in a table (Page 428)
Displaying process values in a diagram (Page 429)
Displaying the hit list of messages (Page 435)
Displaying messages in the alarm table (Page 431)
Displaying statistics function for process values (Page 437)

3.2.1.5 Trends and Alarms

Overview
"Trends & Alarms" is used for display and analysis of archived process values and alarms.
Predefined web pages have the following content:
• Displaying process values in a table (Page 428)
• Displaying a maximum of three process values in a diagram. Displaying process values in a
diagram (Page 429)
• Displaying statistics function for process values (Page 437)
• Displaying alarm hit list (Page 435)
• Displaying alarms in the alarm table (Page 431)
The functions of "Trends & Alarms" are configured with web parts. Use the same web parts
for this purpose that you used for the Webcenter pages.
Within Trends & Alarms each user can only make one configuration for each web part. The
configuration is saved for the user. Other users cannot access the configuration of this web
part directly.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 363
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

3.2.1.6 Excel workbook

Overview
With the Excel add-In "Excel Workbook" you can display the following data of the WinCC project
in an Excel workbook on the DataMonitor client:
• Alarms
• Values of process tags and archive tags
• Additional information, such as time stamp or quality code of tags
Data of swapped archives is not displayed.
The data is evaluated by Excel and presented as graphic, e. g. as average value calculation
or diagram representation. The created Excel workbooks are made available as templates for
"Reports" and as report tools.

Requirement
• Use the Download area in "Reports" to install the Excel add-ins "ExcelWorkbook Wizard" and
"Excel Workbook" on the DataMonitor client.
• The "Remote Desktop" user is a member of the Windows user group "SIMATIC HMI Viewer".

Configuring with XML file or online

Simultaneous online access to process data of different WinCC servers is possible using the "Excel
Workbook". This requires that you either take the data from an XML file or from a local WinCC
project during the configuration with the Excel add-in "Excel Workbook Wizard" . A separation
between process and evaluation is possible with the XML file.
• A WinCC project is open on the DataMonitor server.
The XML file is generated with the "Export Configuration Data" function.
Then transfer the XML file to a computer with Microsoft Excel.
Configure the process data display in the workbook.
Afterwards, transfer the workbook to a DataMonitor client that displays the process data
online.
• To accept the data of the WinCC project online, configure directly on the WinCC server or on
a WinCC client with an online connection to the respective WinCC server.
• Import the data into an Excel workbook using the "Excel Workbook Wizard".
Then configure the display of alarms and tag values.
Note
If you rename a table in an Excel workbook, the configuration data of the table is lost.
You can configure up to 32,767 process and archive tags in an Excel workbook. During online
display with "Excel Workbook" you may experience considerable delays in updating when
there is a large number of tags.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

364 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

3.2.1.7 Reports

Introduction
Use "Reports" to create time-controlled and event-controlled reports independent of the SCADA
system. Use the WinCC print jobs and published Excel workbooks to output analysis results and
process data. The reports are output as PDF or XLS file and can be attached to an e-mail.

Requirement
• You need a PDF reader for output as PDF file. The PDF reader can be obtained from
www.adobe.com for example.
• For Output as XLS-file (Excel workbook):
– MS Excel is installed.
To use the automatic creation of Excel reports on the DataMonitor server, MS Excel must
be installed on the server.
– The Excel workbook is created and published as template on the DataMonitor server.
• Use the Download area in "Reports" to install the Excel add-ins "ExcelWorkbook Wizard" and
"Excel Workbook".

Using reports
You determine on the DataMonitor server when you want to create reports:
• Manually, for example, by a plant operator.
• Event-controlled, for example, when a tag value changes.
• Time-controlled, such as daily, for example.
The created reports are centrally saved in the directories on the DataMonitor server. Users
can access the different folders with appropriate authorization from the DataMonitor client.

Note
The creation time is always displayed on a DataMonitor client in the local time zone of the server.

See also
Configuring the display of tag values (Page 323)
Making an Excel workbook available as template (Page 461)
Configuring the Excel workbook (Page 320)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 365
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

3.2.2 Configuring the DataMonitor system

3.2.2.1 Overview of the configuration steps

Introduction
For use of WinCC/DataMonitor the data and process pictures are made available on the
DataMonitor server. The DataMonitor client accesses the available data to display data and
process pictures.

Requirement
• Server and client are interconnected.
• On the server
– Internet Information Service is installed.
– The DataMonitor server is installed.
– A WinCC/DataMonitor license is installed.
– WinCC is installed.
• On the client
– Internet Explorer is installed.

Configuration steps
You have to complete the following configuration steps to set up the DataMonitor system.
1. Configuration of the WinCC project.
– Publish WinCC pictures.
– Define users and access rights in "WinCC User Administrator", if you use WinCCViewerRT
and/or "Excel Workbook" .
– Configure the settings for Runtime.
2. Configure the DataMonitor server.
– Set up the web page and firewall.
– Define users and access rights in Windows, if you use "Trend & Alarms", "Reports" and
"Webcenter".
3. Start WinCC Runtime on the server.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

366 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

4. Use the DataMonitor functions on the DataMonitor client.

– Check the security settings of the Internet Explorer.
– Start the Internet Explorer and enter the address of the DataMonitor server.
– Log on to the DataMonitor server and access the DataMonitor functions.
5. Monitor the WinCC project on the DataMonitor client.
– Configuring WinCCViewerRT
– Displaying pictures

See also
Configuring the DataMonitor web page (Page 383)
Configuring security settings in Internet Explorer (Page 389)
Configuring runtime settings (Page 379)
Creating static process pictures for the Webcenter (Page 414)
Defining users in Windows (Page 380)

3.2.2.2 Configure the WinCC project

Publishing WinCC process pictures

Publishing WinCC Process Pictures

Introduction
If you wish to display WinCC process pictures on the WebNavigator Client or DataMonitor Client,
you have to publish the pictures.
For publishing, use the WinCC Web Publishing Wizard. The wizard automatically performs the
necessary adjustments to project data.
You open the WinCC Web Publishing Wizard in Windows via "PublishingWizard" or in the
WinCC Explorer in the "Web Navigator" shortcut menu via "Web View Publisher".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 367
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Overview
The following types of publishing are possible:
• Publishing on the local computer.
The current WinCC project folder is the source folder.
The target folder is a subfolder, for example, "Projectname/WebNavigator/Pictures".
• Publishing on a dedicated web server with a server prefix.
The source folder is the WinCC project folder on another WinCC computer that is defined by
the server prefix.
The target folder is located in subfolder ".../WebNavigator/Pictures" of the WinCC project on
the WinCC Client.
The pictures of your own project are saved with the name "<picturename>.PD_", while the
pictures of other projects are saved with the name "<serverprefix>_ _<picturename>.PD_".
• Remote publishing.
The source and target folders can be located on the same or different web servers.
You can start the WinCC Web Publishing Wizard on the Web server with the source and target
folder or on a third Web server.
• Remote publishing on a dedicated web server or WinCC Client from a different remote station.
The project folder of the WinCC project must be released in Windows on the dedicated web
server/WinCC Client.
You can start the WinCC Web Publishing Wizard remotely by opening the WinCC project of the
Web server/WinCC client on the remote computer.
On the remote station, you publish the WinCC pictures from other WinCC Servers to the
dedicated web server.
The WinCC Web Publishing Wizard makes the following adjustments:
• Compression of the data for optimizing performance on the Internet.
• Removal of project-specific data that is not required for the operation.
• Conversion of picture windows into an ActiveX component.
• Conversion of scripts so that they can be run on the Client.

Opening a published picture in Internet Explorer

In order to open a published picture directly, a website must already be set up.
1. In WinCC Explorer, select a published picture in the table area of the WebNavigator.
2. Select the "Copy URL to clipboard" command from the shortcut menu.
3. Paste the link from the clipboard in the address bar of Internet Explorer.
The file with the picture opens in Internet Explorer.

Publication of pictures with faulty scripts

If warnings or errors occur during publishing, the process pictures affected are marked in the
output field of the WinCC Web Publishing Wizard.
The pictures with errors in the scripts are nonetheless published.
However, errors can still occur in Runtime and are reported by the WebNavigator Client.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

368 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

The "PdlPad" tool can be started directly in the WinCC Web Publishing Wizard in order to
check and, if necessary, correct the scripts used in the published pictures.

Publishing Without Project Functions

Publishing without project functions can be an additional source of error.
When publishing with the WinCC Web Publishing Wizard, the selected project functions are
always published.
When published without project functions, the pictures no longer contain any project
functions. The project functions of the last publishing process are always available in the
published pictures and, therefore, on the client.
The selection of project functions in the Publisher is independent of the pictures published in
the same process.
If , for example, you modify selected project functions but not their interfaces, you need to
publish all necessary project functions. In this case, you do not have to publish the picture.

Changing the process picture in Graphics Designer

Process pictures that you edit in runtime in Graphics Designer on the WebNavigator Server must
be published once again.
This is required for the process picture to be displayed on the WebNavigator Client.
You cannot republish unchanged files that have already been published. In the WinCC Web
View Publishing Wizard, these files are displayed in gray.

Dedicated web server

To transfer the changes to the WebNavigator Client when using a dedicated Web server,
follow these steps:
1. Open the WinCC project remotely on the dedicated Web server.
2. Open and save the modified picture in the Graphics Designer.
3. Publish the picture on the dedicated Web server using the WinCC Web Publishing Wizard.
If you have modified a large number of pictures, you can simplify the process:
1. For this purpose, call the "Convert pictures" function in the shortcut menu of the Graphics
Designer.
2. Republish the changed pictures.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 369
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Requirements for publishing pictures

General requirements
Naming conventions:
• The picture names may not contain double underscores, e.g. "__furnace_overview.pdl".
The string before the double underscore will be interpreted as server prefix.
• The package names and/or symbolic computer names may not contain any double
underscores.
• The package names and/or symbolic computer names may not end in an underscore.
• Moreover, the name cannot begin with a single underscore if you are using Basic Process
Control.
When using Picture Tree, the name string of higher-level pictures will have a "@PTN_" prefix.
With the leading underscore, the picture name will then have a double underscore.
Header files:
• If two header files of the same name exist in the project path and in the installation path of
WinCC, WinCC Web Publishing Wizard will use the header file from the installation path.
Microsoft .NET Framework:
• The WinCC Web Publishing Wizard requires the .Net Framework 4.0 or higher.
Republishing:
• You cannot republish unchanged files that have already been published. In the WinCC Web
View Publishing Wizard, these files are displayed in gray.
Only changed files can be published again.

Requirements for publishing on a dedicated web server

• The Web Navigator Server is installed on the WinCC client.
• The C and VB scripts of all WinCC servers to which the WinCC client has access have been
copied to the WinCC client.
• The WinCC server packages that the WinCC client can access are loaded on the WinCC client.
• The standard server is configured for tags.
Exception:
– If you are working with Basic Process Control, you must not specify a standard server.
• If you wish to publish projects on other computers, these computers must be linked by means
of network drives before you start the WinCC Web Publishing Wizard.
This procedure enables the display of your projects in the selection dialog of the Publisher.
You cannot enter the path directly.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

370 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Requirements for remote publishing

• Access to the target and source folders is enabled for the WinCC Web Publishing Wizard.
WinCC creates these Microsoft Windows shares by default.
Verify that these shares are not restricted, for example, valid for specific users only.
• If you wish to publish projects on other computers, these computers must be linked by means
of network drives before you start the WinCC Web Publishing Wizard.
This procedure enables the display of your projects in the selection dialog of the Publisher.
You cannot enter the path directly.

How to publish WinCC process pictures using WinCC Web Publishing Wizard

Introduction
Use the WinCC Web Publishing Wizard to publish the process pictures that you created in
Graphics Designer.

Procedure
1. Select "Web Navigator" in the navigation window of WinCC Explorer.
2. Select the "Web View Publisher" command in the shortcut menu.
The WinCC Web Publishing Wizard is now launched.
Click "Next".
Alternatively, start the wizard in Windows via "PublishingWizard".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 371
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

3. Under "Path to your WinCC project", select the WinCC project folder containing the pictures
you want to publish.
– The folder has the following format for publication on a dedicated web server:
"\\<servername>\<serverprefix>_ _<projectname>"
– If you want to publish from a remote station, select the source project containing the
pictures.
The source project is displayed by its enable name on the other WinCC Server.
The folder has the following format:
"\\<computer name>\<enable name>"
To display hidden objects that are published automatically, activate the "Show hidden
objects" option in the "Diagnostics" area.

4. Activate the "Server prefix" option if you want to publish the pictures on a dedicated web
server.
Select the prefix of the WinCC Server that contains the WinCC project from the selection list.
The list displays the prefixes of the servers whose packages are loaded on the WinCC Client.
Deleting a prefix from the selection changes the paths displayed in the fields below.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

372 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

5. Select the target folder for the published pictures under "Publishing folder of the WinCC web".
– Accept the proposed folder within the WinCC project folder.
Do not change the path specification unless you want to transfer pictures to a different
project, for example. In this case, the prefix selection list will be expanded accordingly.
– Verify the specified target project to which the published pictures are saved during remote
publishing.
The path definition will be updated when you select the source project.
Should the target project be located on another WinCC server, select the corresponding
project.
Click "Next".
6. Move the pictures that you wish to publish to the "Selected files" list.
Already published, unchanged pictures are grayed out and will not be published again.
Click "Next".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 373
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

7. Move the C project functions which you use in the published pictures to the "Selected files"
list.
You cannot publish individual VB scripts.
Already published, unchanged functions are grayed out and will not be published again.
Click "Next".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

374 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

8. Move the referenced graphics that you wish to publish to the "Selected files" list.
The referenced files are in the "GraCS" folder or in subfolders of "GraCS".
Already published, unchanged graphics are grayed out and will not be published again.
Click "Next".

9. To start publishing the pictures, click "Finish".

The selected files are published.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 375
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Result
You have successfully published the pictures and functions.
The results list displays the status of all published objects.
You can click an object to view additional object information.
You can trace publishing using the "<projectfolder>\WebNavigator\WizardLog.txt" file.

Checking the scripts using "PdlPad"

The "WizardLog.txt" log file contains information about errors in the scripts used.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

376 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

You can also find errors using the "PdlPad" debugger.

1. Open "PdlPad" by double-clicking on the affected object in the results list in the WinCC Web
Publishing Wizard.
The script of the published picture is displayed.
Alternatively, open "PdlPad" in the "Siemens Automation" program group.

2. Click in order to check the script.

3. You can temporarily correct and save the scripts.
These corrections are only saved to the published pictures, not in the process picture of the
WinCC project.

Administering users for DataMonitor

Introduction
For the use of certain functions on the DataMonitor client, users need authentication as
DataMonitor user as well as authentication as WinCC user. Use one WinCC user for
"WinCCViewerRT" and "Excel Workbook".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 377
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

If you are working as DataMonitor user and WinCC user at the DataMonitor client you have to
log on twice. You have two alternatives to only log on once:
• The DataMonitor user and the WinCC user have identical names and passwords.
The user must be configured in Windows and in WinCC and added to the "SIMATIC HMI" and
"SIMATIC HMI VIEWER" user groups.
• SIMATIC logon allows the central administration of users.
In order to use SIMATIC logon in connection with DataMonitor, DataMonitor users must also
be added to the user group "SIMATIC HMI VIEWER".

Procedure
1. Select the entry "User Administrator" in the navigation window of WinCC Explorer. Select the
"Open" command from the shortcut menu. The editor "User Administrator" is opened.

2. In the navigation window, select a user or create a new user.

3. Select a user group and then open the shortcut menu. Select the entry "New User". The name
of the user can be changed directly with the <F2> function key or the shortcut menu
command "Rename". The user must be selected beforehand for this purpose.
4. Enter a name and a password with at least six characters for "Login".
Click "OK".
5. Select the newly created user in the table window. The properties of the user are displayed.
6. Activate the option "WebNavigator". Select a start picture from the dropdown list next to
"Web start picture".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

378 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

7. Check the selected language and change this setting if desired via the dropdown list next to
"Web language". You can only select a new language from the dropdown list if one of the two
options "WebNavigator" or "PureWebClient" is activated. The languages created in the Text
Library are available for selection.
8. The user needs at least the authorization "Web Access - monitoring only".
In the row in the table window, activate the corresponding authorization in the "Enable"
column.
9. Close the User Administrator.

Configuring runtime settings

Introduction
Define the settings for behavior in runtime when you use the DataMonitor.

Procedure
1. Select "WebNavigator" in the navigation window of WinCC Explorer. Select the "Web settings"
command from the shortcut menu.
2. Change to the "Runtime" tab in the "WinCC web settings" dialog.
Select the required settings. Close the dialog with "OK".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 379
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Use "WinCC Classic" design

Activate the option to improve the performance of the DataMonitor client. The original style
of WinCC V6 is now used.

"Monitoring only" cursor

A default cursor shows that the user of the DataMonitor client is not permitted to operate
Runtime. The user has been assigned system authorization no. 1002 - "Web access -
monitoring only" in the WinCC User Administrator.
If you want to use your own cursor, enter its path and file name. You can also use the "..."
button to navigate to the file of the selected cursor.

Server load
You do not need the settings in the area "Server load" for DataMonitor.

Activate WinCC system messages

The system messages "No. 1012400" or "No. 1012401" are output and archived at the login/
logoff of a DataMonitor client.

Enable event log messages

A successful session login or logoff is recorded in the Windows event viewer.

Disable local groups of SIMATIC Logon

The DataMonitor server can only be accessed by groups in the same domain.

Hardware accelerated graphics representation

The Direct2D representation is activated for the entire project on the WebNavigator clients.

3.2.2.3 Configuring the DataMonitor system

Defining users in Windows

User groups in Windows

Overview
The following user groups are created automatically in Windows when the DataMonitor server
is installed.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

380 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

SIMATIC Report Administrators

Membership of the user group "SIMATIC Report Administrators" is required for extended rights,
especially for configuration purposes. At least one user must be created and assigned to the
"SIMATIC Report Administrators" user group.
• You can also do the following as "SIMATIC Report Administrators" in the "Webcenter":
– Configuring connections
– Creating templates for Webcenter pages
– Creating and configuring public and private Webcenter pages
• You can also do the following as "SIMATIC Report Administrators" in "Reports":
– Configuring reports based on WinCC print jobs or Excel workbooks.

SIMATIC Report Users

Membership of the user group "SIMATIC Report Users" or of your own user group is required for
the "Webcenter", "Trends & Alarms" and "Reports".
• You can also do the following as "SIMATIC Report Users" in the "Webcenter":
– Setting up and configuring Webcenter pages. The Webcenter pages are stored in
different directories.
– Opening public pages
• You can also do the following as "SIMATIC Report Users" in "Reports":
– Opening reports based on WinCC print jobs or Excel workbooks.

Defining Users and Access Rights in Windows

Introduction
When using DataMonitor, users need different authentications.
• All users must be members of the "SIMATIC HMI" user group.
• For access to the WinCC database via DataMonitor, you need a Windows user with password
who is a member of the "SIMATIC HMI VIEWER" user group.
This means you must create users with the matching user rights.

Requirement
• WinCC is installed.
• The DataMonitor server is installed.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 381
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Procedure
1. Open the Windows Computer Management.
2. Under "System Tools" navigate to "Local Users and Groups > User".
In the shortcut menu select the entry "New user".

3. Enter a name such as "DM_Demo" in the "New User" dialog box in the "User name" field.
Enter a name such as "User for DataMonitor" in the "Full name" field.
Type the desired password into the "Password" field and then repeat it in the "Confirm
password" field.
Create the user with "Create".
Close the "New user" dialog.
4. In the table window, click on the newly created user.
Select the "Properties" command in the shortcut menu.
5. Click "Add" in the "Member of" tab.
6. In the "Select Groups" dialog, click the "Advanced" and then "Find now" button.
7. In the opened list, select the following entries:
– SIMATIC Report Administrators
– SIMATIC HMI
– SIMATIC HMI VIEWER
8. Click "OK" twice to close the dialog.
In the properties of the user, the groups are added to the list.
9. Click "OK" and close the Computer Management.

Result
The user "DM_Demo" with membership of the user groups "SIMATIC Report Administrators",
"SIMATIC HMI" and "SIMATIC HMI VIEWER" has been set up.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

382 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

The user can now create directories in the Webcenter and make connections to WinCC
databases.

Note
Login for remote access
If a user wants to access remote computers via the DataMonitor server, the Windows user must
be set up on the DataMonitor server as well as the remote servers with the same password.

Configuring the DataMonitor web page

Introduction
You create the DataMonitor web page with the WinCC Web Configurator.

Requirement
• The DataMonitor server is installed.
• The Windows "Internet Information Service" component is installed.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 383
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Procedure
1. Select "Web Navigator" in the navigation window of WinCC Explorer.
Select "Web Configurator" in the shortcut menu.
Alternatively, select the "WebConfigurator" entry in the "Siemens Automation" program
group.
The WinCC Web Configurator opens.
2. On the home page, activate the "WebNavigator Website - Configuration" option.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

384 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

3. The Web Configurator detects whether a configuration already exists.

– No configuration found:
Activate "Create a new standard website (Standalone)".
Click "Next".
– Configuration found:
Click "Next" and check the configuration.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 385
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

4. Select "Name of the web page" and enter the name.

5. Select an SSL certificate from the drop-down list.

If the drop-down list does not contain a certificate, select the "Create new certificate" option.
Enter a name in the "New certificate" dialog and confirm with "OK".
6. Enter the number of the port used for access in the "Port" field.
The HTTPS standard port "443" is set by default.
7. At "IP address", specify whether the computer is to be available on the intranet or Internet or
on both networks.
Use only the addresses that are available in the selection list.
Select "All not assigned" to enable intranet and Internet access to the computer.
8. Select "DataMonitor.asp" as the default web page.
9. Specify the time interval after which the DataMonitor client starts to reestablish a connection
automatically in case of a connection error.
A time setting of "0 s" disables the "Automatic reconnection" function.
10.Specify whether the web page is started once the configuration is completed.
11.Click "Next" if you have installed a firewall. The next steps are described under "Configuring
the firewall (Page 387)".
Click "Finish" if you have not activated a firewall.

Result
You have created the Web folder and activated the web page.
When you have activated the firewall, use the Web Configurator to configure its settings.

See also
Configuring the firewall (Page 387)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

386 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Configuring the firewall

Introduction
This section describes how to activate "HTTP" and "HTTPS" services using Windows Server 2016
as an example.
Consult your network administrator if you want to set up the Windows Firewall with
advanced security or for a different port.

Requirement
• You have created a default web page with Web Configurator.
• The Firewall is activated.
• The user who is logged has Windows administrator rights.
• You have to set up the HTTPS service in IIS if you are using it for WebNavigator.
More information: "WinCC Installation Notes / Release Notes > WinCC/DataMonitor
Installation Notes > Setting up a secure connection via HTTPS (http://
support.microsoft.com/kb/324069)"

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 387
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Procedure for the default port

1. Change to the "Configuring the Windows Firewall" page in the "WinCC Web Configurator".

2. Click the "Windows Firewall" button.

The "Windows Firewall" dialog opens.
3. Click "Allow apps to communicate through Windows Firewall".
4. Activate "Secure World Wide Web Services (HTTPS)".
5. Close all Windows dialogs with "OK".
6. Click "Finish" in the Web Configurator.
The server configuration is completed.

See also
Configuring the DataMonitor web page (Page 383)
Setting up a secure connection over HTTPS (Page 104)
Setting up an HTTPS service in IIS (http://support.microsoft.com/kb/324069)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

388 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

3.2.2.4 Working with the DataMonitor client

Configuring security settings in Internet Explorer

Introduction
For full functionality on the DataMonitor client, adapt the security settings in the Internet
Explorer.

Requirement
• Internet Explorer is installed.

Procedure
1. Click "Tools > "Internet Options" in the Internet Explorer.
This will open the "Internet Options" dialog.
2. Select the "Security" tab.
3. Select the "Trusted Sites" icon and click the "Sites" button.
The "Trusted Sites" dialog opens.
4. Enter the address of the DataMonitor server in the "Add this website to the zone" field.
Possible formats and wildcards include "*://157.54.100 - 200", "ftp://157.54.23.41", or
"http://*.microsoft.com".
5. Deactivate the "Require server verification (https:) for all sites in this zone" check box.
Click "Add".
Confirm the entry by clicking "OK".
6. Select the "Trusted Sites" icon.
7. Click "Default Level".
Click "Adapt Level" in the next dialog.
The "Security settings" dialog box is opened.
– Activate the "Activate" option under "Initialize and script ActiveX controls not marked as
safe".
– Confirm the entry by clicking "OK".
8. Close the "Internet Options" dialog by clicking "OK".

Result
The necessary settings in the Internet Explorer of the DataMonitor client are configured.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 389
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

User authentication: Activated setting "Automatic logon with current user name and password"
in Internet Explorer
If the setting "Automatic logon with current user name and password" is activated in Internet
Explorer in "Tools > Internet Options > "Security" tab > "Adapt Level" button > entry "User
Authentication" > Logon", this can lead to unexpected behavior under the following
requirements.

Requirement
• The "Automatic logon with current user name and password" The setting is activated in
Internet Explorer.
• The user logs onto the DataMonitor client as a WinCC user who is not configured in the user
groups on the DataMonitor server.
• The user is logged onto the computer with a Windows logon that is set up as a user name on
the DataMonitor server.

Behavior
1. The DataMonitor server does not recognize the WinCC user name the user has used to log
onto the DataMonitor client and therefore rejects it. The user cannot see this behavior.
2. Internet Explorer automatically starts a new logon using the current Windows logon as user
name.
3. The DataMonitor server recognizes the Windows logon as DataMonitor user name and
accepts the logon for this user.
4. The user is logged on but not with the DataMonitor user name the user has entered. The
current DataMonitor user is not displayed.

Recommendation
Disable the "Automatic logon with current user name and password" setting.
Use the setting only when there is a clear distinction between Windows logon and
DataMonitor user name.

DataMonitor start page on the DataMonitor client

Overview
You start the DataMonitor client on a standalone computer or on a DataMonitor server. The start
page of the DataMonitor summarizes the functions of the DataMonitor:
• "Reports":
Creation and output of analysis results and process data in print jobs and published Excel
workbooks.
• "Webcenter":
Creation of Webcenter pages for the display of archived data.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

390 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

• "Trends & Alarms":

Display of alarms and process values from archives in tables and diagrams.
• "Administration"
Configuration of connections and management of users, archives and pictures.

Requirement
• The user is created in WinCC.
• The user must be a member of the Windows user group "SIMATIC Report Administrators" or
"SIMATIC Report Users" .
• The WinCC project on the DataMonitor server is in runtime.

Procedure
1. Start the Internet Explorer on the DataMonitor client.
2. Enter the name of the DataMonitor server in the format "http://<servername>" in the URL.
Confirm the entry with "Enter".
The log-in dialog is opened.
3. Enter the name of a Windows user and the associated password. Confirm with "OK".

Result
The start page with the DataMonitor functions will be displayed. The use of the functions
depends on the access right of the user.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 391
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

General Operations of the DataMonitor Client

• Select the desired interface language from the selection field in the header.
• Hide the header on the pages of "Webcenter" and "Trend & Alarms", if necessary.
Click .
To show the header line again, click on the symbol .
• In order to log off from the DataMonitor server, click on the "Log off" link.
Exit Internet Explorer to free-up the used license immediately.

See also
Working with trends and alarms (Page 428)
Working with reports (Page 461)
Working with the Webcenter (Page 398)

3.2.3 Working with WinCCViewerRT

3.2.3.1 Configuring WinCCViewerRT

Introduction
WinCCViewerRT is a program for visualizing WinCC projects.
The behavior of the DataMonitor server and Graphics Runtime is configured in the
WinCCViewerRT settings.

Use project settings

If you select the "Use project settings" option, the following settings are applied by the
DataMonitor server:
• User Administrator:
– Automatic logoff
• Computer properties:
– Runtime language
– Runtime Default Language
– Start Picture
– Start configuration of Menu and Toolbars
– Hardware accelerated graphics representation (Direct2D):

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

392 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Requirement
• On the server
– The DataMonitor server is installed.
– A WinCC/DataMonitor license is installed.
– The WinCC project is in Runtime.
– The WinCC pictures are configured and published for web access.
– The WinCC user must be assigned authorization no. 1002 - "Web Access - monitoring
only".
• On the client
– The DataMonitor client is installed.

Procedure
1. In the "Siemens Automation" program group, select the entry "WinCCViewerRT".
Alternatively, you can find the "WinCCViewerRT.exe" link in the installation folder under
"Webnavigator\Client\bin".
The configuration dialog opens if you reconfigure WinCCViewerRT.
WinCCViewerRT opens if WinCCViewerRT has already been set up.
Use the <Ctrl+Alt+P> key combination to open the configuration dialog of WinCCViewerRT.
2. Enter the login data in the "General" tab:
– Server address: "http://<Servername>" or "http://<IP-Adresse>"
– Use project settings: Apply settings of the DataMonitor server
– User name and password, if you want to specify a default user for the login dialog.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 393
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

3. On the "Parameter" tab, configure the following settings:

– Select the Runtime language and the Runtime default language.
– If necessary, lock any key combinations that allow operators to switch to other programs.
– If necessary, change the default key combination <Ctrl+Alt+P> that opens the
configuration dialog of WinCCViewerRT.
– Define a key combination with which a user can log off and a new user can log on.
The key combination can only be used if no default user has been set in the "General" tab.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

394 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

4. Specify the WinCC Runtime properties in the "Graphics Runtime" tab:

– Start Picture
– Configuration file for user-defined menus and toolbars
– Window Attributes
You can define the display of the process picture in the browser with the "Full screen" and
"Adapt picture" options.
– Turn off: Impermissible user actions
Activate the actions that the operator is not permitted to perform in Runtime.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 395
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

5. Specify additional user actions in the "Runtime" tab:

– Activating the monitor keyboard
– <Ctrl+Alt+Del> key combination to allow switching to the Task Manager or operating
system via the screen keyboard.
– Auto-logoff settings
– Activating Direct2D to accelerate graphics representation.
– Specifying the printer you use to print the configured print job in WinCC controls
Alternatively, you can print the print job with the "RPTJobPrint" function. A preview via
"RPTJobPreview" is not possible on the Web client.

6. Click "OK" to close the dialog.

Result
WinCCViewerRT is configured.
The connection to the DataMonitor server is set up after you close the dialog.
The settings are saved to the "WinCCViewerRT.xml" configuration file. The configuration file
settings are used at the next start of WinCCViewerRT.
WinCCViewerRT applies the user interface language from WinCC.
The configuration file is stored in the following folder based on the operating system:
• <User>\AppData\LocalLow\Siemens\SIMATIC.WinCC\WebNavigator\Client
You can rename the file, for example, to "User1.xml".
You can also start WinCCViewerRT by means of the command line with the user-specific
configuration file, e.g. "WinCCViewerRT.exe User1.xml". This procedure allows for different
configurations, depending on the logged-on user.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

396 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

The WinCCViewerRT configuration dialog opens at the start if you rename or delete
"WinCCViewerRT.xml". Reconfigure WinCCViewerRT or select a different configuration file.

Note
Buttons disabled: Exit WinCCViewerRT
WinCCViewerRT can only be closed by means of script function if you disable a key combination
or hide the "Close" button.
Function in the C-Script: DeactivateRTProject; function in the VBScript: HMIRuntime.Stop.

3.2.3.2 Displaying pictures

Requirement
• A WinCC/DataMonitor license is installed on the DataMonitor server.
• The WinCC project on the DataMonitor server is in runtime.
• The WinCC pictures are configured and published for web access.
• The WinCC user must be assigned authorization no. 1002 - "Web Access - monitoring only".
• WinCCViewerRT is configured on the DataMonitor client.

Procedure
1. In the "Siemens Automation" program group, select the entry "WinCCViewerRT".
2. Log on to the DataMonitor server:
– A login dialog is not displayed if the user name and password are set in the
WinCCViewerRT configuration dialog. You are logged on automatically with the stored
login data.
– The login dialog is displayed if a user name and password is not set in the WinCCViewerRT
configuration dialog. Enter the user name and password of the WinCC user. Click "OK".
3. To change the user, use the specified key combination for login/logoff of "WinCCViewerRT".
The previous user is logged off. Enter the user name and password of the new WinCC user in
the login dialog. Click "OK".
The key combination can only be used if no default user has been set.

Result
WinCCViewerRT automatically connects to the activated WinCC project. The pictures of WinCC
project are displayed.
The "View Only Cursor" indicates that process-related operations are not possible.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 397
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Certain operations, such as opening the properties dialog of a WinCC OnlineTrendControl,

are still possible.
You can also use your own cursor icon as a "View Only Cursor", if required. For more
information, refer to "Configuring Runtime settings (Page 379)".
The <F5> key triggers a reselection of WinCCViewerRT.

3.2.4 Working with the Webcenter

3.2.4.1 Administration

User Groups and Directories

User Groups and Directories

Overview
WebCenter pages and reports are stored in directories on the DataMonitor server.
Its standard complement of directories is as follows:
• "Public"
• "Private" Every user has a "Private" directory. Only the respective user has access rights to this
directory.
A user of the user group "SIMATIC Report Administrators" can create other directories and
assign the other user groups different access rights to these directories.
More information on setting up directories can be found in chapter "Setting up directories
(Page 401)".

Windows User Groups

The user groups "SIMATIC Report Administrators" and "SIMATIC Report Users" are created when
the DataMonitor server is installed. You can create more user groups. More information on
setting up user groups and users can be found in chapter "Defining users and access rights in
Windows (Page 381)".
To access the DataMonitor, assign all members of a user group the same access rights to the
directories of the DataMonitor server.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

398 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

The following access authorization is possible:

• Read
• Change
• Create
A user, as a member of a user group, only has access to a directory if the respective user
group has access rights to that directory. This permits user group-specific access. More
information on assigning access authorization can be found in chapter "Assigning access
rights (Page 401)".
The following picture shows the basic user administration for the WebCenter.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 399
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

:LQGRZV8VHU$GPLQLVWUDWLRQ

,QGLYLGXDO
XVHUJURXSV

7KHLQVWDOODWLRQURXWLQH
RI'DWD0RQLWRUFUHDWHV
:LQGRZVXVHUJURXSV

'DWD0RQLWRU$GPLQLVWUDWLRQ
:LQGRZVXVHUJURXSV
DUHDVVLJQHG
GLIIHUHQWDFFHVVULJKWVIRU
'DWD0RQLWRUGLUHFWRULHV

,QGLYLGXDO
DFFHVVRI
:LQGRZVXVHUJURXSV
WR
ZHEFHQWHUSDJHV

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

400 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Creating Directories

Introduction
You store Webcenter pages in directories. The default directories are "Public" and "Private".

Requirement
• The logged in user is a member of the Windows user group "SIMATIC Report Administrators".
• The start page of the DataMonitor is open.

Procedure
1. Click "Webcenter > Administration" on the start page.
2. Click the "Directory administration" tab.

3. Enter a name, such as "mypart", in the "New directory" field.

4. Click the "Create" button.

Result
The directory "mypart" is created. The directories are created in a layer.

Assigning Access Rights

Introduction
Directories are created within the Webcenter in which you store, for example, Webcenter pages.
You can assign different access rights for the individual directories to Windows user groups.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 401
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

The following access authorization is possible:

• Read
• Change
• Create

Requirement
• The logged in user is a member of the Windows user group "SIMATIC Report Administrators".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

402 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Procedure
1. Click "Webcenter > Administration" on the start page.
2. Click on the "User administration" tab.

3. Select the desired directory from the "Current directory".

All existing Windows user groups are listed.
4. Activate the access rights in the line of the required Windows user group.
5. Click "Save".

Result
The access rights for the required directory are configured.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 403
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

See also
User Groups and Directories (Page 398)

Example: User Groups and Directories

Overview
The user groups "Service" and "Planning" have been created in the following example. The
directories "ServiceGroup", "Water" and "ProcessPlans" are created in the Webcenter.
The following table shows which access rights the members of the user groups "Service" and
"Planning" have for the following directories:

Directory User group "Service" User group"Planning"

Public • Read • Read
Private • Read • Read
• Change • Change
• Create • Create
ServiceGroup • Read • Read
• Change
• Create
Water • Read No access authorization
• Change
ProcessPlans No access authorization • Read
• Change

When a member of the user group "Service" logs in and clicks "Pages" in the Webcenter, the
member will see the directories as tabs to which the user group has at least read access.
The "Webcenter > Pages" looks as follows for the member "Service_014" of the user group
"Service":

The "Webcenter > Pages" looks as follows for the member "Plan_012" of the user group
"Planning":

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

404 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Create connection and set up language

Introduction
For access of the DataMonitor client to runtime data and archived data, configure connections
to the WinCC databases in the "Webcenter".
For each data source, set up a connection, e.g., to the WinCC server.
You need the configured connections for Webcenter pages and "Trends & Alarms".

Requirement
• The user is a member of the Windows user group "SIMATIC Report Administrators".
• For access to the WinCC database via DataMonitor, a Windows user with password is created
who is a member of the "SIMATIC HMI VIEWER" user group.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 405
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Procedure
1. Click "Webcenter > Administration" on the start page.
2. Click the "Connection Administration" tab.

3. Select the option "New Connection".

After the new installation, no selection is possible in the "Connection" box, as no connections
have been configured yet.
4. Select the language that corresponds with the linguistic region of the server or archive to be
linked in "Linguistic Region".
The setting ensures that special national characters are displayed correctly.
5. Enter a name in the "Connection Name" box, such as "WinCC1_Runtime".
The name should include a reference to the selected connection type.
Do not use any blank spaces or special characters.
6. Enter the computer name on which the archive backup data are stored.
As an alternative, select the name of the computer using the "Find" button.
7. Enter the Windows user with password for the connection with the WinCC database.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

406 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

8. Select the connection type to the WinCC data:

– "Swapped-out WinCC archive".
Additional steps are necessary to access data on swapped archives. More information is
available under "Connecting or separating swapped archives (Page 407)".
– "WinCC Runtime".
Only the open single segment of the Runtime database is used.
– "WinCC Runtime + all segments".
The open single segment and all other connected segments of the Runtime database are
used.
9. Select the database for the connection type:
– "Swapped-out WinCC archive":
Click "Display database" or select the archive from the list.
– "WinCC Runtime":
Select the Runtime database of the activated WinCC project. As an alternative, select the
name of the database using the "Find" button.
– "WinCC Runtime + all segments":
"CC_ExternalBrowsing" is automatically entered as database.
10.Activate "Automatic adaptation of RT database" so that the database name is adjusted in the
connection administration during a segment change.
11.Click the "Create" button.

Result
The connection to the data source is created and can be selected in the "Connection" box of the
connection administration.

See also
Configuring a symbolic directory (Page 407)
Connect archives using the WinCC Archive Connector (Page 411)

Connecting or disconnecting swapped archives

Configuring a symbolic directory

Introduction
To access data on swapped-out WinCC archives, these archives must be connected to an SQL
server once again.
You can connect all or individual archive backup files of a directory with the SQL server.
If you want to remove a directory containing archives from the list of symbolic names,
disconnect all archives contained therein.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 407
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

You see the status of the archives in the tab "Connecting/disconnecting archives".

Note
Connected archives on changeable media
Before changing the media in the drive you need to disconnect the archives on this medium.
After changing the medium, check whether the archives are connected on the new medium.

Requirement
• Archive backup files are write-protected.
Create a backup copy of the file before connecting and remove the write-protection of the
copied archive backup file.
• The archive backup files are stored on a local drive.
• The directories in which the archive backup files are stored have been released.
– The directory must be set for sharing in the Windows Explorer before you start the
DataMonitor server.
– Restart the DataMonitor server if you are releasing the directories at a later time.
• The user group "SIMATIC HMI VIEWER" has "Full access" to the directories.
• The logged in user is a member of the Windows user group "SIMATIC Report Administrators".
• "Network service" is added in the "Print operators" group.

Procedure
1. Click "Webcenter > Administration" on the start page.
2. Click on the "Archive administration" tab.

3. In the "Symbolic Name" box, enter a unique symbolic name for each directory.
The name should only contain characters permitted in the SQL syntax.
You use the symbolic name for access via the DataMonitor client.
4. Select the folder which contains the archive backup files.
You can only select released directories.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

408 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

5. To automatically connect all existing archive backup files of the directory, activate
"Automatically connect all archives in this directory".
6. To connect individual archive backup files of the directory, deactivate "Automatically connect
all archives in this directory".
7. Click "Add".

Result
The symbolic directory "Test" is created.
If you have deactivated "Automatically connect all archives in this directory", specify the
archive backup files in the "Connecting/disconnecting archives" tab.
To disconnect archives, deactivate the respective archives in the "Connecting/disconnecting
archives" tab.

Connecting or disconnecting archives

Introduction
All archives of a selected archiving directory are displayed on the "Connecting/disconnecting
archives" tab. You can connect or disconnect the existing archives.

Requirement
• Archive backup files are write-protected. Create a backup copy of the file before connecting
and remove the write-protection of the copied archive backup file.
• The logged in user is a member of the Windows user group "SIMATIC Report Administrators".
• A symbolic directory is created, such as "Test".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 409
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Procedure
1. Click "Webcenter > Administration" on the start page.
2. Click on the "Connecting/disconnecting archives" tab.

3. Select a directory from "Symbolic directories", such as "Test". The available archives are
displayed in a list. The "Info" column indicates the status:
– Green: Connected
– Red: Disconnected
4. To limit the display, click "Filter".
5. Enter a filter criterion in a column and click . Click with "From" and "To" to enter a
required period of time. Then click .
6. To connect an individual archive, activate the desired archive in the "List of available
archives". Click "Save".
7. To disconnect an individual archive, deactivate the desired archive in the "List of available
archives". Click "Save".
8. You sort the list entries by clicking on one of the column headers.

Alternative Procedure
To connect archive backup files, you can also use the WinCC Archive Connector. For additional
information, refer to "Connecting archives using the WinCC Archive Connector (Page 411)".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

410 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Result
The required swapped-out WinCC archives are connected. If you connect signed archives, which
have been changed after the swap, a message is output.

Connect archives using the WinCC Archive Connector

Introduction
You use the Archive Connector to reconnect swapped-out WinCC archives with an SQL Server.
The Archive Connector has the following functions:
• Manual Connection: Local databases are selected and connected to the local SQL Server.
• Manual disconnection: Connected databases are disconnected from the SQL Server.
• Automatic Connection: Local directories can be selected in which WinCC archives have been
exported. After activation of monitoring, all archives added to the directory are automatically
connected with the SQL Server.
Note
Connected archives on changeable media
Before changing the media in the drive you need to disconnect the archives on this medium
using the Archive Connector. After changing the medium, check in Archive Connector
whether the archives are connected on the new medium.

Requirement
• The Archive Connector may only be operated using a local SQL Server and a WinCC/
DataMonitor license.
• Archive backup files are write-protected. Create a backup copy of the file before connecting
and remove the write-protection of the copied archive backup file.
• The archive backup files are stored on a local drive.
• The directories in which the archive backup files are stored have been released.
• The user group "SIMATIC HMI VIEWER" has "Full access" to the directories.
• The logged in user is a member of the Windows user group "SIMATIC Report Administrators".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 411
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Procedure
1. In the "Siemens Automation" program group, select the entry "ArchiveConnector".

2. Click "Add" in the "Configuration" tab. The "New directory" dialog opens.
3. Navigate to the directory in which the archive backup files are stored.
4. Enter a unique symbolic name for the directory. The name should only contain characters
permitted in the SQL syntax. You use the symbolic name for access via the DataMonitor client.
5. Click "OK". The directory is displayed on the "Configuration" tab.
6. If you activate the checkbox for a directory in the "Monitored" column, then all archives that
are added to the directory from the time of activation are automatically connected to the SQL
server.
7. Remove a selected directory again, if necessary. The archives in the directory must already be
disconnected. The status of the archives of a directory can be verified on the "Connect/
disconnect archives" tab in the "Connected" column.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

412 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

8. Click on the "Connecting/disconnecting archives" tab. All archives of a selected directory are
displayed on the "Connecting/disconnecting archives" tab.

9. Select a directory with archives either from the list of directories or by its symbolic name.
10.Select the required archive and click "Connect".
11.Disconnect the connection of a selected archive, if necessary.

Result
A connection is created and the required archive backup files are connected with the SQL Server.
The "Connecting/disconnecting archives" tab displays the connection status of each archive.
"From" and "To" columns contain the archiving period in the local time zone.
The "Type" column contains the details for archive type:
• A - Alarm archive
• TF - Tag Logging Fast
• TS - Tag Logging Slow
If you connect signed archives, which have been changed after the swap, a message is
output.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 413
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

3.2.4.2 Creating static process pictures for the Webcenter

Introduction
In the picture administration you specify which pictures you need for the web part "Static process
pictures". The process pictures cannot be operated.
The DataMonitor server creates copies of pictures in a cycle that can be set. The server makes
the pictures available as static process pictures on the DataMonitor client.
The following objects are not displayed in the web part "Static process pictures":
• Global Script Diagnostics Window
• WinCC Media Control
• WinCC Controls from migrated projects that have been created with versions prior to WinCC
V7.0.

Requirement
• The logged in user is a member of the Windows user group "SIMATIC Report Administrators".
• The WinCC pictures are published for web access. Additional information is available under
"Publishing WinCC process pictures (Page 367)".
• The start page of the DataMonitor is open.
• The "Picture administration" tab is open. All published process pictures are listed.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

414 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Procedure
1. Select the desired pictures.
– To select all pictures, activate the checkbox in the column header.
– To select individual pictures, activate the checkbox in front of the required picture.

2. To show only a part of the picture, specify the following:

– X position: Start positions in x direction in pixels
– Y position: Start positions in y direction in pixels
– Height: Height of the picture in pixels
– Width: Width of the picture in pixels
3. If you have configured and published pictures in different languages, select a language from
the list to display the language-specific picture.
4. To output the time when the process picture was created by the DataMonitor server, activate
"Stamp". The date and time are displayed in the picture.
5. In order to change the update cycle, enter the desired value in "Update time interval". Select
this cycle as large as possible. A cycle that is too small results in limited performance.
6. Click "Save".

Result
The DataMonitor server creates static process pictures from the selected pictures. You can
configure the static process pictures in the web part "Static process pictures".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 415
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Deleting static process pictures

To delete static process pictures, select the checkbox "Delete graphic" for the selected picture
name. Click "Save" to delete the static process picture or the copy. You can no longer configure
the deleted process picture in the web part "Static process pictures".

Finding picture names or limiting display

Use a filter to find a picture name or limit the display to certain picture names.
When you click with "Filter", the filter is shown above the table. Enter a picture name in
the text field or click <Enter>.
To hide the filter, click .

3.2.4.3 Creating layout template for Webcenter pages

Introduction
You need a layout template to create a Webcenter page. Predefined layouts were installed during
the installation. Additionally, you can create your own Layout Templates.

Requirement
• The logged in user is a member of the Windows user group "SIMATIC Report Administrators".
• The start page of the DataMonitor is open.

Procedure
1. Click "Webcenter > Configuration" on the start page.
2. Click on the "Creating layout" tab.

3. Define the number of columns and the number of lines.

4. Enter the name in the "Name of the layout file" box, for example, "mylayout_23". Click "Next".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

416 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

5. Combine the table fields, if necessary. To do so, click the desired arrow symbol, such as
"Arrow up", in the desired field, for example line 3 / column 1. The modified view will be
displayed.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 417
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

6. To restore the original table layout, click "Reset configuration". Click "Next".

7. Arrange the web parts in the table fields. If necessary, activate the corresponding symbol in
a table field to place the web parts vertically or horizontally.
8. Click "Save".

Result
The layout template "mylayout_23" is created. You can use the layout template as a template for
creating a Webcenter page.

3.2.4.4 Creating Webcenter page

Introduction
You create Webcenter pages in which you add web parts. The Webcenter pages are stored in
directories. In this example, the WebCenter page is saved in the "myPart" directory.
You can only change or create Webcenter pages in directories for which the Windows user
group has the "Edit" or "Create" access rights.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

418 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Requirement
• The directory "myPart" is set up.
• The logged in user is a member of the Windows user group "SIMATIC Report Administrators"
or "SIMATIC Report Users".
• The Windows user groups have the access rights "Edit" or "Create" for the directory.
• The start page of the DataMonitor is open.

Procedure
1. Click "Webcenter > Configuration" on the start page.
2. Click on the "Creating page" tab.
3. Click on the desired layout template. The file name is displayed in the "Layout file" box.
4. Enter a name in the "Webcenter page" box, for example, "My_Webcenter".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 419
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

5. Select the directory in which the Webcenter page is stored. The selected directory is displayed
in the box "Save WebCenter page as".

6. Click "Save".

Result
The Webcenter page "My_Webcenter" is created and saved.

See also
Inserting web parts to the Webcenter page (Page 421)
Configuring web parts within Webcenter pages (Page 424)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

420 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

3.2.4.5 Inserting web parts to the Webcenter page

Introduction
You compile the contents of the Webcenter pages from the web parts.

Requirement
• The directory "myPart" is set up.
• The Webcenter page "My_Webcenter" is stored in the directory.
• The logged in user is a member of the Windows user group "SIMATIC Report Administrators"
or "SIMATIC Report Users".
• The Windows user groups have the access rights "Edit" or "Create" for the directory.
• The start page of the DataMonitor is open.

Procedure
1. Click "Webcenter > Pages" on the start page.
2. Click on the "myPart" tab.

3. Click on the entry "My_Webcenter".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 421
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

4. To add web parts, click at the top right edge of the page. The available web parts are listed.
If you have exported web parts that have already been configured, they are listed under
"Imported web parts". If necessary, insert these web parts into your Webcenter page.

5. Activate the entry "Trend (Timestep)".

6. Select the entry "WPZ_01_01" and click "Add".
7. Activate the entry "Hit list of alarms".
If you insert several web parts into a table field, the web parts are arranged horizontally or
vertically. You specify the arrangement when you create the layout template.
8. Select the entry "WPZ_02_01" and click "Add".
9. Click "Exit".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

422 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Result
Web parts to display data are inserted into the Webcenter page "My_Webcenter". The current
compilation of the Webcenter page is displayed.

See also
Overview of Web Parts (Page 362)
Creating Webcenter page (Page 418)
Configuring web parts within Webcenter pages (Page 424)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 423
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

3.2.4.6 Configuring web parts within Webcenter pages

Introduction
To display data from WinCC Runtime or an archive, you must configure the web parts.

Web part configuration

Open the configuration dialog of the web part

Deleting the web part
Minimizing the web part
Maximizing the web part
Exporting the web part
Exporting the configuration of the web part as XML file

Requirement
• The logged in user is a member of the Windows user group "SIMATIC Report Administrators"
or "SIMATIC Report Users".
• The Windows user groups have the access rights "Edit" or "Create" for the directory.
• The Webcenter page "My_Webcenter" is open.
• The WinCC project is in Runtime.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

424 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Procedure
1. Click in the required web part. The configuration dialog is opened.

2. Configure the web part:

– Displaying process values in a table (Page 428)
– Displaying process values in a diagram (Page 429)
– Displaying alarm hit list (Page 435)
– Displaying alarms in the alarm table (Page 431)
– Displaying statistics function for process values (Page 437)
3. To change the position of the web part, move the web part to the desired position with the
mouse.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 425
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

See also
Creating Webcenter page (Page 418)
Inserting web parts to the Webcenter page (Page 421)

3.2.4.7 Deleting Webcenter pages and layout templates

Introduction
You can delete layout templates and Webcenter pages that are no longer required.

Requirements - Deleting Layout Templates

• The user is a member of the Windows user group "SIMATIC Report Administrators".
• The start page of the DataMonitor is open.

Requirements - Deleting Webcenter pages

• The logged in user must have "Create" access rights for the directory, in which the page to be
deleted is stored.
• The start page of the DataMonitor is open.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

426 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Deleting layout templates

1. Click "Webcenter > Configuration" on the start page.
2. Click on the "Deleting layout" tab.

3. Delete the required layout files:

– To delete several layout files, activate the checkbox "Selection" for the files you want to
delete. Click "Delete".
– To delete all layout files, click "Select All". Click "Delete".
– To delete individual layout files, click the respective "Delete" button in the "Action" column.

Result
The selected layout file is deleted. You can also delete the supplied layout files. Existing
Webcenter pages that are using this layout template are not deleted. You cannot create new
Webcenter pages with this layout.

Deleting Webcenter pages

1. Click "Webcenter > Configuration" on the start page.
2. Click on the "Deleting page" tab.
3. Activate the respective check box to mark the pages to be deleted.
4. Click on the "Delete" button.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 427
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Result
The selected Webcenter pages are deleted.

3.2.5 Working with trends and alarms

3.2.5.1 Displaying process values in a table

Introduction
Use "Trends & Alarms" to display archived process values and archived texts in a table.

Requirement
• The connection to the WinCC data is established.
• The start page of the DataMonitor is open.

Procedure
1. Click "Trends & Alarms" on the start page.
2. Click the "Process Value Table" tab.
The Web part "Process Value Table" is displayed.
3. Click . The configuration dialog of the Web part opens.
4. Change the title in the "Title" field. Enter a note in the "Tooltip" field.
5. Select one of the configured connections in the "Connection" field.
The archive tags available via this connection will be displayed.
Limit the display of the tags, if necessary:
– Select individual archives with "Archive selection".
– Set the filter criteria with "Tag filter".
6. Click "Add" for the required archive tag.
7. Set the time range in the area "Time period".
With relative times, enter a negative value into the respective field.
For more information on entering time, click .
Click "Preview" to check the set time range in the column "Preview Time Range".
8. Specify the number of decimal points in the area "Representation of decimal points".
9. In the "Table size" area, define the size of the display window.
If the value "0" is entered in both fields, the size is determined automatically. The size depends
on the space requirement of the Web part.
10.The available Webcenter pages are displayed in the area "Link to Webcenter pages". Click
to assign the web part to one or several Webcenter pages.
11.Click "OK" to confirm your entries.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

428 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Result
The values of the archive tags and the quality code are output in the process value table.
If the manual entry of archive values is allowed during runtime, the modified or newly
created values are identified as such. There is an "m" in a separate column to show a manual
entry of the archive value.

Operation:

In absolute time required to scroll forward or backward in the selected time range.
Arrow buttons To scroll forward or backward in multi-page tables.
Export alarms in CSV format.
Changing the settings of the Web part.

3.2.5.2 Displaying process values in a diagram

Introduction
Use "Trends & Alarms" to display archived process values in trends.

Requirement
• The connection to the WinCC data is established.
• The start page of the DataMonitor is open.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 429
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Procedure
1. Click "Trends & Alarms" on the start page.
2. Click the "Trend (Process Values)" tab. The Web part "Trend (process values)" is displayed.
3. Click . The configuration dialog of the Web part opens.
4. Change the title in the "Title" field. Enter a note in the "Tooltip" field.
5. Select one of the configured connections in the "Connection" field. The archive tags available
via this connection will be displayed.
Limit the display of the tags, if necessary:
– Select individual archives with "Archive selection".
– Set the filter criteria with "Tag filter".
6. Click "Add" for the required archive tags, e.g. "TREND_0", "TREND_1", "TREND_2.
The archive tags are listed in the area "Current selection".
7. In the section "Current selection", you specify for the individual archive tag:
– Color of time axis and value axis
– Trend presentation type
8. In the section "Value axis editor", you can activate the automatic scaling for the different
value axes or you can assign a minimum and maximum value to each axis.
9. Set the time range in the area "Time period".
With relative times, enter a negative value into the respective field.
For more information on entering time, click .
Click "Preview" to check the set time range in the column "Preview Time Range".
10.In the section "Diagram settings", you define the size of the display window.
If the value "0" is entered in both fields, the size is determined automatically. The size depends
on the space requirement of the Web part.
11.Activate the option "Show legend" to display the legend.
12.The available Webcenter pages are displayed in the area "Link to Webcenter pages". Click
to assign the Web part to one or several Webcenter pages.
13.Click "OK" to confirm your entries.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

430 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Result
The selected process values are displayed as trends in a diagram.

The legend shows the assignment of the colors to the archive tags.
Operation:

In absolute time required to scroll forward or backward in the selected time range.
Enlarge the presentation and diagram range left or right of the center line.
Restore the original view.
Exporting values of the displayed diagrams in CSV format
Changing the settings of the Web part.

3.2.5.3 Displaying messages in the alarm table

Introduction
Use "Trends & Alarms" to display alarms in an alarm table.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 431
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Requirement
• The connection to the WinCC data is established.
• The start page of the DataMonitor is open.

Procedure
1. Click "Trends & Alarms" on the start page.
2. Click on the "Alarm Table" tab.
The web part "Alarm Table" is displayed.
3. Click . The configuration dialog of the Web part opens.
4. Change the title in the "Title" field. Enter a note in the "Tooltip" field.
5. Select one of the configured connections in the "Connection" field.
6. Set the time range in the area "Time period".
With relative times, enter a negative value into the respective field.
For more information on entering time, click .
Click "Preview" to check the set time range in the column "Preview Time Range".
7. In the section "Language of the alarm texts", select the language, in which the alarms are
displayed.
8. Select the respective WinCC server with "Selection of WinCC server", if necessary. The setting
is necessary if you select a connection to swapped archives that include archives of several
WinCC servers.
9. In the section "Filter selection", you may limit the expected search results with SQL syntax.
Set the filter conditions for individual columns to do so.
Enter the filter condition for all columns in the "Extended Filter" field.
For more information on filter conditions, click .
10.For representation of the data set the following:
– Sort order: For more information on sorting, click .
– Visible columns: To display all columns, click "Select All".
– Number of decimal places.
11.In the "Table size" area, define the size of the display window.
If the value "0" is entered in both fields, the size is determined automatically. The size depends
on the space requirement of the Web part.
12.The available Webcenter pages are displayed in the area "Link to Webcenter pages".
Click to assign the Web part to one or several Webcenter pages.
13.Click "OK" to confirm your entries.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

432 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Result
The messages are output in a table.

Operation:

In absolute time required to scroll forward or backward in the selected time range.
Arrow buttons To scroll forward or backward in multi-page tables.
Export alarms in CSV format.
Changing the settings of the Web part.

See also
Alarm Log Column Names (Page 433)

3.2.5.4 Alarm Log Column Names

Introduction
You can select the alarm log columns while displaying alarms in "Trends & Alarms".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 433
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Overview of column names

Position Name Type Comments

1 MsgNo Integer 4 Bytes Message number
2 State Small Integer 2 Bytes Alarm Log Status
3 DateTime DateTime 8 Bytes Time stamp of message (Date/time without millisec‐
onds)
4 Ms Small Integer 2 Bytes Time stamp of message (milliseconds)
5 Instance VarChar (255) Instance Name of the Alarm Log
6 Flags1 Integer 4 Bytes (only for internal use)
7 PValueUsed Integer 4 Bytes Process Values used
8 to 17 PValue1 to PValue10 Real 8 Bytes Numerical Process Value 1 to 10
18 to 27 PText1 to PText10 VarChar (255) Process Value Text 1 to 10
28 ComputerName VarChar (255) Computer Name
29 Application VarChar (255) Application Name
30 Comment VarChar (255) Comments
31 UserName VarChar (255) User Name
32 Counter Integer 4 Bytes Running Alarm Message Counter
33 TimeDiff Integer 4 Bytes Time difference to "Came in" status
34 ClassName VarChar (255) Name of the alarm class
35 Type name VarChar (255) Name of the alarm type
36 Class Small Integer 2 Bytes Message class ID
37 Type Small Integer 2 Bytes Message type ID
38 to 47 Text1 to Text10 VarChar (255) Message Text 1 to 10
48 AG_NR Small Integer 2 Bytes Number of the PLC
49 CPU_NR Small Integer 2 Bytes Number of the CPU
50 CrComeFore Integer 4 Bytes Foreground Color for the "Came in" Status
51 CrComeBack Integer 4 Bytes Background Color for the "Came in" Status
52 CrGoFore Integer 4 Bytes Foreground Color for the "Went out" Status
53 CrGoBack Integer 4 Bytes Background Color for the "Went out" Status
54 CrAckFore Integer 4 Bytes Foreground Color for the "Acknowledged" Status
55 CrAckBack Integer 4 Bytes Background Color for the "Acknowledged" Status
56 LocaIID Integer 4 Bytes Location of the Alarm
57 Priority Integer 4 Bytes Priority
58 AP_type Integer 4 Bytes Loop-in alarm
59 AP_name VarChar (255) Loop-in-Alarm Function Name
60 AP_PAR VarChar (255) Loop-in-Alarm Screen
61 InfoText VarChar (255) Info text
62 TxtCame VarChar (255) Text came in
63 TxtWent VarChar (255) Text went out
64 TxtCameNWent VarChar (255) Text came in and went out
65 TxtAck VarChar (255) Text acknowledged
66 AlarmTag Integer 4 Bytes Message tag

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

434 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Position Name Type Comments

67 AckType Small Integer 2 Bytes Acknowledgment Type
68 Params Integer 4 Bytes Parameter

3.2.5.5 Displaying the hit list of messages

Introduction
Use "Trends & Alarms" to display the hit list of alarms in a table.

Note
The display of alarms in the hit list may take some time and may place a strong load on the CPU.
A message is displayed in "Trends & Alarms" if the data volume is too high.
Confirm this message to continue without changes. If you want to reduce the data volume, stop
the process and change the filter criteria.

Requirement
• Connection to the WinCC data is established.
• The start page of the DataMonitor is open.

Procedure
1. Click "Trends & Alarms" on the start page.
2. Select the "Hit list of the alarms" tab. The web part "Hit list of the alarms" is displayed.
3. Click . The configuration dialog of the web part opens.
4. Change the title in the "Title" field. Enter a short message in the "Tooltip" field.
5. Select one of the configured connections in the "Connection" field.
6. Set the time range in the area "Time period". With relative times, enter a negative value into
the respective field. For more information on entering time, click .
Click "Preview" to check the set time range in the column "Preview Time Range".
7. In the section "Language of the alarm texts", select the language, in which the alarms are
displayed.
8. Select the respective WinCC server with "Selection of WinCC server". The setting is necessary
if you select a connection to swapped archives that include archives of several WinCC servers.
9. In the section "Filter selection", you may limit the expected search results with SQL syntax.
Set the filter conditions for individual columns to do so. Enter the filter condition for all
columns in the "Extended Filter" field. For more information on filter conditions, click .

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 435
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

10.For representation of the data set the following:

– Sort order: For more information on sorting, click .
– Visible columns: To display all columns, click "Select All".
– Number of decimal places.
11.In the "Table size" area, define the size of the display window.
If the value "0" is entered in both fields, the size is determined automatically. The size depends
on the space requirement of the web part.
12.The available Webcenter pages are displayed in the area "Link to Webcenter pages". Click
to assign the web part to one or several Webcenter pages.
13.Click "OK" to confirm your entries.

Result
The analysis values for the alarms are displayed in a hit list.

The table includes configured data and statistical values, such as the frequency of the alarm.
If you move the mouse above the column header, an explanation is displayed in a tooltip.
Operation:

In absolute time required to scroll forward or backward in the selected time range.
Arrow buttons To scroll forward or backward in multi-page tables.
Export alarms in CSV format.
Changing the settings of the web part.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

436 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

3.2.5.6 Displaying statistics function for process values

Introduction
Use "Trends & Alarms" to display the statistics functions for process values in a table.

Requirement
• The connection to the WinCC data is established.
• The start page of the DataMonitor is open.

Procedure
1. Click "Trends & Alarms" on the start page.
2. Click on the "Statistics functions for process values" tab. The web part "Statistics functions for
process values" is displayed.
3. Click . The configuration dialog of the web part opens.
4. Change the title in the "Title" field.
Enter a note in the "Tooltip" field.
5. Select one of the configured connections in the "Connection" field. The archive tags available
via this connection will be displayed.
You can limit the number of tags displayed using the "Archive selection" and "Tag filter" fields.
6. Click "Add" for the required archive tag.
7. Set the time range in the area "Time period".
With relative times, enter a negative value into the respective field. For more information on
entering time, click .
Click "Preview" to check the set time range in the column "Preview Time Range".
8. For representation of the data set the following:
– Number of decimal places
– Aggregate selection: Define the analysis function for the process values.
9. In the "Table size" area, define the size of the display window.
If the value "0" is entered in both fields, the size is determined automatically. The size depends
on the space requirement of the web part.
10.The available Webcenter pages are displayed in the area "Link to Webcenter pages". Click
to assign the web part to one or several Webcenter pages.
11.Click "OK" to confirm your entries.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 437
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Result
Statistics functions for the selected process values were executed and output in the table.

If you move the mouse above the column header, the archive name and the tag name are
displayed in a tooltip.
You can export the displayed table in CSV format using the icon.
To change the settings, click .

3.2.6 Working with Excel Workbook

3.2.6.1 Configuring the Excel workbook

Applying data from WinCC project

Introduction
You need the WinCC configuration data for the configuration of Excel workbooks. This means
you apply the data from a local WinCC project during configuration in the "Excel Workbook
Wizard" .

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

438 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Requirement
• Server computer
– Microsoft Office is installed.
– The Excel add-in "Excel Workbook" is installed.
– The DataMonitor server is installed.
– The WinCC project is in Runtime.
– A user is created in WinCC.
• Configuration PC
– Microsoft Office is installed.
– The Excel add-in "Excel Workbook Wizard" is installed.
• MS Office
– Only Excel files with extensions "XLS, "XLSX, "XLSB", and "XLSM" may be used.

Procedure
1. Open an empty Excel workbook.
Select the command "Excel Workbook Wizard" in the "DataMonitor" menu.
2. Activate the option "Establish connection with WinCC server". The "WinCC Server" field is
shown.
3. Enter the desired name of the server and click "Connect". The log in dialog is displayed.
4. Enter the name and password of a WinCC user.
5. Click "Next". The "Add / delete tags" dialog opens.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 439
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Result
The Excel workbook is set up to configure the display of process data. Then publish the
workbook. The workbook is made available on the DataMonitor client as report tool or as
template for "Reports".

Note
Language for the Office package and the Windows Regional Settings
Make sure that the language is the same for the Office package, the "Microsoft Office Language
Settings", and the Windows Regional Options.
Examples:
• If you are using Office with language "English (U.K.)", select the regional setting "English
(United Kingdom)".
• If you have set "Chinese (PRC)" as the region and language option in Windows, you must also
select "Chinese (PRC)" as the primary editing language in the "Microsoft Office Language
Settings".
More information can be obtained through Microsoft Support: http://support.microsoft.com/kb/
320369/en (http://support.microsoft.com/kb/320369/en)

See also
Configuring the display of tag values (Page 323)
Configuring the display of archive tags (Page 327)
Configuring the display of alarms (Page 331)

Applying data from a configuration file

Introduction
You can create reports without connection to the WinCC server.

Configuration steps:
• Create a configuration file on the server.
• Configure data access with the configuration file.
• You can also configure the data access of a dedicated Web server / WinCC client.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

440 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Requirement
• Server computer
– The DataMonitor server is installed.
– The online tags of the WinCC project are part of one tag group or one structure type.
– The WinCC project is in Runtime.
– A user is created in WinCC.
• Configuration PC
– Microsoft Office is installed.
– The Excel add-in "Excel Workbook Wizard" is installed.
• MS Office
– Only Excel files with extensions "XLS, "XLSX, "XLSB", and "XLSM" may be used.

Creating a configuration file on the server

1. Select the entry "WebNavigator" in the navigation window of WinCC Explorer.
Open the menu command "Export Configuration Data" in the shortcut menu.
2. Specify the data to be exported in the "Export configuration data" dialog.
If you do not want to create the online tags in one tag group or one structure type, use the
"Without structure (fast export)" option for the export.
3. Specify the path and the name of the XML file.
4. Click "Export". An XML file is generated.
5. If no Excel installation exists on the server, transfer the XML file to another computer, on
which Excel and the "Excel Workbook Wizard" are installed.

Configuring data access with configuration file

1. Open an empty Excel workbook on the computer with Excel.
Select the command "Excel Workbook Wizard" in the "DataMonitor" menu.
2. Activate the option "Load configuration data from file". Click "Next".
3. Navigate to the desired XML file.
4. Click "Next". The "Add / delete tags" dialog opens.

Result
The Excel workbook is set up to configure the display of process data. Then publish the
workbook. The workbook is made available on the DataMonitor client as report tool or as
template for "Reports".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 441
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Configuring data access of a dedicated Web server / WinCC client via XML file
If you want to display the project data from a dedicated Web server / WinCC client in the Excel
workbook, you need to observe the following when configuring the Excel workbook via an XML
file:
• The XML file now includes the data of subordinate servers whose packages are located on the
DataMonitor server. The export of the loaded packages to the dedicated DataMonitor server /
WinCC client can take several minutes, depending on the size of the package.
• This XML file must be available on the Excel configuration computer. Enter the server prefix
when importing the configuration data in the "Excel Workbook Wizard".
• If you configure the data display in the Excel workbook on the WinCC client in the WinCC
project, you do not have to specify a server prefix. The server prefix is automatically used
when data is inserted from the package.
Note
Language for the Office package and the Windows Regional Settings
Make sure that the language is the same for the Office package, the "Microsoft Office
Language Settings", and the Windows Regional Options.
Examples:
• If you are using Office with language "English (U.K.)", select the regional setting "English
(United Kingdom)".
• If you have set "Chinese (PRC)" as the region and language option in Windows, you must
also select "Chinese (PRC)" as the primary editing language in the "Microsoft Office
Language Settings".
More information can be obtained through Microsoft Support: http://
support.microsoft.com/kb/320369/en (http://support.microsoft.com/kb/320369/en)

See also
Configuring the display of tag values (Page 323)
Configuring the display of archive tags (Page 327)
Configuring the display of alarms (Page 331)
Publishing the Excel workbook (Page 336)

Configuring the display of tag values

Introduction
This chapter describes how to configure the display of tag values.

Requirement
• The "Excel Workbook Wizard" is started and an Excel workbook is configured.
• The dialog "Add/delete tags" is open.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

442 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Procedure
1. Check the add sequence of tag groups in the "Adding tags" area.

2. Click on . The tag selection dialog opens.

3. Select the required tag and move the tag into a field in the Excel table with drag-and-drop.
4. Close the selection dialog. The tag is displayed in the tag list.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 443
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

5. Select the tag in the tag list and select the "Server settings" entry in the shortcut menu.

6. Enter the name and password of a WinCC user in the "Server setting" dialog.
To avoid an additional login during online display of process data, enable "Activate automatic
login".
Confirm your entries with "OK".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

444 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

7. Select the tag in the tag list and select the "Properties" entry in the shortcut menu.
The dialog "Tag properties" will be opened.

8. You set the properties for the display in the table. For example, the update cycle or the display
of time stamp and quality code.
9. Specify settings for the headings.
10.You can save the settings to the properties. You can then load the settings and use them again
after exiting Excel and opening it again. Click "Save" to save the settings in an "xml" file.
11.Confirm your entries with "OK". If necessary, repeat the procedure for additional online tags.
The settings for the properties will be used again. Multiple selection of tags is also possible
in the tag list.
12.Click "Next" to display archive tags and alarms.
Additional information is available under "Configuring display of archive tags (Page 327)" and
"Configuring display of alarms (Page 331)".

Result
The display of tag values is configured in the Excel workbook. Once you have saved the
properties, you can use the settings whenever you need to.
Each table field receives a short text and a comment in the Excel workbook.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 445
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

The short text "OV" in tag values stands for online tags. In the comments, the source of the
displayed values is shown in the format "WDWO_<number>_<tagname>".

Note
Running the Excel Workbook Wizard again
You need to run the Excel Workbook Wizard again:
• after deleting or moving cells with configuration data.
• after deleting or inserting new rows or columns in the Excel workbook.
The configuration data is checked and automatically adapted as a result. Confirm the data
displayed with "Next". Save the workbook and close Excel.
Tags with local computer updating are not supported
In multiple station projects, you can activate the "Computer-local update" option in the tag
management for internal tags. Any change of the tags only has an effect on the local computer
in this case. This function is not supported by Excel Workbooks.

See also
Publishing the Excel workbook (Page 336)

Configuring the display of archive tags

Introduction
This chapter describes how to configure the display of archive tags.

Requirement
• The "Excel Workbook Wizard" is started and an Excel workbook is configured.
• The "Add/delete archive tags" dialog is open.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

446 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Procedure
1. Click in the dialog "Add/delete archive tags".

2. The tag selection dialog opens.

Select the desired archive tag.
Drag the tag to a cell in the Excel table with drag-and-drop.
3. Close the selection dialog. The tag is displayed in the tag list.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 447
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

4. Select the archive tag in the tag list, and select the "Properties" entry in the shortcut menu.
The "Archive tag properties" dialog opens.

5. Specify the settings for the insertion sequence and headings.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

448 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

6. Specify how much data you want to display. For a user-defined resolution, specify an integer
number and the time unit or specify the quantity of data.
Note
If you use a user-defined data resolution with a combination of "Resolution" and "Quantity of
data", it is possible that the amount of extracted data is not correctly determined. This results
under certain circumstances in a mismatch between the displayed values and the
configured quantity of data.
If you use the option "Quantity of data" in "User-defined resolution", enter an even value in
the input box. Even values ensure a trend-true display.

7. In the "Time window" box, specify the time window from which you want to display archive
tags:
• The time settings on the "Standard time" tag are based on the standard times:
– The settings for the relative time period refer to a period starting from the current time.
You can enter positive and negative values for the past time period in the lines "From" and
"To". For example, it is 12:00 (noon). You want to display the values for the last ten
minutes. Activate all time options in the "Relative" line. Enter the value "-10" in the
"Minutes" column of the "From" line.
– For settings of the absolute time period, enter the corresponding time parameters in the
"From" and "To" lines and in the corresponding columns.
Click on the "Preview" button to check the time range set.
• You can define a time window yourself or set a fixed interval, for example, "last week", on the
"Legacy time" tab. If you want to define a time window yourself, you have the following
possible settings:
– Relative time window: Specify the starting point and the duration. You can specify a
duration ranging from a minute to days.
– Absolute time window: Specify the start and end of the time window.
1. If you select the option "Display manually entered values", an additional column is displayed.
You then see the letter "m" if an archived value was manually entered during runtime.
2. You can save the settings to the properties. You can then load the settings and use them again
after exiting Excel and opening it again. Click "Save" to save the settings in an "xml" file.
3. Confirm your entries with "OK".
If necessary, repeat the procedure for additional archive tags. The settings for the properties
will be used again. Multiple selection of tags is also possible in the tag list.
4. Click "Next" to display alarms. For more information, refer to "Configuring display of alarms
(Page 331)".

Result
The display of archive tag values is configured in the Excel workbook. Once you have saved the
properties, you can use the settings whenever you need to.
Each table field receives a short text and a comment in the Excel workbook.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 449
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

The short text "AV" in tag values stands for archive tags. In the comments, the source of the
displayed values is shown in the format "WDWA_<number>_<tagname>".

Note
Running the Excel Workbook Wizard again
You need to run the Excel Workbook Wizard again:
• after deleting or moving cells with configuration data
• after deleting or inserting new rows or columns in the Excel workbook
The configuration data is checked and automatically adapted as a result. Confirm the data
displayed with "Next". Save the workbook and close Excel.

See also
Publishing the Excel workbook (Page 336)

Configuring the display of alarms

Introduction
This chapter describes how to configure the display of alarms.

Requirement
• The "Excel Workbook Wizard" is started and an Excel workbook is configured.
• The "Add/delete alarms" dialog is open.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

450 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Procedure
1. Configure the alarms in the dialog "Add/delete alarms".

2. Select the required cell in the Excel table.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 451
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

3. Click . The "Alarm - properties" dialog opens.

4. On the "Standard configuration" tab, define the display options for alarms in the Excel table.
5. Enter a filter condition in the "Filter string" box or use the selection dialog to define a filter, for
example, to display only specific alarms. If the filter contains a date or time, the "Time
window" box is disabled.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

452 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

6. In the "Time window" box, specify the time window from which you want to display alarms:
– The settings for the relative time period refer to a period starting from the current time.
You can enter positive and negative values for the past time period in the lines "From" and
"To". For example, it is exactly 12:00. You want to display the alarms for the last ten
minutes. Activate all time options in the "Relative" line. Enter the value "-10" in the
"Minutes" column of the "From" line.
– For settings of the absolute time period, enter the corresponding time parameters in the
"From" and "To" lines and in the corresponding columns.
Click on the "Preview" button to check the time range set.
7. Use the "Maximum number of alarms" option to limit the number of most recent alarms
displayed. You can display maximum 1,000 messages.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 453
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

8. On the "Attributes" tab, select the required attributes of the alarms that you want to display.
Further details can be found in "Alarm attributes (Page 459)".

9. Specify the settings for the attribute insertion sequence and headings.
10.You can save the settings to the properties. You can then load the settings and use them again
after exiting Excel and opening it again. Click "Save" to save the settings in an "xml" file.
11.Confirm your entries with "OK".
If necessary, repeat the procedure for additional alarms. The settings for the properties will
be used again. Multiple selection of alarms is also possible in the "Alarm list".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

454 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

12.Click "Next". The "Description" dialog box opens.

13.You can enter a comment if needed. This comment is displayed when selecting files provided
for download by the DataMonitor server.

Result
The display of alarms is configured in the Excel workbook. Once you have saved the properties,
you can use the settings whenever you need to.
Each table field receives a short text and a comment in the Excel workbook.
The short text for alarms is "AL". In the comments, the source of the displayed alarm is shown
in the format "WDWL_<number>_<box name>".

Note
Running the Excel Workbook Wizard again
You need to run the Excel Workbook Wizard again:
• after deleting or moving cells with configuration data
• after deleting or inserting new rows or columns in the Excel workbook
The configuration data is checked and automatically adapted as a result. Confirm the data
displayed with "Next". Save the workbook and close Excel.

See also
Publishing the Excel workbook (Page 336)

Publishing the Excel workbook

Introduction
You make the configured Excel workbooks available on the DataMonitor client. The workbooks
are published as report tool for the Intranet/Internet or used as template for "Reports".

Requirement
• The DataMonitor server is installed on the computer.
• The display of tag values, archive values and alarms is configured.
• The "Description" dialog is open in the "Excel Workbook Wizard".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 455
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Procedure
1. You make the workbooks available in the "Description" dialog.

2. If you click "Publish", the Excel workbook is made available on the DataMonitor client under
"Report tools" in "Reports".
If you click "Template", the Excel workbook is made available on the DataMonitor client as
template in "Reports" under "Excel Workbooks".
3. Exit the Excel Workbook-Wizard.
4. Save the workbook and close Excel.

Alternative Procedure
You upload the Excel workbooks on the DataMonitor client. Additional information is available
under "Making Excel workbooks available as template (Page 461)" and "Making Excel workbooks
available as report tool (Page 463)".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

456 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Result
The Excel workbooks are made available on the DataMonitor client:
• The workbook is available on the "Report tools" tab. You can use the workbook to display
process data in runtime. For more information, refer to "Displaying process data in an Excel
workbook (Page 457)".
• You can create time-controlled and event-controlled reports using the workbook as
template. For more information, refer to "Creating reports with an Excel workbook
(Page 466)".

See also
Configuring the display of tag values (Page 323)
Configuring the display of archive tags (Page 327)
Configuring the display of alarms (Page 331)

3.2.6.2 Displaying process data in an Excel workbook

Introduction
You can display process values or archive values and alarms in an available Excel workbook. You
can edit and save the workbook.

Requirement
• The Excel workbooks were made available as report tool.
• MS Excel for online display in the Excel workbook
• The DataMonitor server is installed.
• The WinCC project is in Runtime.
• The start page of the DataMonitor is open.
• A user is created in WinCC.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 457
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Procedure
1. Click "Reports" on the start page.
2. Click "Report tools".
You see the Excel workbooks that you have published in the Excel Workbook Wizard or made
available as report tool.

3. Select a workbook.
4. Double-click the icon of the Excel workbook.
5. In the dialog that follows, click "Open". The workbook is opened.
6. Select the entry "Excel Workbook" in the "DataMonitor" menu.
7. The name of the server whose process data are configured in the workbook is displayed in the
"WinCC server" field.
The "WinCC Server" field can include the following information:
– Access via domain: The server name and the domain are listed for access outside the
network domain.
– The DataMonitor start page is the default web page: The "WinCC Server" field contains
only the server name.
– The DataMonitor start page is in the virtual folder: The server name and the name of the
virtual folder are displayed, e.g. "/webnavigator".
8. If the tags in the Excel sheet are from several servers, activate "all servers". The tag values of
all servers are updated in the online display.
Note
To establish connections to all servers, activate "all servers" with "Connect" before you
establish the connections.

9. Activate the connection to the WinCC project via the button "Connect". After a successful
connection, the log-in dialog will be opened.
Type in the user name and associated password.
In case of several servers, the log-in dialogs of the respective servers open one after the other.
If a connection was not established, a corresponding alarm is displayed. Clicking on the
dialog will display additional information about the error that has occurred.
Note
Do not close the "Excel Workbook" dialog as long as the log-in dialog for connection
establishment to the server is still open.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

458 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

10.The connection status will be displayed in the dialog.

Click the "Read tags", "Read archive tags" and "Read alarms" buttons to update the respective
values or displays.

11.Activate the check box "Read cyclically" to update the tag values in cycles.
12.Close the "Excel Workbook" dialog after finishing your calculations in Excel.
13.Save the results in the workbook with the "Save as" menu command.
14.Close Excel.

Result
The process data are displayed in the Excel workbook and can be processed further.
If errors occur during display of the Excel workbook or no connection to the WinCC server
is established, the log entries are displayed in a workbook. The entries contain the date, the
tags or alarms affected, the server, and the error message.

See also
Administering users for DataMonitor (Page 377)

3.2.6.3 Alarm Attributes

Introduction
When displaying alarms in "Excel Workbook" you can select the attributes to be displayed in the
table in the "Excel Workbook Wizard" .

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 459
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Overview

Position Attribute Type Comments

1 Name of the alarm class VarChar (255)
2 Name of the alarm type VarChar (255)
3 Foreground color Integer 4 Bytes
4 Background color Integer 4 Bytes
5 Flash color Integer 4 Bytes
6 to 15 Message Text 1 to 10 VarChar (255)
16 to 25 Process value 1 to 10 Real 8 Bytes Numerical Process Value 1 to 10
26 State VarChar (255) Status text
27 Info text VarChar (255)
28 Message class ID Integer 4 Bytes
29 Message type ID Integer 4 Bytes
30 AS Number Small Integer 2 Bytes
31 CPU Number Small Integer 2 Bytes
32 Duration Integer 4 Bytes Time difference to "Came in" status
33 Alarm counter Integer 4 Bytes Consecutive alarm counter
34 Acknowledgment Status VarChar (255) Text of the acknowledgement status
35 Priority Integer 4 Bytes
36 Application Application with which the comment was created.
37 Computer VarChar (255) Computer on which the comment was created.
38 Users VarChar (255) User who created the comment.
39 Comments VarChar (255)

3.2.6.4 VBA Functions of the Excel Workbook

VBA Functions of the Excel Workbook

The following functions are available to you in an Excel workbook if you have generated an
instance of the Excel workbook object using the
"Application.COMAddIns.Item("ExcelWorkbook.Connect").Object":
• ShowDialog(0):
Opens the "Excel Workbook" dialog with a normal size.
• ShowDialog(1):
Opens the "Excel Workbook" dialog with a minimized size.
• ShowDialog(2):
Opens the "Excel Workbook" dialog hidden.
• CloseDialog:
Closes the "Excel Workbook" dialog.
• GetServerID(server name):
Gets the ID of the WinCC server with a specified name, for example: "http://Local_PC".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

460 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

• Connect(ServerID):
Connects the specified WinCC server to the Excel workbooks. You can get the "ServerID" using
the "GetServerID(server name)" function.
The "Excel Workbook" dialog must be opened before establishing a connection.
• ConnectAll:
Connects all WinCC servers to Excel workbooks. The "Excel Workbook" dialog must be opened
before establishing a connection.
• Disconnect(ServerID):
Disconnects the Excel workbook from the specified WinCC server.
• DisconnectAll:
Disconnects the Excel workbook from all WinCC servers.
• ReadTags(ServerID):
Reads the tags from WinCC server with "ServerID". The connection must be established
before tags can be read.
• ReadArchives(ServerID):
Reads the archives from WinCC server with "ServerID". The connection must be established
before archives can be read.
• ReadAlarms(ServerID):
Reads the alarms from the WinCC server with "ServerID". The connection must be established
before alarms can be read.
As soon as a connection is established or closed, the event "ServerConnected(ServerID)"
or "ServerDisconnected(ServerID)" is output by the "ExcelWorkbook.Connect" object. These
events can be integrated, for example, using "WithEvents" (VB standard).

3.2.7 Working with reports

3.2.7.1 Making an Excel workbook available as template

Introduction
You can make Excel workbooks available as templates to create ""Reports"". For this you have the
following options:
• You publish the Excel workbooks on the WinCC server with "Excel Workbook Wizard" using
the "Template" button.
• You upload an Excel workbook not yet published to the DataMonitor client.
This page includes a description of how you make a template available on a DataMonitor
client.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 461
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Requirement
• The Excel workbook is created.
• The file size of the Excel workbook is less than 4 MB.
• The start page of the DataMonitor is open.

Procedure
1. Click "Reports" on the start page.
2. Click the "Upload templates" tab.

3. Select a directory, in which the template will be stored in the "Target directory" field.
Only the directories, for which the user that is logged in has "Create" access rights, can be
selected.
4. Click "Find" for the "Selected template". Navigate to the desired Excel workbook.
5. Click the "Upload" button.

Result
You can create time-controlled and event-controlled reports using the workbook as template.

See also
Assigning Access Rights (Page 401)
Displaying a report with an Excel Workbook (Page 466)
Configuring the Excel workbook (Page 320)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

462 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

3.2.7.2 Making an Excel workbook available as a report tool

Introduction
You can make Excel workbooks centrally available as report tools in "Reports". For this you have
the following options:
• You publish the Excel workbooks on the WinCC server with "Excel Workbook Wizard" using
the "Publish" button.
• You upload an Excel workbook not yet published to the DataMonitor client.
Here you find a description of how you make an Excel workbook not yet published available
on the DataMonitor client.

Requirement
• The Excel workbook is created.
• The file size of the Excel workbook is less than 4 MB.
• The start page of the DataMonitor is open.

Procedure
1. Click "Reports" on the start page.
2. Click the "Upload templates" tab.

3. Click "Find" for "Uploading templates for Excel workbooks". Navigate to the desired Excel
workbook.
4. Click the "Upload" button.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 463
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Result
The workbook is available on the "Report tools" tab. You can use the workbook to display process
data in runtime.

See also
Displaying process data in an Excel workbook (Page 457)

3.2.7.3 Making Settings for Reports

Introduction
Different settings are required for using the "Reports" function in DataMonitor.

Requirement
• PDF Reader is installed.
• The WinCC project is activated on the DataMonitor server.
• The option "Report Runtime" is activated in the WinCC project in the properties of the
computer.
• The start page of the DataMonitor is open.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

464 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Procedure
1. Click "Reports" on the start page.
2. Click on the "Settings" tab. The "Settings" page is displayed.

3. Check the entries in the section "General project settings".

You can now select the printer of the Web server. Printing is only possible in files.
4. To enable the output to a PDF file, activate the option "Activate API print".
5. Enter the data for sending mail in the "Mail" area:
– Server: Outgoing mail server (SMTP)
– User name: Name for the sender
– Password
– Sender: E-mail account used to sending the e-mail
6. Click the disk icon in the section "General project settings" to save your settings.
7. In the "Settings of the circular buffer" area, you can define the number of created reports that
are stored in the selected destination directory. The box has a pre-assigned value of 20. If the
maximum number of reports of the same type has been reached, the "First in First out"
principle applies. For example, if 21 reports of "Alarm Table" type have been created, the
report that was created first is removed.
8. Click the disk icon in this section to save your settings.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 465
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Result
The settings for "Reports" have been made.

Product support - example

FAQ "51334611" on the Internet under "Product support" gives a detailed example:
• http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/51334611 (http://
support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/de/51334611)

See also
Sending WinCC/DataMonitor reports by e-mail (http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/
view/de/51334611)

3.2.7.4 Displaying a report with an Excel Workbook

Introduction
Use "Reports" to create reports from Excel workbooks or print jobs in PDF format. The following
is a description for creating reports from Excel workbooks.

Note
Information on event-controlled "Excel Workbooks"
An event-controlled report is only created if the time period in which the tag changes is greater
than one minute.
Keep in mind that the frequent creation of one or more event-controlled reports over a long
period of time takes up a lot of memory and uses up valuable resources. This case occurs, for
example, with frequent signal changes of a tag that triggers an event-controlled report.

Requirement
• The WinCC project is activated on the DataMonitor server.
• The option "Report Runtime" is activated in the WinCC project in the properties of the
computer.
• You have already published or made available as templates the Excel workbooks you want to
use.
• The start page of the DataMonitor is open.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

466 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Procedure
1. Click "Reports" on the start page.
2. Click on the "Excel Workbooks" tab.
The "Excel Workbooks" page is displayed.
The icons in front of "List of time-controlled Excel workbooks" and "List of event-controlled
Excel workbooks" are deactivated. The icons indicate that no reports are currently configured.

3. Select one of the available Excel workbooks under "Available Excel workbooks".
4. Select the target directory in which you want to store the reports.
Only the directories, for which the user that is logged in has "Create" access rights, can be
selected.
5. If you want to send the report as an e-mail, enter the e-mail addresses in the "E-mail recipient"
field. You can enter several recipients as you would with any standard e-mail program.
6. Use to create the report immediately.
7. If you do not want to create the report immediately, configure a time-controlled or event-
controlled creation of the report in the following steps.
8. To configure a time-controlled report, enter the following in the "Time-controlled Excel
workbooks" area:
– Date: Enter the date in the respective field or enter the date using the calendar. To open
the calendar, click the "Calendar" icon.
– Time: Define the time when you want the report to be created.
– Repetition: Define the repetition rate, for example, "Once" or "Weekly".
9. Click "Add" in the "Time-controlled Excel workbooks" area.
The report is displayed in the "List of time-controlled Excel workbooks".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 467
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

10.To configure an event-controlled report, enter the following in the "Event-controlled Excel
workbooks" area:
– Selected WinCC tag:
Click . Select the required tag in the selection dialog.
Use the filter to limit the number of tags displayed.
– Defining event control:
Set the triggering event, for example, when the tag value changes.
If you have selected "lower limit", "upper limit" or "both limits" for event control, enter the
respective limits.
11.Click "Add" in the "Event-controlled Excel workbooks" area.
The report is displayed in the "List of event-controlled Excel workbooks".

Result
A time-controlled or event-controlled report is configured as "Excel Workbook".
The configured reports are displayed in the lists of the "Excel Workbooks" . You can edit or
delete the reports in the lists.
Once the report has been created, it is available in runtime on the "Published Reports" tab in
the selected directory.

See also
Making an Excel workbook available as template (Page 461)
Publishing the Excel workbook (Page 336)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

468 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

3.2.7.5 Creating a report with a print job

Introduction
Use "Reports" to create reports from Excel workbooks or print jobs in PDF format. The following
is a description for creating reports using print jobs in PDF format.

Note
Opening Asian PDF files with Acrobat Reader
To open Asian PDF files created with "Reports", you need the country-specific version or the
respective font package of Adobe Acrobat Reader.
The four Asian languages are each permanently associated with one font. This means the font
settings in the report layout will not have an effect on the Asian languages.
Information on event-controlled print jobs
An event-controlled print job is only created if the time period in which the tag changes is greater
than one minute.
Keep in mind that the frequent creation of one or more event-controlled print jobs over a long
period of time takes up a lot of memory and uses up valuable resources. This case occurs, for
example, with frequent signal changes of a tag that triggers an event-controlled print job.

Requirement
• PDF Reader is installed.
• The WinCC project is activated on the DataMonitor server.
• The option "Report Runtime" is activated in the WinCC project in the properties of the
computer.
• The start page of the DataMonitor is open.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 469
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

Procedure
1. Click "Reports" on the start page.
2. Click on the "Print jobs" tab.
The "Print jobs configuration" page is displayed.
The icons in front of "List of time-controlled print jobs" and "List of event-controlled print jobs"
are deactivated. The icons indicate that no print jobs are currently configured.

3. Select the desired print job under "Available print jobs".

4. Select the target directory in which you want to store the reports.
Only the directories, for which the user that is logged in has "Create" access rights, can be
selected.
5. If you want to send the report as an e-mail, enter the e-mail addresses in the "E-mail recipient"
field. You can enter several recipients as you would with any standard e-mail program.
6. Use to create the report immediately.
7. If you do not want to create the report immediately, configure a time-controlled or event-
controlled creation of the report in the following steps.
8. To configure a time-controlled report, enter the following in the "Time-controlled print jobs"
area:
– Date: Enter the date in the respective field or enter the date using the calendar. To open
the calendar, click the "Calendar" icon.
– Time: Define the time when you want the report to be created.
– Repetition: Define the repetition rate, for example, "Once" or "Weekly".
9. Click "Add" in the "Time-controlled print jobs" area.
The report is displayed in the "List of time-controlled print jobs".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

470 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

10.To configure an event-controlled report, enter the following in the "Event-controlled print
jobs" area:
– Selected WinCC tag:
Click . Select the required tag in the selection dialog.
Use the filter to limit the number of tags displayed.
– Defining event control:
Set the triggering event, for example, when the tag value changes.
If you have selected "lower limit", "upper limit" or "both limits" for event control, enter the
respective limits.
11.Click "Add" in the "Time-controlled print jobs" area.
The report is displayed in the "List of event-controlled print jobs".

Result
A time-controlled or event-controlled report is configured as print job in PDF format.
The configured reports are displayed in the lists of the print jobs. You can edit or delete the
reports in the lists.
The report is created in the language that was set during WinCC configuration. The WinCC
Runtime language does not have an effect on the representation of dynamic elements, such
as tables.
Once the report has been created, the PDF files are available in runtime on the "Published
Reports" tab in the selected directory.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 471
WinCC/DataMonitor
3.2 WinCC/DataMonitor Documentation

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

472 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
WinCC/WebUX 4
4.1 WebUX - Overview

Overview
WinCC/WebUX provides a solution for the monitoring and control of the automation system,
independent of device and browser.
As of WinCC V8.1, you can also use WebUX for the Basic Process Control (BPC) and Advanced
Process Control (APC) options.
In the interests of process security, only HTTPS connections are supported with SSL
certificates.
The employed Web technology results in constraints to the WinCC basic system. Some
Graphics Designer objects and their properties are not supported. You can find more
information under:
• Functions supported in WebUX (Page 489)

Working with WebUX

The following steps are necessary for the use of WinCC/WebUX:
1. Install WinCC and WinCC/WebUX on the WebUX server. (Page 481)
2. Set up a WebUX website.
3. Configure a WinCC project for WebUX. (Page 498)
4. Access the WebUX server with the terminal device. (Page 502)

Distinction WebUX - WebNavigator

WinCC/WebUX WinCC/WebNavigator
Based on generally established Web standards Based on ActiveX technology from Microsoft
Can be used regardless of browser. Only supports Microsoft Internet Explorer
Optimized for the Chrome browser.
Runs on a wide variety of devices, regardless of op‐ Runs only on Windows computers.
erating system, for example on tablets, PCs and
smart phones.
Does not require a client installation. Requires a client installation.
Default user rights are sufficient Requires administrative rights to install.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 473
WinCC/WebUX
4.1 WebUX - Overview

Visualization in WebUX
WinCC pictures and the supported WinCC controls are displayed in the Web browser with the
"HTML5" and "SVG" standards:
• The graphic elements are created with SVG elements.
• The dynamic updating of the process picture is performed via a permanent connection
between the browser and server.

Note
Browser-dependent representation
Differences in display and behavior are possible in the different browser versions.
To display a configured character set, for example, this must also be available in the browser or
on the device.

Performance data
The performance of the WebUX system depends on the following factors:
• Hardware of the WebUX server used
• Number of WebUX clients that access the WebUX server simultaneously
• Quantity structure of the graphic objects, tags, and scripts

Configuration
As a typical scenario, we tested the simultaneous access of 100 WebUX clients to one WebUX
server.

Picture change in Runtime:

The load times during picture changes on a WebUX client are influenced by the following
factors:
• Number of WebUX clients that access the WebUX server simultaneously
• Performance of the WebUX clients
• Utilized browser
Depending on the browser, the picture setup time can vary by several seconds.
More information on tested browsers is available on the Internet on the Customer Support
pages under entry ID =109480708:
– http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/de/109480708 (http://
support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/109480708)
• Number of scripts in the process pictures
Unlike with WinCC clients, all scripts are executed on the WebUX server.
• Number of graphic objects in the process pictures
• Type of graphic objects in the process pictures
Web controls can extend the load times.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

474 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebUX
4.1 WebUX - Overview

Note
Connection loss due to performance load
High performance load can result in a timeout.
The connection of the WebUX client to the WebUX server is disconnected as a result.

WinCC/WebUX - Migration

Converting process pictures and faceplates

To use process pictures and faceplate types that were created with a previous version in
WebUX, convert the pictures:
1. In the data area of the "Graphics Designer" editor in WinCC Explorer, sort the files by the
column "Type".
2. Open the pictures marked as "web-enabled" in the Graphics Designer.
3. Save and close the pictures.
Alternatively, convert the pictures in the WinCC Explorer.
However, all process pictures and faceplates are converted with "Tools > Convert project
data". Depending on the project size, this conversion can take some time.

WinCC/WebUX V7.3
To use a project migrated from V7.3 in WebUX V7.4 and higher, convert the process pictures
and project functions.
You can find more information in the WinCC Information System under: "First Steps >
Migration > Additional steps during migration".

See also
Functions supported in WebUX (Page 489)
Installation of WebUX (Page 481)
Configuring a WinCC project for WebUX (Page 498)
How to use WebUX (Page 502)
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/de/109480708 (http://
support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/109480708)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 475
WinCC/WebUX
4.2 WebUX licensing

4.2 WebUX licensing

The WinCC/WebUX basic package with an integrated WinCC WebUX Monitor license is included
in WinCC.

WebUX client
The WebUX clients are licensed on the WebUX server.
No license is required for the WebUX client on the computer.

WebUX server
The WebUX server is installed on a WinCC system. The WinCC basic system requires at least the
WinCC basic RT license.
The license keys are differentiated as described below and run in parallel on the WinCC/
WebUX server:

License 1) Function Comments

WinCC WebUX Monitor The user has only read access. The authorization level 1002 "Web ac‐
cess - monitoring only" is configured for
the user in the User Administrator.
If the available "Monitor" licenses have
been allocated, an "Operate" license can
also be allocated to a WebUX client for
read access.
WinCC WebUX Operate The user has read and write access.
WinCC/WebNavigator The user's authorizations deter‐
mine whether write access is pos‐
sible in addition to read access.

1) If a WinCC/WebNavigator license is also installed in the WinCC system, the WebNavigator

license can also be allocated to a WebUX client.
To do so, the following option must be enabled in the WebNavigator dialog "WinCC Web
settings":
• "Allow WebUX to use the WebNavigator licenses".
First, however, all available WebUX licenses are used.

License packages
The license packages are available with 1, 3, 10, 30 and 100 clients.
If you have upgraded from WebUX V7.3, there may also be licenses for 5 / 25 / 50 / 150
clients.
As of WinCC V8.1, there is also an "Unlimited" license for an unlimited number of connected
clients.
If the number of licensed clients is exceeded during the logon attempt by a WebUX client, no
further logon is permitted.
The packages are version-independent and can be combined.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

476 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebUX
4.2 WebUX licensing

WebUX demo license

With WinCC/WebUX you also receive a demo license for accessing the WebUX server.
This allows a maximum of one user without a valid WebUX license or WebNavigator license
to have read access to the project.

Reserved license
A reserved WebUX license always gives the user guaranteed access to the WebUX server.
A connection remains reserved for the user. The number of freely available WebUX licenses is
reduced by each configured reserved license.

Applications
Possible applications include:
• Remote operator access:
If the connections to the WebUX server are occupied by read-only access, a connection
remains reserved for operation.
• Central display:
Central client stations are always connected, for example, to display the status of the WinCC
system.

Reserving WebUX licenses

In the User Administrator, you assign one of the available licenses to a WebUX user as a
reserve license.
To do this, enable the "Reserve WebUX license" option for the user. The field "WebUX Number
of reserved licenses" shows how many WebUX licenses are assigned through reservation.
Reserved licenses cannot be configured for user groups, only for individual users.
If more reserved licenses are configured than those available on the WebUX server, the
licenses of the first users logged on are used.

Using WebNavigator licenses

You can also use WebNavigator licenses for WebUX clients.
To enable licenses for WebUX clients, open the "WinCC Web settings" dialog in the shortcut
menu of the "WebNavigator" editor in the WinCC Explorer.
In the "Runtime" tab, enable the "Allow WebUX to use the WebNavigator licenses" option.

Administering clients in runtime

To identify inactive clients and to disconnect them, if necessary, use the page "http://
<servername>/status.html".
You can find further information in the documentation of the WinCC/WebNavigator option
under:
• WinCC/WebNavigator documentation > Operating a WinCC project > Diagnosis of the
Connections with "Status.html" (Page 257)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 477
WinCC/WebUX
4.2 WebUX licensing

See also
Diagnosis of the Connections with "Status.html" (Page 257)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

478 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebUX
4.3 Communication: SSL certificate for HTTPS connections

4.3 Communication: SSL certificate for HTTPS connections

To improve the security of your communication, WebUX only supports HTTPS connections.
You need a digital SSL certificate for the WebUX server.

NOTICE
Protecting the infrastructure
Setting up a Web server may enable access to your plant infrastructure.
Therefore, protect the computer on which the Web server is installed. Make sure that the
following rules are followed:
• The computer is only accessible via secure connections.
• The check mechanisms provided by software vendors are activated and cannot be bypassed
under any circumstances.

Install a SSL certificate

You have the following options when setting up the WebUX website:
• Select an existing certificate
• Create self-signed certificate
• Install a certificate after setting it up

Creating a new certificate

1. Activate the "Create a new certificate" option.
2. Enter a name of your choice.
When the configuration is completed, a self-signed certificate is created. The certificate is
valid for 1 year.

Additional information
You can find information on self-signed certificates when using different web browsers on the
Internet under Entry ID 109773769:
• SiePortal: "How do you fix problems when using self-signed certificates from WebUX or
WebNavigator with different web browsers?" (https://
support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109773769)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 479
WinCC/WebUX
4.3 Communication: SSL certificate for HTTPS connections

Note
Restricted authentication
The certificates that you create when you configure the WebUX website itself are not verified by
an official certification body. Depending on your browser settings, a warning message is
displayed when you access the website.
To better secure the server authentication, install the certificate of an official certification body.
Display of secure data sources only
For display of web pages and external files, one of the following conditions must be met:
• Call via the HTTPS connection
• Call of a trusted site

Enabling SSL in IIS

To use SSL, configure SSL access in the Internet Information Service (IIS).

Requirement
• You have administrator rights on the WebUX server.

Procedure
1. Open the "Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager".
2. Select the web page under "Sites" in the "Connections" navigation area.
3. Click "Bindings" in the "Actions" area.
The "Site bindings" dialog opens.
4. To configure the settings, click "Add".
The "Add site bindings" dialog opens.
5. Select the website type, IP address and the port.
To display the fields for configuration of the SSL certificate, select the type "https".
6. Select the SSL certificate from the list or with "Select".
7. Confirm with "OK" to close the dialog.
You can delete the other entries in the "Site bindings" dialog.
8. Exit the configuration with "Close".
9. In the data area "Default Web Site Home", select the "SSL settings" under "IIS".
10.Activate the "Require SSL" option and select the setting for client certificates.

See also
SiePortal: "How do you fix problems when using self-signed certificates from WebUX or
WebNavigator with different web browsers?" (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/
view/109773769)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

480 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebUX
4.4 Installation of WebUX

4.4 Installation of WebUX

Software requirements
Certain requirements concerning operating system and software configuration must be met for
the installation.

WebUX server: Operating system

Software Configuration Comments

Microsoft Windows 10 Pro Standard installation
Enterprise 64-bit
A maximum of 9 WebUX clients can connect to the WebUX serv‐
er. 1)
Microsoft Windows 10 Enterprise LTSC (Long-Term Standard installation
Servicing Channel) 64-bit
A maximum of 9 WebUX clients can connect to the WebUX serv‐
er. 1)
Microsoft Windows 11 Pro 64-bit
Enterprise A maximum of 9 WebUX clients can connect to the WebUX serv‐
er. 1)
Microsoft Windows Serv‐ Standard 64-bit
er 2019 Datacenter
Microsoft Windows Serv‐ Standard 64-bit
er 2022 Datacenter

1) Only a limited number of connections is possible:

The maximum number of WebUX clients depends on the number of connections that the IIS supports on the installed Microsoft
Windows version.
The number of available connections can decrease if other applications access these connections, e.g. WinCC/WebNavigator.
In the Microsoft Windows system monitor, use the "Performance Monitor" application to analyze the connection status.

Additional software requirements

Version / setting Relevant for Comments

Web browser The browser must support HTML5. WebUX client / WebUX can be used with any browser.
terminal The display is optimized for the Chrome
browser.
WinCC version WinCC V8.1 WebUX server The WebUX server is installed on a WinCC
system.
SIMATIC Logon version SIMATIC Logon V2.0 WebUX server Only relevant if you are using SIMATIC Logon
(optional) for central user administration.
User rights for installa‐ Administrator rights WebUX server Required rights for installing the WebUX serv‐
tion er.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 481
WinCC/WebUX
4.4 Installation of WebUX

Version / setting Relevant for Comments

User rights for opera‐ Default user rights WebUX client Required rights on the WebUX server and
tion WebUX server WebUX client.
Microsoft Internet In‐ WWW Services > Common HTTP WebUX server During the WinCC installation, the Microsoft
formation Service (IIS) Features or Shared HTTP Features: Internet Information Service (IIS) is installed
• Standard document and configured.

• Static content
WWW Services > Performance Fea‐
tures:
• Compression of dynamic con‐
tent
• Compression of static content
WWW Services > Application De‐
velopment Features:
• ASP.NET ≥ 4.5

WebUX client (terminal)

You only need an HTML5-capable Web browser such as Chrome, Firefox or Safari on a terminal
that accesses the WebUX server.

Note
Browser-dependent representation
Differences in display and behavior are possible in the different browser versions.
To display a configured character set, for example, this must also be available in the browser or
on the device.

Installation of the WebUX server

You can install WinCC/WebUX during the installation of WinCC.
When you install the server WebUX at a later time, proceed as follows:
1. Start the WinCC installation DVD.
2. Select the installation type "Custom Installation".
3. In the "WinCC" group of the "Program" dialog, select the entry "WinCC WebUX".
4. Transfer the WebUX license. You can find more information under:
– WebUX licensing (Page 476)
You can find information about configuring WebUX under:
• Configuring the WebUX web page (Page 484)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

482 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebUX
4.4 Installation of WebUX

Limiting the number of connections

The number of the connections between WebUX server and WebUX clients was limited to a
standard limit value of 150.
If the number of WebUX client connections reaches this limit value, further connections are
rejected by the WebUX server. This supports the defense against DoS attacks.
You can modify the connection limit value in the config.js file.

Configuring the limit value

1. Log into the WebUX server with administrator rights.
2. Navigate to the folder:
– C:\inetpub\wwwroot\Siemens\WebRH\conf\
This contains the file config.js.
3. Open the file config.js with a text editor.
4. Search the text line "config.sessionLimit = 150;".
The default limit value is 150.
5. Change the value "config.sessionLimit" and save the file.
6. Open the Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager and restart the WebUX website.

See also
WebUX licensing (Page 476)
Communication: SSL certificate for HTTPS connections (Page 479)
Configuring the WebUX web page (Page 484)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 483
WinCC/WebUX
4.5 Configuring the WebUX web page

4.5 Configuring the WebUX web page

4.5.1 WinCC Web Configurator

Introduction
You use the WebUX Configurator to set up the standard configuration for the use of WebUX.
• Configuration of the Microsoft Internet Information Service
• Settings of the web server
• SSL certificate for the HTTPS connections
• Virtual folder

Note
The configuration for the WebUX web page and the WebNavigator web page can be carried out
in one operation.

Note
Default web page on a 64-bit operating system
If you operate the default web page on a 64-bit operating system, you must allow 32-bit
applications in the "DefaultAppPool" application pool in the advanced settings of the "Default
Web Site" of IIS Manager.

Requirement
• The WebNavigator server is installed.
• The Windows "Internet Information Service" component is installed.

Starting WinCC Web Configurator

1. Select "WebNavigator" in the navigation window of WinCC Explorer.
2. Click the "Web Configurator" command in the shortcut menu.
Alternatively, click on the "Web Configurator" link on the desktop or select the entry
"WebConfigurator" in the "Siemens Automation" program group.
3. Enable the "WebUX Web Site - Configuration" option.
4. Click "Next".

Initial configuration using WinCC Web Configurator

On the start page, select "WebUX Web Site - Configuration".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

484 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebUX
4.5 Configuring the WebUX web page

During the course of initial configuration, you specify whether you wish to create a new
default web page or a new virtual folder.
• If you only operate the Web Navigator web page on the server, select the "Create a new
standard web page (standalone)" option.
• To add the WebNavigator web page as subfolder to an existing web page, select the "Add to
existing web page (virtual folder)" check option.
This option may be necessary if the current default web page must remain active or if the
operating system only supports operation of one web page.

Managing the configuration in WinCC Web Configurator

If IIS has already been configured, edit the settings of the existing web server or the virtual folder
using the Web Configurator.
The Web Configurator automatically detects whether a configuration already exists and
applies the settings.

Web folder was modified or deleted

If you have deleted the web folder, restart the computer before you create a new web folder
with Web Configurator.
Note the following:
• If web communication fails after you have changed the web folder, the Web Configurator
attempts to adjust the settings.
• If this action is unsuccessful, proceed as follows:
1. Exit the IIS console.
2. To delete the WebNavigator web page, enter the following command line in the window
"Run":
"<wincc_installationpath>\WebNavigator\Server\bin\WinCCWebConfigurator.exe"
deinstall="yes".
3. Start the desired web page from the IIS console, for example, the standard web page.

4.5.2 Creating a new default web page

Introduction
You can create the standard web page using the WinCC Web Configurator.

Requirement
• The Windows "Internet Information Service" component is installed.
• The "WinCC WebUX" program package is installed.
• The "WinCC WebUX" license is installed.
• WinCC Web Configurator is started.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 485
WinCC/WebUX
4.5 Configuring the WebUX web page

Procedure
1. Select the "Create a new standard web page (standalone)" option and then click "Next".

The name of the web page is preset: "WinCC WebUX".

2. Enter the number of the port used for access in the "Port" field.
The HTTPS standard port "443" is set by default.
To increase the security of your communication, configure the WebNavigator server in such
a way that only HTTPS connections are supported.
If you select a different port number, the address must be adapted on the WebUX client:
When logging in on the terminal, this number is appended to the server name in the address
bar of the browser.
3. Specify whether the web page is started once the configuration is completed.

Result
You have created the Web folder.
The web page is activated.
You have configured the internal user "WNUSR_DC92D7179E29" To increase the security
of the system, change the password for the user on a regular basis with the tool
"CCSetWebNavPwd.exe".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

486 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebUX
4.5 Configuring the WebUX web page

See also
Ports and protocols (Page 86)

4.5.3 Creating a virtual folder

Introduction
You can create a virtual folder using the WinCC Web Configurator.

Requirement
• The Windows "Internet Information Service" component is installed.
• The "WinCC WebUX" program package is installed.
• The "WinCC WebUX" license is installed.
• WinCC Web Configurator is started.

Procedure
1. Enable "Add to existing web (virtual folder)".
Click "Next".
2. Select the active web page to which you want to add the virtual folder.
3. Click "Next".

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 487
WinCC/WebUX
4.5 Configuring the WebUX web page

4. Enter the name for the web page in "Name of the virtual folder".

5. Web Configurator applies the IIS settings as port number and IP address.
6. Specify whether the web page is started once the configuration is completed.
7. Click "Finish" to complete the configuration.

Result
The WebUX server has been configured and the WebUX web page has been set up.
The WinCC project must be activated in Runtime in order to access the WebUX server.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

488 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebUX
4.6 Functions supported in WebUX

4.6 Functions supported in WebUX

4.6.1 Functions supported in WebUX

Constraints compared with WinCC Runtime

The following constraints apply as compared to the range of functions in WinCC:
• Touch operation is not optimized.
You can, however, use all touch gestures supported by WinCC.
• Not all objects or properties are supported for graphic objects.
(For details, see "Supported functions: Graphic objects (Page 490)")
• Only the SVG libraries are supported.
The symbol library is not supported.
• Not all controls or functions are supported for WinCC ActiveX controls
(For details, see "Supported functions: WinCC Controls (Page 492)")
• Dynamization (for details, see "Supported functions: Dynamization (Page 495)"):
– Global script: ANSI-C and VBScript are supported with constraints.
– Dynamic dialog: Constraints for complex formulas or scripts.
– Dynamization via the Dynamic Wizard is not supported.
All unsupported objects are hidden in WebUX.

Basic Process Control/Advanced Process Control

As of WinCC V8.1, WebUX also supports the "Basic Process Control" (BPC) WinCC and "Advanced
Process Control" (APC) options.

Constraints compared with WinCC Runtime

The following key functions are not supported:

System operator input System login / password

Change language
Plant network configuration
Save screen composition
Recall saved screen composition
Delete screen composition
Reports
Switch user
User authorization
Lock messages
Unlock messages
Group acknowledgment

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 489
WinCC/WebUX
4.6 Functions supported in WebUX

Pictures Picture by name

Picture via measuring point

See also
Configuring a WinCC project for WebUX (Page 498)
Supported functions: WinCC Controls (Page 492)
Supported functions: Dynamization (Page 495)
Supported functions: Graphic objects (Page 490)

4.6.2 Supported functions: Graphic objects

WebUX supports most of the graphic objects.
You can find more information on limitations in the dynamization of object properties on the
Customer Support pages on the Internet under entry ID=109481796:
• http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/109481796 (http://
support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/109481796)

Restrictions for all Graphics Designer objects

The following restrictions apply to all graphic objects in WebUX:

Process picture Unsupported object properties:

• Password protection
• Extended zooming (ExtendedZoomingEnable)
Print function Not supported.
Grouped objects The "Tooltip Text" object property is not supported.
Standard objects The line ends do not flash
Image / back‐ The following graphic formats are not supported:
ground image • EMF
• WMF
Preconfigured text Not supported.
lists and graphics Object properties that are connected with lists of the "Text and graphics lists" editor
lists are not dynamized in WebUX Runtime.
Font The selected character set must be available on the WebUX client.
This applies to all object properties with which a character set is selected.
Font / FontName / HeaderFont / NavigationPathFont / StatusbarFont
Exception:
The WebUX client always loads the "FontAwesome" and "Siemens Sans" fonts from
the WebUX server.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

490 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebUX
4.6 Functions supported in WebUX

Object properties
The following object properties are generally not supported:

Object property OLE Automation Name Comment

Draw inside frame DrawInsideFrame The border lines are always drawn inside
the frame.
Global shadow GlobalShadow The shadow is not sketched.
Layer Layer
LocalID property LocaleID
Server name ServerName
Time Base TimeBase The local time zone is always displayed,
regardless of the project properties.
Windows style WindowsStyle The object is shown according to the re‐
spective settings instead.

Supported Graphics Designer objects

Standard object WebUX Unsupported properties 1)

All objects except for "Con‐ Yes see "Restrictions for all Graphics Designer objects"
nector"
Connector No The connector is handled in the same way as the static object
"Line". The ends of a line can have a different design.

Smart object WebUX Unsupported properties 1)

Application window Yes • Can only be used for script diagnostics.
The "Application" property is not supported.
Picture window Yes • Independent window (IndependentWindow)
• Preferred picture target (PreferredTarget)
• Monitor number (WindowMonitorNumber)
• Window mode (WindowPositionMode)
• Menu/Toolbar configuration (MenuToolbBarConfig)
Control No -
OLE object No -
I/O field Yes • Apply on Full Input
• Limited cursor movement (RestrictedCursorMovement)
Bar Yes -
Graphic Object Yes -
Status display Yes -
Text list Yes • Maximum of 512 entries
• Text reference (LanguageSwitch)
Multiple row text Yes -
Combo box Yes • Maximum of 512 entries
List box Yes • Maximum of 512 entries

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 491
WinCC/WebUX
4.6 Functions supported in WebUX

Smart object WebUX Unsupported properties 1)

Faceplate instance Yes -
.NET Control No -
WPF Control No -
3D bar No -
Group display Yes -
SVG object Yes • The symbol library is not supported.
The SVG libraries are supported.
As of V2.0 of the "IndustryGraphicLibrary" SVG library, the
dynamization of SVG library objects is also supported.
Status display (extended) No -
Analog display (extended) No -
DataSet object Yes -

Windows object WebUX Unsupported properties 1)

All objects Yes see "Restrictions for all Graphics Designer objects"
Button Yes • Hotkey (Hotkey)
Slider object Yes • High limit color (HighLimitColor)
• Low limit color (LowLimitColor)

Tube object WebUX Unsupported properties 1)

All objects Yes see "Restrictions for all Graphics Designer objects"

1) Restrictions for all Graphics Designer objects are not listed again.

See also
Functions supported in WebUX (Page 489)
Supported functions: WinCC Controls (Page 492)
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/109481796 (http://
support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/109481796)

4.6.3 Supported functions: WinCC Controls

WinCC ActiveX controls

Most ActiveX controls are executable as web controls in WebUX.
Restrictions on individual controls are listed below.

WinCC ActiveX control WebUX control Restriction 1)

WinCC AlarmControl WinCC Alarm Web Control Yes
WinCC OnlineTableControl WinCC OnlineTable Web Control Yes

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

492 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebUX
4.6 Functions supported in WebUX

WinCC ActiveX control WebUX control Restriction 1)

WinCC OnlineTrendControl WinCC OnlineTrend Web Control Yes
WinCC FunctionTrendControl WinCC FunctionTrend Web Control Yes
WinCC RulerControl WinCC Ruler Web Control Yes
WinCC Slider Control WinCC Slider Control Yes
WinCC Digital/Analog Clock Control WinCC Digital/Analog Clock Control Yes
WinCC Gauge Control WinCC Gauge Control Yes
WebBrowser Control WebBrowser Control Yes
WinCC BarChartControl WinCC BarChartControl Yes
WinCC SysDiagControl WinCC SysDiagControl Yes
WinCC UserAdminControl WinCC UserAdminControl Yes
WinCC UserArchiveControl WinCC UserArchiveControl Yes
User-defined object Yes
Unsupported WinCC controls:
WinCC Media Control -
WinCC Channel Diagnosis Control -
ProDiag Controls -
Siemens HMI Symbol Library -

1) Restrictions for all Graphics Designer objects have not been listed again (see "Supported
functions: Graphic objects (Page 490)").

ActiveX controls in WebUX: Restrictions

The following limitations apply to web controls.
You can find more information on object property limitations on the Customer Support pages
on the internet under entry ID=109481796:
• http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/109481796 (http://
support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/109481796)

Restriction applies to the follow‐ Unsupported functions

ing controls
All WinCC controls • Object events
WinCC Alarm Web Control • Operator authorization for the key functions in the toolbar
WinCC OnlineTable Web Control • Configuring the key functions of the toolbar in Runtime
WinCC OnlineTrend Web Control • VBScript: no methods
WinCC FunctionTrend Web Control • Online configuration in Runtime: possible, but not persistent
WinCC Ruler Web Control
WinCC OnlineTrend Web Control • Trend selection
WinCC FunctionTrend Web Control
WinCC OnlineTrend Web Control • User scaling
• Trend display:
– "Display values" trend type
– Color coding of a value with uncertain status

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 493
WinCC/WebUX
4.6 Functions supported in WebUX

Restriction applies to the follow‐ Unsupported functions

ing controls
WinCC Alarm Web Control • Message blocks
– Daylight saving/standard time
– Archiving
– Logging
– Class priority
– Frequency
– Sum +/-, Sum +/*1, Sum +/*2, Sum +/+
– Average +/-, Average +/*1, Average +/*2, Average +/+
– Apply project settings
• Acknowledgment of a central signaling device
• Configuration of the filter in Runtime
• Configuration of the lock list in Runtime
• User-defined sorting of the displayed messages
• Page through long-term archive list
• The contents of each of the "Class", "Type", "Date", and "Time"
columns are displayed in one common column.
• SQL statements for filtering messages in AlarmControl
WebBrowser Control • Only HTTPS connections are possible.
You can find more information under "Displaying files in the
web browser control".
• The browse dialog for locating the URL is not available.
• Depending on the web browser, unsupported buttons and
functions are grayed out.
WinCC Slider Control -
WinCC Digital/Analog Clock Control -
WinCC Gauge Control -

Displaying files in the web browser control

To display a file in the web browser control, follow these steps:
1. Save the file in a subfolder in the following path:
– C:\inetpub\wwwroot\siemens\WebRH\public\<folder>
2. Use the following call in the web browser control:
– https://<server name>/<folder>/<file name>

Example
The"WinCC.pdf" PDF file is located in the "WebUXFiles" subfolder:
• C:\inetpub\wwwroot\siemens\WebRH\public\WebUXFiles
Call using the following URL:
• https://localhost/WebUXFiles/WinCC.pdf

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

494 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebUX
4.6 Functions supported in WebUX

Note
No access restrictions for the "public" folder
Note that files in the "C:\inetpub\wwwroot\siemens\WebRH\public" folder can be accessed by all
users.
The WinCC authorizations do not have an effect on the files in this folder.

See also
Functions supported in WebUX (Page 489)
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/109481796 (http://
support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/109481796)

4.6.4 Supported functions: Dynamization

Dynamization via scripts and dynamic dialog

WebUX supports graphics objects in which the following dynamics are configured:
• Trigger
• Tag connection
• Dynamic dialog
Dynamics via the dynamic dialog are converted to VBScript.
• Animation
• Direct connection
• VBS action
• C action

Restrictions
The following restrictions apply to the dynamization:
• The behavior of the "Focus Change" event is different to that in WinCC Runtime.
• Dynamic dialog:
Complex formulas and scripts are not supported.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 495
WinCC/WebUX
4.6 Functions supported in WebUX

• VBScript / ANSI-C:
– Scripts cannot open interactive applications, for example, Microsoft Excel.
This function is disabled by restrictions of the operating system.
– WebUX Web controls do not support methods.
Instead, address the elements of the controls through an assigned index.
– The following methods are not supported:
- "item.Activate" to activate a picture or picture element
- "HMIRuntime.Stop" to end WinCC Runtime
Instead of "HMIRuntime.Stop", use the dialog for WebUX login.
– Triggering the animation via the "Animation cycle" trigger type is not supported.
– The VBS object "DataSet" can only include global tags with a scalar data type, e.g. "BOOL",
"DOUBLE", "LONG INT".
OLE automation data types are not processed, e.g. "VARIANT" or a Microsoft Excel
spreadsheet.
– Some object properties cannot be made dynamic or use a different value format.
You can find more information on this on the Customer Support pages on the Internet
under entry ID=109481796:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/109481796 (http://
support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/109481796)
– Restriction during script output on the WebUX client:
C scripts or VBS scripts which are triggered by services such as Global Script, Alarm
Logging, or Tag Logging, are independent of Graphics Runtime.
These scripts only run on the web server.
The output of these functions, such as via "printf()" or "HMIRuntime.Trace()" is not
displayed in the script diagnostics window on a WebUX client.
Function accesses included in these scripts on Graphics Runtime always address the local
Graphics Runtime on the WinCC server.
• Dynamic Wizard:
Dynamization via the Dynamic Wizard is not supported.

Note
Scripts always run on the WebUX server
Scripts are not executed locally on a WebUX client. Scripts that run locally on a WinCC client are
executed on the WebUX server in the case of access via WebUX.
This means that the following factors can affect the WebUX server performance:
• Number of running scripts
• Number of WebUX clients accessing the server
If necessary, reduce the scripts in the process pictures that are saved for WebUX.

Dynamization via the dynamic dialog

The configuration of the dynamic dialog is converted to VBScript for display in the browser. The
restrictions for complex formulas or scripts apply here (Details (Page 504)*).

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

496 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebUX
4.6 Functions supported in WebUX

The conversion takes place automatically when you save the process picture.
If the configuration cannot be implemented, the object and the dynamic property are listed
in the output window.
You can jump from the message to the property, and adapt the dynamic dialog there.

Note
Script adaptation overwrites dynamization
If you adapt the dynamization in VBScript, the dynamization is overwritten in the dynamic
dialog.
The process pictures may then be displayed modified in WinCC Runtime. This also applies to the
representation on WinCC clients and WinCC servers.

*) The detail window is displayed in the online help in the upper area of the content window.

Procedure
1. Double-click on the object property listed in the output window of the Graphics Designer.
Alternatively, select the object in the process picture.
2. Open the shortcut menu for the dynamic property listed in the message.
3. Select the entry "VBS action".
A message indicates that the change is stored permanently for the dynamization of the
property.
After the message is confirmed, the "Edit VB action" editor opens.
The script comments contain more information on the formulas that are not automatically
converted.
4. Check the script and save the changes.
When you close the editor without saving the script, the original dynamization is retained via
the dynamic dialog.

See also
Functions supported in WebUX (Page 489)
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/109481796 (http://
support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/109481796)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 497
WinCC/WebUX
4.7 Configuring a WinCC project for WebUX

4.7 Configuring a WinCC project for WebUX

Introduction
To use WinCC/WebUX on the terminal devices, the WinCC project must be configured
accordingly:
• The WebUX users are set up.
• The process pictures are optimized for viewing on the Web.
• The "WebUX Runtime" application is enabled in the startup list of the WebUX server.

Note
Limited number of WebUX clients
If the WebUX server runs on a PC with Microsoft Windows 10 or Microsoft Windows 11, only a
limited number of connections is possible.
The maximum number of WebUX clients depends on the number of connections that the IIS
supports on the installed Microsoft Windows version.
WebUX requires more than one connection for a client.
Therefore, a maximum of 9 WebUX clients can connect to the WebUX server. If this number is
exceeded, you can no longer operate the instances already connected.
• Use a server operating system for Web applications with multiple WebUX clients.
The number of available connections can decrease if other applications access these
connections, e.g. WinCC/WebNavigator.
In the Microsoft Windows system monitor, use the "Performance Monitor" application to analyze
the connection status.

Setting up WebUX users

WebUX server: Management in the User Administrator

You can also set up and manage users and user groups via SIMATIC Logon.
However, you always configure the settings for accessing the WebUX server in the WinCC
User Administrator.
You can find additional information in the WinCC Information System under:
• Structure of the User Administration > Administering users > Administering users for Web
access

Automatic login
You can configure automatic login for the following users:
• Monitor user role
Users with the authorization level 1002 "Web access – monitoring only"
• Operator user role
Users who are authorized to control the WebUX project

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

498 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebUX
4.7 Configuring a WinCC project for WebUX

When you first log into WinCC/WebUX, activate the setting that saves the login data.
The user name and password are automatically entered at the next login.

Electronic signature
WebUX supports the electronic signature for protection of critical operations.
However, the electronic signature is only supported for individual users.
Multiple users or user groups can only sign when using WinCC/Audit in WinCC Runtime.

Logout with shortcut key

To make logging users off from the web client easier, you can specify a shortcut key in User
Administrator.
The selected shortcut key applies for all users and user groups.

Adjust process pictures for WebUX

To configure the display in WebUX, select the "Web-enabled" object property for the process
pictures.
• Process pictures are saved in the "*.json" format in addition.
• Faceplate types are saved in the "*.jsof" format in addition.
In the WinCC Explorer, however, only the process pictures or faceplates in the "*.pdl" or
"*.rdf" format are displayed.
The Web-enabled process pictures and faceplates are marked in the data area of the
"Graphics Designer" editor:
• The "Type" column contains the additional comment (Web-enabled).
• The symbol has a dark background in the "Name" column.

Checking the process picture

When a process picture is saved as web-enabled, the properties of the picture and the objects
are checked.
The result is shown in the output window of the Graphics Designer. Make sure that the
following option is activated: "Tools > Settings > Options > Display performance warnings".
The messages included a list of graphic objects that have not been saved web-enabled for
each process picture. Double-click on the entry in the output window to edit the objects.
Only web-enabled objects are displayed in WebUX Runtime.
More information:
• Functions supported in WebUX (Page 489)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 499
WinCC/WebUX
4.7 Configuring a WinCC project for WebUX

Configuring the WinCC project for WebUX use

1. Configure the process pictures as executable for Web browsers in the Graphics Designer:
– Select "Yes" for the "Web-enabled" object property in the "Miscellaneous" group.
– Save the process picture.
– If necessary, check the messages in the output window.
2. Configure the WebUX users in the WinCC User Administrator:
– Activate the "WebUX" option in the properties.
– Select the start picture from the list of process pictures that have been saved as "Web-
enabled".
– Select the Runtime language.
The runtime language cannot be changed at the terminal.
– If the user should be restricted to read-only access, select the authorization level 1002
"Web access – monitoring only".
– If guaranteed access should be reserved for the user, activate the "Reserve license" option.
– In the "Properties - User Administrator" area, select a shortcut key for user logoff if
necessary.
3. Check whether the "WebUX Runtime" application is enabled in the startup list of the WebUX
server:
– In WinCC Explorer, select the "Properties" entry in the "Computer" context menu.
– The "Computer Properties" dialog opens.
– Enable the "WebUX Runtime" application in the "Startup" tab if necessary.
The application is enabled by default.
– Close the dialog with "OK".
Alternatively, you can edit the startup lists of the WebUX server in the "Computer" editor of
the WinCC project.

Configuring the dedicated WebUX server

With WinCC/WebUX, you can use a dedicated Web server for the central data supply of the
WebUX clients.

Requirements
• WinCC/WebUX must be installed on the dedicated WebUX server.
• The WebUX start picture must be available locally on the dedicated WebUX server.
• Additional process pictures can only be called via a picture window in the start picture.
Configure the following object properties for the object "Picture Window":
– "Picture Name (PictureName)":
Configure the picture name without server prefix.
– "Server Prefix (ServerPrefix)":
Configure the server prefix for the dedicated WebUX server.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

500 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebUX
4.7 Configuring a WinCC project for WebUX

You can find additional information on using a dedicated Web server in the documentation
for WinCC/WebNavigator:
• Possible applications of WinCC/WebNavigator > Dedicated Web Server

See also
Functions supported in WebUX (Page 489)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 501
WinCC/WebUX
4.8 How to use WebUX

4.8 How to use WebUX

Introduction
To use WinCC/WebUX on the terminals, you only need a Web browser with access to the network
of the WebUX server.

Note
Limited number of WebUX clients
If the WebUX server runs on a PC with Microsoft Windows 10 or Microsoft Windows 11, only a
limited number of connections is possible.
The maximum number of WebUX clients depends on the number of connections that the IIS
supports on the installed Microsoft Windows version.
WebUX requires more than one connection for a client.
Therefore, a maximum of 9 WebUX clients can connect to the WebUX server. If this number is
exceeded, you can no longer operate the instances already connected.
• Use a server operating system for Web applications with multiple WebUX clients.
The number of available connections can decrease if other applications access these
connections, e.g. WinCC/WebNavigator.
In the Microsoft Windows system monitor, use the "Performance Monitor" application to analyze
the connection status.

Tips: Operation in Runtime

• Before you exit the browser, close the session to release an allocated license.
• Close the browser to reduce the power consumption and the transferred data volumes,
particularly when using mobile devices.
As long as a process picture is open in the browser, its display will be constantly updated.
• Avoid the following operator inputs because they would end the session:
– Browser navigation (Back / Next)
– Reload web site (update or <F5>)

Requirements
• The "WinCC WebUX" license installed on WebUX server.
• The WinCC project is configured for WebUX.
• The "WebUX Runtime" application is enabled in the startup list of the WebUX server.
• The WinCC project is in Runtime.

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

502 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 WinCC/WebUX
4.8 How to use WebUX

Procedure
1. Go to the address bar of the browser and enter the address of the WebUX server.
– https://<servername>
If you do not use the default port, add the port number to the URL:
– https://<servername>:<portnummer>
If you are using a virtual folder instead of a web site, add the name of the virtual web folder:
– https://<servername>/<directoryname>
2. Type in the user name and password.

Alternative procedure: Open via deep link

On a WebUX client, you can call up a process picture directly via a deep link.

Requirements
• The process picture is "web-enabled".

Procedure
1. Go to the address bar of the browser and enter the link.
The link contains the server name, the port and the file name:
– https://<IP address or computer name:port number>/?
StartScreen=<Process picture name>
Example of process picture "Plant01_Overview.PDL":
– https://WebServer01:443/?StartScreen=Plant01_Overview
2. When you open the process picture, you are prompted to log on.
Enter your user name and password.
The process picture is displayed.
Alternatively, use the "Simatic Unified AR" app.

Result
Depending on the user rights, you can monitor or operate the WinCC project.

See also
General properties of the WebNavigator Client (Page 236)

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 503
WinCC/WebUX
4.9 Appendix

4.9 Appendix

4.9.1 Dynamics dialog Restrictions on expressions / formulas

When you save a process picture for WinCC/WebUX, the dynamization of the Dynamics dialog is
converted to VBScript.
Complex expressions and formulas are not converted during the conversion. When you open
the affected dynamization as VBScript, you can obtain detailed information in the Global
Script Editor.
The following operators and formulas are not converted as a rule:
• Expressions with C function
• Assignment operators:
• Bit-by-bit operators:
• Additional operators:
• Logical operators if the expression is in parentheses:
• Logical operators for the "Analog" data type:
• Logical operators for the "Direct" data type for properties that belong to the "BOOLEAN" data
type:
========================================

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

504 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
Index
Component, 9, 38, 46
Communication drivers, 9
A Components supplied, 9
Configuration, 215, 484
Access right, 31, 34, 35, 36
Connection
ActiveX Control, 75
Connecting to server, 310, 405
Display in Internet Explorer, 63
Establishing connection to the server, 310, 405
ActiveX controls, 260
Connection interruption, 65
Alarm Logging, 90
Connectivity Pack
Alarm Table
Licensing, 92
Display Messages, 316, 431
Corrective measure
Alarms
Connection abort, 267
Column names, 433
Customer support, (See support)
Display in the alarm table, 316, 431
Hit list, 435
Archive
Disconnect, 407, 411
D
Link, 407, 411 Database access, 407, 411
Signed, 407, 411 DataMonitor, 283, 360
Archive configuration, 78 Archive Connector, (See Archive Connector)
Archive Connector, 411 Client, (See DataMonitor client)
Archive system, 72 Database access, 407, 411
Archive tag, 78 Installation requirements, 96
Area names in distributed systems, 90 Start Page, 302, 390
Authorization Starting the Client, 302, 390
Configuring web options, 212 Web center, (See Web center)
DataMonitor client, 96, 98
Installation, 98, 99
B Start, 302, 390
DataMonitor server, 96
Barcode, 76
Installation, 99
DataMonitor WebCenter, (See Web center)
DCF file
C Create, 73
CAL, 92 DCOM configuration, 60
CCAgent, 28 Dedicated web server, 191
Client Picture change, 240
Operating system, 21 Publishing process pictures, 196, 198, 199, 294,
Remote access, 27, 72 367, 370, 371
Client Access License, 92 Deep link, 237, 503, (See: Deep link)
Cluster, 65 Demo mode, 12
Color palette, 62 Demo Project, 128
Change, 62 DHCP server, 65
Communication, 189 Diagnostics
IPv4 protocol, 80 Support request, 155
Communication drivers, 9, 21 WebNavigator server, 257
Communication process, 80 Diagnostics client, 112, (See WebNavigator
Compatibility, 57 diagnostics client)
Diagram
Displaying process values, 314, 429

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 505
Index

Disabling shortcut keys, 60 Supported MSBC functions, 270

Domain, 21 Supported ODK Functions, 270
Domain-global user group, 35 Supported User Archives functions, 270
Domains, 21 Unsupported functions, 280
Driver
Unsigned, 37
G
Gadget, 208
E General information, 57
E-mail attachment Getting started, 182
Report, 343, 464 Changing the process picture, 181
Energy-saving mode, 65 Getting Started, 164, 166, 184
Network adapter, 65 Changing the process picture, 184
Error report, (See support) Configuring the WebNavigator server, 166
Event display, 51 Global Script
Example Use in WebNavigator, 233
Access right to directories, 404
Excel templates
Publishing data, 341, 461 H
Excel workbook, (See Excel workbooks)
Hardcopy, 254
VBA functions, 460
Hardware
Excel Workbook Wizard, 320, 323, 327, 331, 438, 442,
Requirement, 96, 109
446, 450, 459
Hardware requirement, 19
Excel workbooks, 319, 364
Hit list of alarms, 435
Access via an XML file, 319, 364
Alarm attributes, 459
Configuring the display of process data, 323, 327,
331, 442, 446, 450
I
Connection status, 338, 457 IIS, (See Internet Information Service)
Displaying Process Data Online, 338, 457 Image painting time, 90
Make available as report tool, 342, 463 Installation, 9, 37, 38, 60, 92, 94
Online access, 319, 364 Adapting Security Policy, 37
External application, 57 Component, 38, 46
External applications, 55 Connectivity Pack Client, 94
Connectivity Pack Server, 92
Domain, 21
F Multilanguage, 60
Notes on installed software, 38
FAQ, (See corrective measure), (See support)
PDF files, 9
File
Performing, 38, 53
Unsigned, 37
Performing supplementary installation, 46, 47
File sharing, 31
Preparing the installation, 37
Firewall, 28, 65
Removing, 50
Configuring, 289, 383
Requirement, 96, 109, 114
Windows 2008, 170, 224, 292, 387
Requirements, 18, 19, 21
Windows 7, 170, 224, 292, 387
Security settings, 124, 173
Folder, 31, (See: Folder)
Supplementary installation of a language, 47
Released folders, 31
Upgrade, 116, 119
Folder share, 31, (See: Folder share)
Upgrading an installation, 53
Function
WebNavigator client, 119, 124, 125, 173
Opening the picture window, 278
WebNavigator Diagnostics Client, 127
Supported functions, 270
WebNavigator server, 116

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

506 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 Index

Installation Guide, 9
Installation Notes, 9
Installed software, 38 N
Internet Explorer, 21, 63, 107, 138, 241
Netware, 60
Display ActiveX controls, 63
Novell Netware client, 60
Security settings, 124, 173, 300, 389
Network adapter, 65
Internet Information Service, 215, 484
Energy-saving mode, 65
Checking the activated web page, 172, 226
Network client, 60
Starting a web page, 172, 226
Network connection, 65
IP address, 65
Speed, 65
ISDN router, 65
Network drive, 65
Isolated solution, 188
Network engineering, 65
Access via RAS, 65
DHCP server, 65
L IP address, 65
Language ISDN router, 65
Performing supplementary installation, 47 Network adapter, 65
Language-dependent text, 236 Network client, 60
Languages, 89 Network server, 65
Layout Notebook, 65
Print barcode, 76 Novell client software, 60
Layout template Supported network protocols, 65
Create, 351, 416 TCP/IP protocol, 65
Delete, 426 WinCC in multiple domains, 65
License, 12, 112 WinCC within a domain, 65
DataMonitor, 102 Network protocol, 65
Installation, 12 Supported network protocols, 65
Invalid, 103 TCP/IP, 65
Reserved WebUX license, 141, 477 Network server, 65
WebNavigator diagnostics client, 112 Notebook, 65
License agreement, 12 Notes, 57
License type, 12 For operation, 57
Load balancing, 227 Novell Netware client, 60
Configuring, 230
Load distribution, (See Load balancing), (See Load
Balancing) O
Online help
Internet Explorer, 107
M Online Help, 60
Manual detachment, 64 Runtime, 60
Microsoft SQL Server, 12, 14, 25, 51, 64 Online support, (See support)
Microsoft Windows, 31 OPC, 78
Toolbar, 27 Historical Data Access, 79
Microsoft Windows taskbar, 60 OPC A&E, 79
Migration, 89 OPC source, 79
Mitsubishi Ethernet OPC A&E server, 79
Information on communication, 83 OPC channel, 189
Multilanguage, 60 OPC UA
Installation, 60 Information on communication, 81
Raw data tag, 81
OPC_E_MAXEXCEEDED, 79

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 507
Index

Operating system, 21, 60 Remote publishing, 196, 198, 199, 294, 367, 370,
Access rights, 31 371
Prevent access, 27 Report, (See reports)
Operation, 55 Report tool
Domain, 21 Make available, 342, 463
Report tools, 338, 457
Reports, 340, 343, 345, 347, 365, 464, 466, 469
P As e-mail, 343, 464
Excel workbook, 345, 466
PDF file, 340, 365
PDF file, 340, 365
PDF files, 9
PDF Report, 343, 464
PdlPad, 199, 294, 371
Print job, 347, 469
Persistence, 236
Settings, 343, 464
Picture Tree, 90
XLS file, 340, 365
Plug-in Builder, 260
Requirement, 18
Creating a plug-in and making it available for
Hardware, 19, 96, 109
download, 262
Installation, 96, 109
Port
Operating system, 21, 96, 109
Setting, 219, 485
Software, 21, 96, 109
Preferred server, 65
Rights
Connection interruption, 65
Access right to directories, 401, 404
Process bus, 189
Access Rights in WinCC, 287, 377
Process picture, 240
Access Rights in Windows, 285, 286, 380, 381
Publishing, 196, 198, 199, 294, 367, 370, 371
User Rights in WinCC, 287, 377
Process value
User Rights in Windows, 285, 286, 380, 381
Display in diagram, 314, 429
Runtime, 64
Displaying in a table, 312, 428
Displaying online help, 60
Displaying Statistics Function, 437
Server failure, 64
Project
Include in user group, 36
Project path, (See: Folder)
Proxy, 65
S
Publish plug-in, 262 S5 PROFIBUS DP
Published reports Information on communication, 83
Excel templates, 341, 461 S7 Protocol Suite, 80
Publisher, (See: Web View Publisher) Information on communication, 80
PublishingWizard, (See: Web View Publisher) Time change with AR_SEND, 80
S7DOS, 80
Safety, 27, 31
R Scope of delivery, 9
Screen, 62
RAM, (See: Work memory)
Screen resolution, 62
RAS, 65
Screen savers, 57
RDP, 84
Screenshot, (See Hardcopy)
Redundancy, 65
Script
Configuration of standard gateway, 88
Functions, 278
Redundant server, 65
Security Controller, 38
Release
Security policy, 37
Folder, 31
Security settings
Release share, (See: Folder share)
Internet Explorer, 300, 389
Remote access, 27
Server
Remote Desktop Protocol, 84
Operating system, 21
Server prefix, 65

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

508 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 Index

Share, 31, (See: Folder share) Toolbar, 27

SIMATIC 505 TCPIP Trends and alarms, (See Trends and Alarms)
Information on communication, 83 Trends and Alarms, 312, 314, 363, 428, 429
SIMATIC HMI, 31, 34, 35, 36 Alarm Table, 316, 431
User group, 31 Analysis function, 435, 437
SIMATIC Logon, 212 Column names of alarms, 433
SIMATIC Manager Display function, 312, 314, 428, 429
User rights, 31 Display Messages, 316, 431
SIMATIC Report Administrators, 285, 380, 398 Hit list of alarms, 435
SIMATIC Report Users, 285, 380, 398
SIMATIC Security Controller, 38
Slider Control, 236 U
Software, 21
Uninstalling, 50
Requirement, 21, 96, 109
Performing, 50
SQL master database, 64
Uninterruptible power supply, 65
SQL Server, (See: Microsoft SQL Server)
Unsigned driver, 37
Standard web page, 219, 485
Unsigned file, 37
Start menu, 38
Upgrade, 116, 119
Statistics function
Upgrade installation, 12, 53
Displaying for process values, 437
Performing, 53
Supplementary installation, 46, 47
UPS, 65
Languages, 47
User
Performing, 46, 47
create, 286, 381
Support, 152, 155
User administration
Support request, 155
Web center, 398
Swapped-out WinCC archive
User Administrator
Changeable media, 407, 411
User administration for WebNavigator, 212
connect to SQL server, 407, 411
Web options, 212
System authorization, 212
User authorization, 90
System diagnostics, 155
User change, 175, 248, 304, 392
System stability, 71
User group, 31, 398
Automatically created groups, 285, 380
Domain-global user group, 35
T Include project, 36
Table Individual groups, 285, 380
Displaying process values, 312, 428 SIMATIC HMI, 31, 34, 35, 36
Tags with @ prefix, 89
TCP/IP protocol, 65
Technical support, (See support) V
Terminal bus
VBA, 77
Large amounts of data, 77
Virtual directory, 221, 487
Terminal server, (See terminal services)
Virtualization, 20
Terminal service, 114
Virus scanner, 57
Terminal services, 194
Visual Basic Script
activate, 265
Use in WebNavigator, 233
Communication, 264
Set up, 264
Setting up users, 266
Start terminal services server, 266
W
Terminal services client, (See terminal services) Web center, 349, 361
Terminal services server, (See terminal services) Access right to directories, 401
Time synchronization, 72 Layout template, 351, 416, 426

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 509
Index

Linking and disconnecting archives, 407 WebNavigator

Static process pictures, 414 Configuration steps, 195
Template file, 351, 416 Demo Project, 128
User administration, 398 Differences compared to the WinCC basic
Web center page system, 233, 236
Delete, 426 DVD contents, 109
Inserting web parts, 357, 421 Functions, 270, 280
Web client, (See WebNavigator client) Gadget, 208
Web Configurator, 215, 484 Installation requirements, 109
Configuring the firewall, 170, 224, 292, 387 Licenses, 112
Creating a virtual directory, 221, 487 Load balancing, 227, 230
Creating the standard web page, 219, 485 Pre-processor definition in the scripting, 233
Setting the port, 219, 485 Publishing process pictures, 196, 198, 199, 294,
Setting up the Internet Information Service, 215, 367, 370, 371
484 Restrictions for web projects, 232
Web Navigation interface, 243, 245, 247 Terminal services, 194, 264, 265, 266
Web option, 212 Terminal Services, 264
Web part, 357, 421, 424 User administration, 212
Configuring, 424 Using Scripts, 233
Delete, 424 Using tags, 236
Export, 424 Web project, 195, 206, 211
Inserting in Webcenter page, 357, 421 WebNavigator client, 109, 125, 187, 236, 241
Minimize, 424 Access via terminal services, 264
Moving, 424 Automatic connection establishment, 236
Overview, 350, 362 Functions, 236
Web parts, 349, 361, (See web part) Hardcopy function, 254
Web project, 195 Installation, 119
Checking scripts with PdlPad, 199, 294, 371 Installation under the Windows Server, 119
Differences compared to the WinCC basic Licenses, 112
system, 236 Pictures, 240
Mirroring a WinCC project, 189 Plug-in Builder, 260
Publishing process pictures, 196, 198, 199, 294, Plug-ins, 260
367, 370, 371 Upgrade, 119
Restrictions, 232 WebNavigator Client
Using Scripts, 233 Automatic logout, 212
Web settings, 206, 211 Picture change, 236
Web Viewer, 175, 187, 248, 304, 392 Picture in picture method, 233
Web Publishing Wizard, (See: Web View Publisher) Web options, 212
Web setting, 206, 211 WebNavigator diagnostics client, 109, 187, 193
Web setup, (See Web Configurator) WebNavigator Diagnostics Client
Web View Publisher, 198, 199, 294, 370, 371, (See: Installation, 127
Web View Publisher) WebNavigator Diagnostics Server, 193
Web Viewer, 175, 180, 187, 248, 253, 304, 309, 392, WebNavigator server, 109, 187
397 Checking scripts with PdlPad, 199, 294, 371
Webcenter page Diagnostics, 257
Create, 354, 418 Editing the configuration, 215, 484
Creating directory, 401 Initial configuration, 215, 484
Displaying data, 424 Installation, 116
Template file, 351, 416 Licenses, 112
WebConfigurator Load balancing, 230
Configuring the Settings, 289, 383 Upgrade, 116

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

510 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA
 Index

WebNavigator Server WinCC Web Publishing Wizard, (See: Web View

Configuration with WinCC server, 188, 189, 191 Publisher)
Dedicated web server, 191 WinCC WebNavigator, (See: WebNavigator)
Isolated solution, 188 WinCC/WebNavigator client, (See WebNavigator
Load balancing, 227 client)
WebPublisher WinCC/WebNavigator Diagnostics Client, (See
Checking scripts with PdlPad, 199, 294, 371 WebNavigator Diagnostics Client)
Publishing Data, 379, 414 WinCC/WebNavigator Diagnostics Server, (See
Publishing process pictures, 196, 199, 294, 367, WebNavigator Diagnostics Server)
371, 414 WinCC/WebNavigator server, (See WebNavigator
Publishing Process Pictures, 379 server)
Requirements, 198, 370 WinCC-OPC-UA
WebPublishing Assistant, 379, 414 Information on communication, 81
WebUX WinCCViewerRT, 175, 180, 185, 212, 248, 253, 304,
Configuring the WebUX web site, 498, 502 309, 361, 392, 397, (See Web Viewer)
Installation, 142, 481 Displaying pictures, 361
Licensing, 140, 142, 476, 481 Windows, 21, 31
Overview, 473 Access rights, 31
Reserve license, 141, 477 Operation under Windows, 55
Using WebUX, 498, 502 Preparation the installation of WinCC, 37
WinCC, 65, 70 Security policy, 37
General information, 70 Toolbar, 27
Installation, 9, 18, 37 User rights, 31
Installation requirements, 19, 21 Windows 7, 21
Limit access, 31 Windows 8.1, 21
Notebook, 65 Windows event display, 51
Performing installation, 38 Windows Server 2012, 21
Performing supplementary installation, 46, 47 Windows start menu, 38
Preparing the installation, 37 Windows taskbar, 60
Remote access, 27 Prevent display, 60
Removing, 50 Work memory, 19
upgrade, 52
Upgrading an installation, 53
Use in multiple domains, 65 X
Use within a domain, 65
XML file
WinCC DVD, 9
Creating, 321, 440
WinCC Archive Connector, (See Archive Connector)
Memory location, 321, 440
WinCC client
Access via terminal services, 264
WinCC DataMonitor, (See DataMonitor)
WinCC DataMonitor client, (See DataMonitor client)
WinCC DataMonitor server, (See DataMonitor Server)
WinCC DVD, 9
WinCC project, (See web project)
Include in user group, 36
WinCC server
Configuration with WebNavigator Server, 188,
189
WinCC ServiceMode, 90
WinCC User Administrator, (See User Administrator)
WinCC V6.x, 52

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA 511
Index

WinCC Basic Options (WebNavigator, DataMonitor, WebUX)

512 System Manual, 09/2024, A5E54073177-AA